• We have updated our Community Code of Conduct. Please read through the new rules for the forum that are an integral part of Paradox Interactive’s User Agreement.
Part XVII (901-908)
  • Part XVII (901-908)


    Year 901
    ======================

    Instantly upon hitting start we get notification of another of our sponsors dying. Nice. That means another 500g went into our pockets. Given question regarding my investor searching I did remember to write down filters, while assembling new Permian court.

    So in order from top to bottom and from left to right - gender: any, not in prison, not married (important as not having family quickens whole process a lot), not ruler (won't join us), within diplomatic range (game rules) and willing to join court (this way I don't have to remember, which relation modifiers prevent courtiers from joining and won't potentially result in losing gold on favour-inviting). With all that I don't remember time it would take me more than minute or two searching. And here are another results of such inquiry:


    STOLSbf.jpg

    Greatest batch of investor so far. Over 2000 gold coins between them :)

    Interesting thing happened with Faste af Orkneyjar (son of Budli ex-investor). As he inherited some counties from his father near German-Danish border, he still has claims but holdings seceded from him upon succession. Meaning our extraction operation will be easier, as no longer do I need to besiege his provinces outside Perm. But for that I'm still needing piety and in last few years it wasn't meant to be. At the moment Dobrinya sits at -96 piety but at least he is currently gaining +1.23 per month. So time to brace myself and wait.

    As investors slowly arrive and are assigned positions, there is something I have to confess. I did made rather terrible mistake in my assumption during last part. Remember my brilliant idea of hoarding event troops :>? Well, the writer himself certainly does. Checked event file between playing and... We weren't even eligible for event troops. Why you ask? There is one tiny requirement for that event to fire, that I usually just ignore cause it is true 95% of the time. What is it? Having an adult ruler. So now you can see, how this might not be the best way to spent remaining 6 years of regency. What's more - this event has cooldown and at most it can fire every 5 years. Each of them (Steward/Patriarch version) does bring 7.5% of our realm levies and there is something I want to check. If you recall in one of previous entries for this AAR, I had raised my levies and instantly replenished holdings for safety (via Warrior Lodge powers), which balooned my realm levies number. If it works as I think it might, I can improve my event troop gain from +15%/every 5 years to +30% of realm levies in the same period.

    But for now let's finish holy war. If I can't use rest of regency for event troops farming, then I will spent those years on progressing towards our next objective. That would be creating empire title, for which I'll have to contend with nomads (with whom we are currently at power parity). We are aiming for de jure empire containing our kingdom = Volga-Ural. Which means I'll only need 1 more kingdom title (probably Nenetsia), that later will be subjected to Gavelkind inheritance transfers. It would be messy keeping tribal kingdom inside our borders. There is an opportunity to not suffer that terrible fate and confirm to this AAR self-rules (no coastal lands). If I conquer Nenetsia, not only will I save myself quite a lot prestige (no nomad agitation modifier) but can also release it after I don't longer need them to overpower Khazars/Pechenegs. This will create extra Komi Orthodox kingdom as possible ally, that will have slightly more troops thanks to independent ruler bonus. Extra reward for that whole venture - fixing some of the border gore (but not all of them) and giving newly conquered lands time to recover from "New Administration" levy reinforcements penalties.

    Troops move into position and I ponder what to do with Patriarch. Nothing is particularly good choice. Converting also requires being an adult (it seems). So he can just stay on "Building Zeal" for that extra piety. Also learned while reading .txt file, that "Finger of Saint John" lowers MTTH for province conversion (x0.75 modifier!). Interesting trivia.

    By February our Spymaster gets caught by Ecumenical Patriarch in Constantinopole and vanishes. Can't find him :/. While he wasn't most keen on our growing ruler, he was quite useful in obtaining extra military technology points. Only when checking notification log I do find him. Problem - Ecumenical Patriarch doesn't want to ransom him. I even try bribes but doesn't help. Buying favour is out of question - 400g is too much! I appoint some courtier that likes us with 13 Intrigue in his place for time being.

    In the meantime I generated new chief for Velsk tribe. You know the drill already, so I will spare the details ;). Then we get another letter from our religion head regarding our poor Jewish spymaster. He is now willing to ransom him for 10g. Just moment ago he wasn't willing, when we were proposing that but then AI reconsidered ;D". Of course I take it. Unintentionally by giving up on him being my spymaster, I created discount for myself.

    March greets us with Manarids again in Kostroma. New ruler - no problem. Can't intervene with their 3000 troops now though. My cousin (or was it uncle?) Dokya of Ural will have to fend them for himself. If he gets kidnapped it somewhat helps us reconsolidate many titles under ruler (including vassals - meaning step closer to getting those 1000 coins in coffers of Faste af Orkneyjar).

    We instead (with approval of regency council) declare holy war for Qazan. Time to clean up Bolgarhs inside our realm. This will be swift as my army of the Steppes was already at the border and enemies sport healthy 0 troops. Very cool.

    Coming spring we are already done with first conquest of Qazan "Yes, we had one but what about second one?". Nomads fragmented but hey - at least extra moral authority and prestige/piety. Kostroma tribe also gets sacked (quicker than I expected). Meaning I couldn't help them even if I dispatched troops instantly.

    Once summer arrives we conclude another war (I do assault despite some minor losses to just get going with objectives). We finished conquest of previously bolghar lands to the south of Perm. With that our capital duchy is more secure than ever. With that our possesion of counties within de jure kingdom of Volga-Bulgaria rises to 63%. Enough to create kingdom (which doesn't interest me) but we need more for empire (80% of all provinces within Perm, Nenetsia and Volga-Bulgaria). With new chiefs assigned we also rise to 22/33 vassals.

    9KXa6ss.jpg

    The more we conquer the less provinces are vulnerable to nomad raids.

    Our victorious retinunes move west to double-team Manarids with help of local forces. Meanwhile Chimgi-Turans go ham on Mansia tribe. Permian relief force arrives last moment into Galich Mersky to save defenders, but will have to wait for 7 days for rest of army to catch up. We roll Harass but sadly no enemy rolls Swarm tactic. On the upside - no enemy rolls narrow flank and one of their wings flanks us with "Inspired Defence" tactic. Sadly as we are close in number so tremendous losses follow, forcing our retreat. Also our spymaster dies thanks to sickness. And soon our 1 attribute Marshal dies as well.

    I raise my levies, as I want to hit Manarids before they they desecrate temple in Mari. Then our important vassal investor Faste dies... His fortune goes to his oldest daughter that is bethrothed to one of our cousins. Hmmm. Might need to rethink our approach to extraction of that fortune. Few days later Bilyar tribe (in Bolgharia) converts to Orthodox thanks to efforts of local chief.

    As our levies sprint towards Mari (which already lost it's tribe to sacking prank), I get really good event with difficult decision to make. Conscientious may lead to Diligent (and it is lucky as our focus doesn't guarantee it), while +1 passive health is always strong (longer lifespan).


    vxePcgH.jpg

    Toughest event choice because both options are really even in value. Passive health increases are rare but as child diligent do help with attaining higher education

    Dobrinya will spent time on War focus, but not necessarily Hunting (because I will probably want Scholarship/Business/Seduction giving us 20 years of focuses non-stop). He is young though and it isn't outside of realm of possibilites that he will live long enough to get chance to embark on hunting focus. I like scenario in which now we take (potentially) diligent that helps in few years with education and then with prosperity events and down the line pays that +1 health anyway, if he gets to train his dog personally. This is really well designed event, where options are really balanced between themselves. Upon that happenstance I search and invite better suited tutor for Dobrinya - Serbian female Courtier with Diligent, Zealous (is Orthodox/maybe makes her choosing sympathies for other religions/cynical is opposite and maybe less likely thus increasing chances at Shrewd?), Just and Charitable and only Possesed bein downside. Should helps us in getting best chances at getting dreamlike set of traits.

    By December I do time my forces perfectly to arrange for battle in just six days after new year. I will have close to 7000 troops in center and over 2000 troops on one flank for that engagement.

    Year 902
    ======================

    fqj8EJM.jpg

    It is kinda demoralising that with such number advantage we still are basically exchanging 1:1

    Enemies defend with Narrow flank, which worries me. We are not particularly lucky, but enemies roll terribly. Luckily turns out that we can flank narrow flank, which we leave for last after rapidly dealing with enemies in front. It allows us to deal enough pressure on remaining nomad wing to route them day before melee. Vengeance is ours! We do tremendous amount of damage in pursuit, which results in final tally of 280 men lost for 1285 nomads killed (last wing which fired narrow flank was killed to a man!). After battle our retinues split again, infantry goes north toward Nenetsia, while hunting parties double back to merge with levies that in just few days were dismissed and raised again to deal finally with Chimgi-Turans that arrived in force (1250 riders) to Ural Tribe.

    Our oldest investor (high almoner) that we invited year ago died. I think we did inherit her wealth but I'm never certain. Spent a while to look through her family tree and as most of them are rather poor it seems I can note: "courtier wealth doesn't pass to nephews and nieces". It might help me in the future when evaluating some more promising investors.

    Little drama happens in first day of March. Our kinswoman Chichayka Permyakid (daughter of our deposed uncle Nalka from Vidyava the Heavenly line of family (how much that lineage still affects us!) and high chief of Yugra (that rebelled to preserve Suomenusko faith against our grandfather king Daniel the Bull)), plots to kill Dobrinya! We sent men to apprehend her but she flees to Nenetsia. Yes you heard me - kingdom of Nenetsia that barely holds single duchy. I wonder how that happened! Seems it was created in year 893 but I don't recall anyone blobing enough in that part of world. Well... would be a shame, if someone was to wage war against them soon :)".

    Our beloved neighbours on other side of Ural mountains skiddadle before we can catch them. So I leave army nearby and disperse permian levies to sent declaration of most holy war for Syrj tribe. Soon we receive good news (that usually wouldn't be received as such) - our Marshall proved himself to be utterly corrupt. Not sure how long was it since last time but I will gladly take his donation of 100 coins towards Permian Prosperity kickstarter ;D. Soon he is sent packing to experience future outside of our realm.

    I watch how Byzantine empire is doing (still defending Lucania in Italy against Son of Lucifer - is it wednesday already?), while my men finish siege of another tribe in Velsk. Time to move onto another one. Cleaning those single tribe realms to streamline bigger wars in the near future. Also spotted that some of our newly appointed chiefs need some time before they accumulate 25 piety for inviting holy men to their councils. So they didn't bug out. Just a sidenote though - those newly appointed characters in this part were almost instantly collecting their councils.

    By end of August another tribe is introduced to wonders of christianity. I really appreciate my council being cooperative (even in limited scope) with my actions. Declaring holy wars, giving out title, imprisoning and banishing - no problems so far. Time to embark on bigger war - we are taking 4 out of 5 tribes from Bjarnians (want to maximize both how quickly we convert them and start getting their troops). This time mine retinue alone might not be enough - vassals are called. Once again High Chief of Veps want to meddle in our wars to help his brothers in faith. The only one that tried to prevent us picking them one by one. Sadly for him since he joins the war, he most likely can't access 6 out 7 thousand troops his realm posses. Such are wonders of tribal "call vassals into war" system.

    As our troops are moving, suprise popup arrives. Another prosperity province modifier! Not gonna lie - didn't expect it on child ruler with whole 4 in stewardship. Also by process of elimination we roll on prestige providing monument - next one will be piety variant. Will help

    atuuBvd.jpg

    We are catching up with province modifiers. Now we need only one more of each: slot and province modifier.

    Suomenusko pagans try to distract us by passing us and moving into Perm. We catch Vepsian warriors in Velsk after taking over Dvina tribe and dealing with their 1100 strong host before it can join 1400 Bjarnians. We lose 50 men to their 200 (both infantry based hosts so not much damage in skirmish with shieldwalls). Then we move back onto Dvina to fight Bjarnians.

    Year 903
    ======================

    Our levies March under logistic and supply commanders across mountains. Chimgi-Turans need to be dealt with cause they are going overboard with cleaning any province wealth in Sibir tribes as soon as they are generated.

    PzThs0Y.jpg

    Finno-Ugric on Finno-Ugric action. This time they don't have access to warrior lodge super powers.

    Our retinues catch Bjarnians in Dvina. While checking their leader I spot his Great Pox (but currently had succesful treatment). Maybe he will help us by dying after war and shortening ceasefire after current animosities ;D? Enemies try to oppose us with narrow flank and shield wall but sadly on 2 different parts of their forces. If they rolled them in one part of their force we would be in trouble. As they didn't we roll flank after flank and mop them up. Don't even stop to count the bodies - just attack move straight towards their capital.

    By the last few days of February our 8000 strong expedition catches Chimgi-turans and they don't have great time with that experience. We instantly crush their 250 strong center then move to devour both wings. We lose 33 men and reduce nomads to 676 out of 1250 riders they had at start. That will teach them the lesson :D! I didn't even roll great tactics but the weight of concentrated numbers allows us to damage them even in pursuit through their high pursuit defence.

    While we start siege of Bjarnia capital, our vassal chief of Votyaki finishes capturing tribe next to us. Thanks to that (and other vassals winning smaller battle against remnants of Bjarnia military capability) by end of June 3 out of 4 tribes are ours and it is just enough for 100% warscore to force demands, as some additional chief from Scandinavian Lapland joins defenders. Too late I'm afraid.

    Quite a lot of rolls are spent before 4 new chiefs are generated. One of the benefits of being over the demense limit is reduction of income and thus reduction in price for decisions scaling with yearly income. Paying 5.6g for noble ain't bad. I do try to at the very least find candidates without negative piety gain (and those with extra piety gain are welcomed as they will get their own priests sooner). I also have probably wrong impression that the more I keep hitting that decision the lower average age of generated characters (but also more blanks and less talented).

    As our troops need to move around last Bjarnian tribe (their leader usurped it from his last vassal so we still might be interested in how his Great Pox goes), this time let's strike east. Holy War Chimgi-Turans that we just squashed to prevent Pechenegs from snagging them. As our small conqueror Dobrinya reached age of 12, we choose for him stewardship education focus. Let's see if my greed will pay off.

    More good news arrive in August from Kostroma tribe. Our uncle Dokya managed to convert his ravaged lands to Orthodoxy. Quick reminder - those were lands that rebeled with some kinsmen against our sponsored conversion. To my suprise our target calls some vassal into his war. Turns out he conquered some rebel Pecheneg land by Aral sea! Won't help him much, as I moved out with all permian levies meaning over 8000 troops are on the border already. By October Khagan Tarhkan of KHAZARIA joins though :x. That might prove difficult.

    1JnlVqe.jpg

    Offensive towards Irghiz after initial successes. Hope we make it in time, before Khazars move out against our realm

    Taking over Chimgi-Turan capital gives me 76% warscore. I decide to make a mad dash across Pecheneg steppes toward other nomad holding in that realm. If lucky we can trounce some Chimgi-Turans on the way and conclude the war without Khazars having time to react. Soon I'm proven correct as not one but 2 nomad armies retreat towards their last nomadic capital. While I can't catch them, we won't be outmanouvered with +41% movement speed that we have. They do merge into 2000 strong army and are determined to defend.

    Before end of year another education event fires and we get our Diligent, while Educator pays for it with Stressed. Somehow our educator vanished. Need to find replacement, which will be easier as we need 1 trait less.

    Year 904
    ======================

    Exactly at 1st of January our forces arrive at Irghiz. We roll badly (Generic Skirmish), but enemy doesn't secure narrow flanks and gets generic skirmish of his own coupled with 2 swarm tactics. With all that we are dealing enough of damage to be optimistic. Khazars are also nowhere on the horizon.


    vHJMSoR.jpg

    Warm up before bigger nomad wars in the future. Also potentially end of problems with those pesky khaganate

    We push through their center and then focus on their big 1000 strong flank. They run just as we enter melee phase and even though remining forces have heavy cavalry that charges us, 400 troops is not enough against our 8000. We end with 360 casualties for their 626. It matters little, even if we would need to lose 1000 warriors here. We quickly assault and then force an end to this holy war. UFF!

    Now after bribing new guardian (just arrived), my levies are sent towards newly conquered tribes in Tobol duchy. With newly appointed chiefs for those territory, we finally secured Ural tribes from usual steppe predation. Let's hope that with one less independent realm east, we will have less problems with nomad intrusions.

    While we were occupied in steppes, Nenetsian king Subjugated Bjarnian high chief. Mean one less holy war for that high chiefdom and we can crush that kingdom almost completely in one go.

    Once our levies reach our lands in March, they are instantly disbanded and we start war onwith Nenetsia! We aim for 4 out of 5 counties (it will leave single Velsk tribe inside our borders to clean up later). As previously vassals are called. I just hope any of new chiefs nearby won't become hurt due to all that war activity.

    Preemptively I decide to kill as many small armies in the vicinity as possible to safeguard newly conquered tribes. After eliminating 2 of such armies and taking over Vashka tribe I move onto Mezen, preparing to deal with Nenetsian main force. As you can see they have quite the number for just so few counties with almost no extra holding slots.


    t2N5opx.jpg

    Carefully moving and manouvering to catch AI main force

    Naberezhnye finally accepts one true faith in July. Given how much trouble it generated previously - that is very good news. They did have at least mediocre Ecclesiarch though (12 Learning). Some of new vassals in Perm have priests with 3 learning while having courtiers with 19 learning in court. Can't expect more from baron level vassals I suppose.

    Out of nowhere we are again presented with prosperity event! It is the last one and thus Perm county ideally is basically done (last holding slot will be generated through Great Work event). Took us 135 in game years to generate 3 extra holding slots and all 6 province modifers! Time to move crown focus onto Kudymkar, currently sitting at 2nd prosperity level. Center of worship is fantastic - not only do we get piety that we often lacked but also +25% temple vassal tax is nothing to snooze at!

    4N0VFQi.jpg

    Omen of good things to come?

    Nenetsian offer fierce resistence. Not only do they roll Feint twice, their center secures narrow flank and their other wing performs Volley Harass tactic. But they didn't pick commander for their biggest part of army. Even with all that we move with shieldwall towards melee that never comes. Their 500 wide center narrow flank memes us while both flanking wings deal damage and slowly route my forces. Soon 1500 of our vassals feed into that battle but we are broken already. That was a suprise :x.

    It takes up to November to gather Permian levies and sent them towards Nenetsian kingdom. Our Vassal did weaken them though - they are down to 1300 troops from 1700. Seems to be one of those winter offensives.

    Year 905
    ======================

    In January our main forces arrive at border, while defeated warriors are still on shattering retreat towards Perm High Chiefdom. We manouver onto already captured settlement to battle 2000 Nenetsian. Once again I check and no - their King isn't member of Followers of Otso. So no unexpected modifiers. This time I decide (just in case) spread our forces into 2 flanks. This way we can at least flank single narrow flank in some cases.

    InRdRQX.jpg

    Round 2 with warriors from Nenetsian kingdom. Turns out they are some tactical geniuses

    Nenetsians keep being difficult :/. Double narrow flank now but in slightly better than worst configuration. Some vassal joins us for moment to distract their not matched flank. Battle goes differently to how I was suspecting - our flank that had almost 3 to 2 advantage lost again their king, while our center holds well and slowly carves it's way through 2 narrow flanks, getting countered with Charge tactics on their advance twice >.>. Despite all that our forces prevail. Some revenge is taken during pursuit and we arrive at 700 ours for 1200 of theirs. Ugh! During all that our Dobrinya inherited second skull trophy artifact. Pretty sure duplicates of already possesed artifacts don't do anything.

    Bu June tribe north of place where last battle took place is captured, then our levies siege temple. Soon we are done and after brief replenishment we move towards Snopa, while Mezen is besieged by our previously defeated retinues. This way Nenetsian army is stuck at their capital, without any move to make unless they are willing to fight us again. Turns out we won't have to fight them again - didn't notice that I'm already at 100% warscore. So we enforce demands and King of Nenets has whole single county to his name now. That was quite an ordeal. Maybe it was that defensive pagan bonus that did me in.

    As I administer new lands across vassals, we finally exhaust our limit. Now we are getting less levies and tax. Oh noe - whatever will I do, as tribal who isn't receiving tax from other chiefs and must call them into war with 100% of their levies :)? Oh yes - if I die they can secede. Real worry on healthy 13 year old ruler that was king for more than a decade at this point =D. Another education event fires and it makes me hiss while taking a breath:

    Hh3WhpP.jpg

    OOOOOO! It's real. It's happening! Everyone calm down!

    I'm getting some real first Sarin flashbacks. Average looking kid turning out into really skilled ruler. Nice! Future seems bright, even as we have various problems along the way.

    Year 906
    ======================

    Next year begins with some observations. Currently there are 2 interesting characters in world, generated due indepedence revolts - Catholic German king Wilhelm of Bavaria with 25.000 troops and king Tommo of Suomi (Finnish Reformed Germanic) with 25.000 troops as well. I hope they manage to unite some of surrounding lands. Beside that Cathar England with 13.000 troops is fighting Waldensian France (7.000 strong army) for Normandy. Some things never change ;). Our neigbhours are also somewhat interesting - our next target is really brave, while Manarid leader certainly has a story to tell. Just look


    3YEMEw0.jpg

    They definetely are formidable when it comes to fighting. Wonder how AI managed to end with such great warriors. Also note that house Tobyid sigil is exactly the reverse colors of ours!

    Our course of action is still the same - onto the next holy war. This time we fight showcased above Pechoran. There is also some commotion regarding remnants of Nenetsian kingdom - one of vassal under our vassal is subjugating him. I wonder how it will turn out, as he shouldn't become independent (I'm not certain) and definetely can't be King under our king. Sadly Syktyvar war with Nenetsia turns out badly for us. Our vassal's vassal becomes new king of Nenetsia, growing to 2 counties in different duchies and becoming independent :/. Will have to punish that Suomenusko chief. Eehh!

    As our troops besiege Pechora tribes I do little investigation work. Was curious, why do we lose so many piety for reinforcing our infantry retinues. Thought 4 Ardent Defenders (50 HI 50 AR) shouldn't cost so much. Turns out we have close 14 units of Sworn Defenders (75 LI 75 AR) as well. They also cost piety. No wonder we kept losing up to 10 piety per month whenever they got damaged!

    AaFb0UW.jpg

    Intensification of religious conflicts. Sadly reformed germanic religion isn't great. They have 39 counties while old germanics have 42. Maybe mentioned earlier Suomi King will use that to carve Scandinavian empire for himself.

    After we deal with locals in far north, Nenetsian renegade joins the war with his 2700 event troops. I will deal with him shortly but for now it is more efficient to take one tribe more and conclude that war, as we have 75% warscore already. Turns out exactly as I predicted and we have surrender deal with another Nenetsian duchy without having to engage event troops. Now we can double back and take over them. Think I'll take Syktyvar first as it has temple (meaning we can assign a good priest there, which hopefully will be picked by new chief for his council and thus christianise that land faster).

    By September 9th county of Kremenchuk in Qazan becomes Orthodox. Really nice to see our quite recent new vassals rising up to a challenge. Of course I also admited new administrators to Pechora tribes and 2 out of 3 had Zealous trait, which is tremendous boon :). All that holy warring also increased our moral authorithy thus providing better conversion chances. We are up to 80.1% MA from 65% we had in year 901. Would be higher but not only do Greeks keep losing holy wars they also keep getting their temples looted. Still we have 2-3 holy wars more and each means +3% MA for 20 years. Might help for next decade and a half.

    At start of October both my retinues are assembled next to Syktyvar to avoid any suprises and we charge into those event troops! I like how AI spread evenly our cavalry troops across both flanks and left infantry in the middle so I keep it like that (1350-2800-1350 split)

    XlwIZNQ.jpg

    Another war with Kingdom of Nenetsia. Not at all what I had in mind but hey - can't choose the date your enemies will die ;)

    Battle goes well and without any hiccups we force enemies to flee. While we lost some 250 troops, enemies lost 970 and most of their losses are unrecovable. We continue siege and upon checking plot tab I spot that wife of our kinsman who ruler high chiefdom of Mari is gathering conspiratons trying to kill Dobrinya. Won't allow for that, so they are asked to stop.

    Year 907
    ======================

    By February another war with Nenetsian king is done. Ten years of waiting to finish him stings, but in the meantime we still have another Nenetsian duchy to take over. I do as announced, spent some piety to appoint great Ecclesiarch for Syktyvar Bishopric. Not only has he 17 Learning but also is Renowned Physician. Maybe it will help his chief overlord live longer. But AI makes him Chancellor >.> (he has 6 diplomacy...). Goddammit AI. Seems like AI is feeling council positions from top to bottom, so next time I should wait a moment for him to complete everyone but Ecclesiarch.

    gLYsrDH.jpg

    Basically everything I wished for! King Dobrinya is well positioned for some serious prosperity gains now!

    Somehow we end with really great traits all around. 18 Stewardship but only 11 Learning. Also only 2 traits toward trait limit. There are options! I instantly go for War focus - we have to start preparing for our great endeavour. Dobrinya equips all various artifacts that were not for children and with that I have 16 Martial and 22 Personal Combat Score. After that I sent petition to be allowed into Eagle Warriors warrior lodge. Meaning we will learn a thing of two from Tengri Warriors before defeating them. Our king easily defeats Pecheneg sparring partner during initiation duel, no wounds suffered. As easily as that we become part of their warrior lodge as Orthodox Finno-Ugric tribal.

    As our northern retinues are mopping up Zavarot, I must mention that those Nenetsian tribe were pretty well build up. Most of them have way more infrastructure that our Komi vassal tribes. Not as much as our capital duchy but still. It should somehow counteract lack of bonuses from empty holding slots in those counties.

    Sieges go on and in September Catholics seems to gain upper hand again. Month later we defeat local defenders and proceed to finish capture of last holding to end our Northern wars (mostly). Another investor passes away, which refunds us most of our recent costs. Thanks to better stats we are not above our demense limit, so we can keep one of those conquered nenetsian lands and plant both religion and culture ourself. Or we can finally start stockpiling event troops.

    ydP2df6.jpg

    That's what I call a healthy financial balance

    Late in november yet another investor dies at ripe old age of 72. With his money we finally break through 20.000 coins mark. Seems like mostly investors are lately our main income source, as without level 2 in warrior lodge pillaging abroad is more miss than hit. Makes me somewhat worried for future, as we are now onto that "Great Works grind" mindset. There is less than 200 years before it will be high time to feudalise and there is also objective of having one ruler high in Monastic order (probably soon). There is much to do and each option will be weighted carefully against others.

    Soon we are done with all in-land Nenetsian chiefs. This largely concludes our northern expansion (still have to clean that one single tribe belonging to king of all Nenets). More importantly we increased our military strenght and are currently looking at around 15.000 tribal warriors that will answer call to war.


    grGdidH.jpg

    Recently acquired lands. Kingdom of Nenetsia is ours in practise if not in name. Time to reunite all eastern Finno-Ugric people under our Komi'mpany

    Year 908
    ======================

    It is too soon to stop our war path. As it happens, Khazars with their 7000 troops (1000 being mercenaries) are still tied down in Transoxiana against Pechenegs. They are winnning and were expected to win, but Transoxiana is like... Really far away from Finland. Which means I can repay them for previous intrusions and now strike they tributary - High Chiefdom of Veps. We can snatch 3 province high chiefdom in de jure Nenetsia from them, weakening them and thus weakening Khazar military alliance. Vepsians do have over 7000 troops, but this is golden opportunity to defeat them before their Khazar overlords show up. Even if we lose, we will have plenty of time to try again, probably getting stronger over time thanks to converting newly acquired lands. So Holy War it is!

    ta3gSR1.jpg

    Slowly we are taking whole right bank of Kama and Volga Rivers for ourselves. Empire is getting closer and closer.

    As we marshall our troops - problem arrives. Huge one. Prepared Invasion against us was called. By none other that King Tommo of Suomi, who as you remembered has 22.000 event troops and was mentioned previously in this part. In two year time, we will have to deal with that or lose most of our realm >.>. Rapid expansion has biten me in the butt but given, how young that Finnish reformed Germanic king is there was no way of evading it. From what I remember they can grow up to four times our levies? Without counting vassal allies. So we are looking at up to 36.000 event troops that he can generate. Will be tough but we probably can deal with him, if we splurge on mercenaries. I also do hope that they will be suffering from attrition with those event troops, as they barely reached 1st level of Military Organisation and many of our lands are still Suomenusko. Currently they will have to travel through them (unless AI uses dreaded and discusses in the past route via Kama river straight into Perm - that said I doubt he will have enough ships to ferry most of his army at once, so maybe I want that to happen?).

    EkIYmRX.jpg

    Must admit - never did I ever have to contend with Prepared Invasion of rebel spawned character, who already had over 20.000 troops putting him into top 5 strongest military armies of the world.

    Not gonna lie - didn't see that coming. Other ways of dealing with that are also out of question - getting non-aggresion pact or assasination. In the meantime we lose our steward so I have to replace him. One of our vassals will do currently.

    By February 3500 Manarids show up, as we spot Vepsian defending force. Then spymaster dies and this time I'll search for new one. I do find 21 Intrigue jew candidate, which needs favour inviting. Decided on him, as he lacks "loyal servant modifier". Soon he joins without an issue. Seems I'm getting a hang of this.

    With spring fires our first War focus event. We can choose among terrain specialisations. What a choice it is. We can rule out Mountain expert, cause there are no such in Perm. Winter soldier while nice, can be covered with Shield of Thundra and it would mostly be for +50% Winter Combat, not +4 Supplies. Rough Terrain would help defending in Perm itself, as we have few Forests and Hills. I will go with Flat Terrain Expert though, as I think about fighting Khazars on their home turf more.

    dzcbKYo.jpg

    While annoying I must admit the writing of that event made me chuckle! Probably will fix Arbitrary via christian feast decision.

    By momentary lapse of judgement I moved my piety infantry retinues onto Manarids and they start losing so I order tactical withdrawal early. Ouch. While retreating, one of our vassals reignites the battle and increases thus our overall losses. We lose 1800 men :/. Dammit! Soon more bad news follows. Our Patriarch smashes one of our artifacts - Finger of Saint John, which was providing crucial +1 Learning. Dobrinya is not without options and decide to preserve it at the risk of arbitrary (30%) and of course we get arbitrary trait, which replaces Just and earns us -4 Stewardship and -1 Learning. Then at least county of Ural gets converted to christianity, which probably ends that tribe episode of huge pagan uprisings.

    By July comes Perm serves Manarid justice. We ambush their 3500 warriors in Galich Mersky with our 8000 strong host. We beat them, while losing almost 600 men for their 870. More importantly it saved Galich Mersky tribe from looting (for Kostroma it was too late). Now we can move north to start squashing Veps forces. Luckily their overlords didn't join that war, so we are just fighting those Suomenusko forces. Soon we manage to catch majority of their forces in Hlynov. Huge battle commences.
    zWj4d5S.jpg

    Finally some bigger tribal enemies. They have to be somewhat formidable, as they carved quite a realm for themselves

    Fight goes well with their center and right flank routing in skirmish at the same time, before their's last flank also succumbs to us (before melee). Thus we kill 1200 of them at the cost of 300 of our troops. That's went... far better that expected. I split our armies into two and wait to ambush 1500 warriors from allied King of Nenetsia in Kargopol, while other host moves onto Chud tribe. I have to keep going and finish it before bloody Finns arrive and Finnish me :D. If you wondered they are up to 33.000 troops already.

    And in such way this part will end, while our warriors besiege both Chud and Kargopol tribes. With one year before Finno Germanic disaster arrives.
     
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XVIII (909-916)
  • Part XVIII (909-916)


    Year 909
    ======================

    Spent some time digging. According to advice received to convert back to Suomenusko (if things turn dire) I had quite a quest to find pagan concubine. Wasn't easy, as we just eradicated huge chunk of Suomenusko independent realms generating such characters. First candidate was one of four daughters of Cheremisia High Chieftess - but she is one of our potential targets. Finland is basically germanic. Then I remembered that there might be some Suomenusko vassals under Khazars. Bingo. And thus I found someone that is willing to give us a Concubine. For 95g instead of 215g our Mordvin neighbour demanded. We go in with that as precaution. We made match for Dobrinya spouse too. Found 45 years old Greek Frail woman. Should alleviate our over the demense/vassal problems slightly. Of course as our quest for more money never ends, investors were completed again.

    BCgqZcx.jpg

    Happy that I can keep high profitabiliy investor going. 500g per character ain't shabby.

    But wait! There is more. Between sessions, I've learned how to search artifacts via character finder (turns out you just type artifact name). Located 4 owners of Dragon Amulet and 2 of them are close! One of them is new Khagan of Pechenegs, that has capital just on our southern border, while other is Kirghiz Khagan not far into Mongolia. As this artifact is really of great use for this AAR's objectives I'll focus on raiding those close targets often and only go towards western Persia, as last resort. (Btw bought Horse Lord content pack after last time, so now some nomads will have upgraded portraits/unit models as well as some western europeans received new early models but they change in year 950 so not much chance of seeing them.)

    Back to more pressing matter. We are still awaiting Finnish invasion. Had some time to think about smart and wise ways of dealing with that problem. Initially thought about blitzkrieging their holdings, but King Tommo has 8 tribes, some of them in Estonia and Sweeden itself. That really makes this less than ideal. It would only prolong war. Somehow it didn't occur to me previously, when I spotted this character - how much of a problem he can become. Think about it. Viking kingdom nearby. It will be a disaster - raiders for days. Thus I should commit to utterly vanquishing them now. First we will have to withstand their onslaught. Once we exhaust their event army it will be swift sailing. We won't be facing another prepared invasion from them for quite a long time cause their king is young. That's on flip side. Downside - if we lose this current invasion, AAR is basically done. Because they will probably take kingdom of Perm and will clean all the prosperity province modifiers (erasing all progress so far). Could take a gamble and create different kingdom but this will be a problem down the line with gavelkind succession. AI ultimately could also not bother and still target kingdom of Perm.

    aoZzH2A.jpg

    Pretty sure no one else on the map has as much Heavy Cavalry at the moment. Why didn't they spawn any Pikemen?

    What cards do I have to play? First of all attrition. They have way too much troops for their supply tech. My spymaster is sent to their capital to organise spy network just for vision. Want to know how the AI behaves. What I'm seeing indicates that the AI will try to spread units to avoid attrition (cause it is already suffering it). Good. With that information, we can expect them to spread armies really thin across our arctic pagan lands in west. We still have warrior lodge commanders so we should be able to start picking them up one by one at advantegous kill/death ratios. Some more problems are spotted though. They were kingdom indepedence revolt thus they got most unit types - including Heavy Cavalry. Currently I see close to 2000 units of heavy cavalry. That's scary. Even more with their military capable king.

    8geX7lF.jpg

    That's quite the commander even without warrior lodge.

    Suomi lands show me 5-7 thousand supply limit. My own lands show me 2-3 thousand for comparison. I'm pretty sure I can squash 3-4 thousand troops with my whole army, once they detach from blob. In case of AI just trying to bruteforce with armies straight into Perm, I wish them best with that idea. Boats are also non factor - he has currently around 50, so he can desant at most 5000 troops. Lastly can always hire nomadic mercenaries to bridge the gap in manpower and increase killcount in pursuit phase. With all that noted my strategy is formulated - gather forces near capital and await enemies while observing. Then look for opportunities to defeat them in detail. Waiting works because we are only around 60% of our levies at the moment.

    Before that - we have another conflict to conclude, so I can unpause and proceed with holy war for last Nenetsian duchy. In just a few days Kargopol tribe falls. Newly arrived investor has some commanding traits (but only 7 martial), so that is something to remember in future. We also celebrate marriage to our noble Greek wife (so no prestige penalty but net gain of +50, as I choose it over +10g). It also increases demense limit from 8 to 9 and vassal limit by +1. Also soon 65 year old Suomenusko concubine shows up. We can secretly convert to paganism again - it would cost us most (250 out of 276) of stockpiled piety. She will be our last way out if things go south.

    With February whole county of Chud is ours. Time to move onto 1100 Vepsian defenders in Romny nearby. They try to run, but I catch them by assigning one of commanders with bonus movement speed. Few days later Kargopol is secured as well and other half of army can join the carnage before moving onto Aanine tribe. Sadly I catch just 300 vassal troops that lagged behind. Still I'm looking at over 80% warscore by early March.

    As spring comes, so do Pechenegs decide to declare war for Transoxiana again. So they will clash with Khazars once more. That works for us, as it will not lead to any territory exchange and will keep them busy. Meanwhile king Tommo reaches over 40.000 troops and thus should not be getting any more reinforcements. Not sure, if he won't just lash at us now.

    XYv7D4w.jpg

    Ruling over previous nomad lands sure is "fun". Not sure not every time after the rebelion is squashed, province doesn't receive "recent rebelion" modifier.

    May presents us more red problems. Another Tengri uprising - this time in northern Bashkiria. In few days I take over last of Kargopol lands (puts Perm at 98% warscore). Not enough to force demands yet, so I have to move onto 1300 Vepsians that engaged our vassals behind our lines. Somewhat counter productive Vologda tribe was converted to Orthodoxy from Suomenusko. As it is one of potential entry points for Finnish forces this is not great timing. Still if anything I can also concentrate my forces there, as supplies are really great and enemy will still have to travel there.

    QNZC591.jpg

    Probably last battle against Veps at Kargopol. With huge reinforcements on the way. Not many color schemes of Finno-Ugric unit models seen so far.

    We absolutely massacre Vepsians before larger allied forces can arrive. With them our side deals them 752 casualties for the price of 52 of our men as battle summary. That's more than enough to force peace on them, which we do. Soon three new chiefs are assigned there to spread our religion and culture (2 of them have extra piety gain from Content). I disband and re-raise our levies in Perm to deal with rebels, while our retinues goes on long march towards home.

    I hawkishly observe vassal chief Sarin of Kargopol to spot the right moment to assign him good Ecclesiarch candidate. The baron level AI seems either really weird or just acts purely random. After a month it generates 7 characters into it's court. That included: wife, 3 commanders and 3 courtiers without any council roles. Meanwhile other two Kargopol chiefs collected whole or almost whole council in the same period.

    Upon unpausing - this happens:

    RfwqqS3.jpg

    Haven't seen this event yet, as I didn't had Holy Fury for most of my CK2 journey. Will observe this with great interest.

    For once I wish best of luck to that "Jesus Speaks to me" boy in ruining Abbasid day as much as possible. Sadly I can't watch their progress of marching, as the whole crusade happens off-map (probably some rolls are already made to decide if it will end in failure or success).

    No sooner autumn arrives that we move out to meat Tengri rebels. We have 6.5 thousand troops to their 4 thousands. Sadly as I recover troops so can king Tommo keeps increasing his maximum. My calculations were off. He is currently at 48.000 troops and rising. Does it count my maximal levies? Hmmm. Pretty sure it should count only current levies, as I remember waiting for strong Abbasids whenever preparing invasions on them to get some really stupid number of troops. Ugh!

    1FTEs3w.jpg

    Bashing Tengri skulls at the slopes of Ural mountains. Permian style!

    At the end of September we finally catch nomad mob at slopes of Ural mountains. We deal with them slowly but steadily, lossing 300 men for their 1400 in total. Another rebelion is put down to sword. My Marshall is also sent there to reduce further risk, as it is one and only revolt risk hotspot in our realm.

    By November King Tommo has 53.000 troops. Ok this is getting ridiculous. Perhaps it is also counting vassal troops? If yes then he will keep rising towards 80.000 troops as his upper limit. That is way less optimistic >.> I'm starting to get nervous! Not gonna lie such numbers may prove too big of odds to overcome.

    Finally event I was waiting for all this AAR fires. Our ambitious steward generated 300 gold and will probably generate 200 extra in exchange for some claims. Really nice!

    GFD9Pn5.jpg

    Event chain that I kept mentioning and waiting for. 500g + replacing Arbitrary with Just for the good price of 75 Piety. Excommunication gave me reason to imprison and execute, which as he was heirless lead to Dobrinya inheriting. All legal under Permian laws :)

    The whole incident resolves almost instantly. Didn't know that at the moment, but presented that choice I jumped on occasion. Decided to risk it and give out one of our capital tribes away (maybe it will shave off few thousand troops from Germanic Finns) in exchange for 200g and replacing Arbitrary with Just trait (again). Then I spent 75 piety to get him excommunicated, which was granted (one of the benefits of Orthodoxy as King - really cheap and easy to access character excommunicating). Then I succesfuly imprisoned him (96% chance) and executed him (as he is still Excommunicated), thus inheriting his originally granted tribe - getting Kudymkar back. Not only did I not upset any vassal (he was excommunicated) but Dobrinya is also known as paragon of justice throughout the realm. Hahahahaha :D New ambitious steward is assigned in his place. Maybe it will fire again (it won't - checked after writing down and it sets event flag on ruler as well that prevents further events from firing).

    In December I spot Finnish host moving through King Tommo lands. They started taking attrition and are down to 51.44 thousand troops though. They seem to be going more towards south than east. Then on last day of year we receive their proclamation of war, while their units become confused and seem to wander around Suomi capital.

    VTZBXUo.jpg

    As expected AI didn't wait till the end to declare war. I wonder - was it due to reaching certain advantage in levies number or realising it can no longer get more event troops?

    Year 910
    ======================

    January starts with massive call to war across our realm. Our Greek wife develops Cancer but gets succesful treatment for it. Finnish armies start moving in the right direction (east) finally. I think it's time to take it easy for now, as I still can recover further 3000 levies.

    By March as I keep tab on invading armies movement, there is case of poor logistic and in next attrition tick vikings lose few thousand troops while still within their home territory. That gives me some hope. Will need a lot of that to happen. We are down to 48.500 warriors to beat and they haven't cross our borders yet :). Also this year is blessed with severe winter meaning that for the next 2 months I can expect nature to be on my side. Timing may not worth out exactly as I would want but "General Winter" helps anyway. AI seems to just zerg rush in huge army blobs, as their first host is 19.000 strong.

    By first month of spring our new steward reports success in settling Indiga tribe (in Nenetsia) with Komi families and thanks to that province culture changes. Nice. That was a quick one. Now If I could only change religion as well, we will have extra source for conversion far away other Komi land, accelerating whole process by few decades.

    JqtXYBe.jpg

    Now only need to christianise that province to have another source for culture conversion of adjecent tribes. As Orthodoxy has over 80% Moral Authority, it shouldn't be impossible task

    May comes together with Suomi invaders. Saddly they seem to be not taking any extra attrition! Those newly conquered lands (high chiefdom of Kargopol) have really great supplies for some reason. After instantly assaulting, red hordes bolt north and continue assaulting. They keep losing between 20 to 30 men per each tribe. Already predicted that those puny tribes with barely any fortifications and skeleton garrisons won't inflict almost any damage. What's is more of an issue is winter getting milder and finnish vikings not taking any attrition even while moving through arctic lands. Seems plan regarding supplies went out of window. Also one of freshly invited investors died. No suprise - given that whole development I feel like dying too :D!

    By summer they start spreading out to accelerate pace of conquest. Good. My forces are still gathering up. War lifestyle event fires - we are playing strategy boardgame! What a nice and productive way to get Dobrinya mind off the looming danger. I'm somewhat familiar with that event chain so I'm mostly certain, which options guarantee success. We start by rushing skirmishers to distract enemies from taking ownership of the hill, to which the enemy responds with charging their forces against them. Time to send cavalry to rescue our skirmishers while rest of army climbs that Hill. The whole thing goes as planned and event ends by granting us +1 Martial and 75 extra prestige. Checkmate!

    More news on Children crusade reach our ears. They made it to Genoa but are stuck. I wonder if this is the end or can they still somehow proceed further? Cause they can keep claiming that the sea will part, but I doubt it will happen.

    3wEdag3.jpg

    So they got stuck. Is it the end for them? Can their co-religionist somehow support them at this point? I have so many questions :D

    Liberator's vikings rampage north without any supply problems. It is really dissapointing. Always remembered Nenetsia as one of more annoying areas to conquer due to poor supply limits even after getting rid of defensive pagan attrition. By September one of Nenetsian tribes - Ugra is fully converted and is now Orthodox Komi example for surrounding chiefs to follow. Sadly enemies keep their forces really close, so no opportunity to pounce on them so far. By end of month another investor dies. Is this an omen of things to come?

    For some reason my vassals ignore my order to merge with my troops and keep moving around enemies in groups of <200. You can easily predict the final of such foolishnes. King's Tommo men catch and butcher quite a few of such warbands. Finally by December they stack enough troops insingle northern Nenetsian tribe to catch some attrition (10% from 17.000 troops). We are unlucky that this is only mild winter - severe would help us much more. Overall this isn't going great. Was hoping that at this point they would be having way less troops.

    Y2y4rfv.jpg

    Overview after year of Finnish invasion. So far attrition did less that I expected it to do.

    Few days later winter turns severe right after first attrition tick (killing another 1000 event troops). Some Khazar raiders also show up, so one of my armies is quickly sent to deal with them. Mercenaries are hired (they need some time to regain Morale). Contracted 3 default companies for 360g initially, which provides us 4500 light riders and 6300 horse archers. I'm a huge proponent of those all cavalry mercenaries in this part of the world (easy to buff them and they deal tremendous damage in pursuit).

    Year 911
    ======================

    Finally AI commits huge chunk of it's troops towards single county with bad supplies. They should take at least single tick of losses thanks to 33% attrition. If it works how I think it works it will shave off another 7000 troops.

    ZBnO9KH.jpg

    Finally AI overstacks troops in single tribe during winter. More of that please.

    By February my prediction turns out wrong - attrition math isn't as simple. More or less half of what I expected is buried in Permian snow. But another 10.000 army takes few hundreds casualties due to winter elsewhere. On the plus side half of their army is currently in Northern Perm, while other half splits further far in south. I decide to start moving towards them - high time to deal them some damage. We are also dangerously close to time limit, as invaders have over 80% warscore. Allowed nature to help us as much as possible. The rest is up to our warriors.

    While my armies move to border between high chiefdom of Veliky-Ustug and Qazan/Votyaki (had to spread them to avoid attrition), another notification regarding ongoing crusade pops up.
    AR8GU7X.jpg

    Turns out it wasn't the end. Let's cross fingers and hope they can arrive in front of Jerusalem and raise some mayhem

    After taking pre-planned positions, some battle of manouver starts. Takes us up to June to get the engagment I desire. Eight thousands of their's warriors face off our whole army arriving in 3 parts. Our warriors are organised with infantry in center and cavalry retinues on both flanks (with stronger left flank). This will be important opening battle. I give our best commander in center warrior-lodge short-sword (+15% leading the center). I was expecting to receive it back at some point in the future, as Dobrinya wasn't getting his second leadership trait, but it turned out to be a mistake. Didn't notice he already had his own copy of that from warrior-lodge! Not sure if we will inherit his, as duplicate disappeared. If it goes well, future will look more promising. The whole Perm thus holds it's breath.


    OGWIz7E.jpg

    Our Permian army without mercenaries (yet - they are on route). Happily some vassal is holding one of flanks and we seem to be initially winning in both other sections of battlefield

    Battle begins nicely with our forces inflicting twice as many casualties to what they sustain. Our weaker flank starts routing but get's reinforced by nomads in time and we overcome enemies soon. We lose 500 troops for their 4.611. That's a start. With ratio of 9 killed for 1 dead we will prevail. Then our forces are moved back to empty our killing fields again (nomads retake 2 tribe north of Ilyinsk to slow down progression of warscore that is currently at 82%). Soon another 18.000 strong viking army moves toward Illyinsk. Sadly different 11.9 thousand strong host in the south moves to Mari nearby giving them ability to help their brethren. Time to make a faithful decision. I'm under strong impression of urgent need to undergo this risk, and count on dealing initially enough damage to get the upper hand when other army arrives. We will have a week or two where we outnumber enemies 27.000 to 18.000 before other more enemies reinforce that battle. Luckily for us problematic enemy warbands commits to bypassing Illyinsk by moving through Cheremisia instead. I will take that opportunity!

    wHSwkLK.jpg

    Powerful Feint by center flank. Cavalry mercenaries are also doing good work in pursuit despite lacklaster tactic selection during skirmish

    Enemies realise too late that they walked into trap. We get not bad initial rolls and both flanks soon reroll as mercenaries enter the fray. Or so I wanted to believe. Sadly it turns out it won't happen even when one of our flanks got routed. Still our concentrated forces in center make quick work of enemies with Feint tactic. Let's just hope not so great in battle mercenary contingent will kill a lot in pursuit. And they sure do! We lost 1000 men but killed over 10.000 enemies. With that warscore goes way down (from 82% to 59%). So far we reduced enemy count from 51.000 at the start of war down to 26.000 now. I'm starting to believe in victory.

    We are also immedietely presented opportunity to pounce at other 11.000 troops that are locked to move behind our lines into Vetluga tribe in Qazan. This time they are totally isolated. Perfect oportunity to turn war into our favour. We do take rather nasty attrition though, rushing back as single army (5000 troops) but still it is 22.000 vs 11.000.

    cHCrceA.jpg

    After this battle we probably will gain numerical advantage in this conflict. Happy to keep rolling Feint on our "hammer" central flank. Less happy with lackluster mercenaries so far

    This army is commanded by king Tommo himself! Thus we can expect difficulties in breaking them during skirmish phase. It opens pretty well for us with Feint in center that rapidly chews through enemies. Nomads even on Generic Skirmish do well mostly due to their good unit statistic and advantage in numbers. Whole ordeal ends with us losing another 500 troops but killing another 6000 enemies. Warscore goes further down to 42%. After 3 victorious battles, we bought ourselves a breathing room. No longer is our defeat imminent due to warscore, and enemies are more managable in size. Almost all of their losses are permament, while we slowly recover. I send our levies closer to Perm, while Mercenaries go to recapture more of our tribes. No need to rush things, as routed enemies may consolidate into bigger armies again and march onto us.

    In the meantime some investor died. Wow this time they really don't last long huh. Dobrinya lost arm wrestling in warrior lodge and somehow we still didn't get any event troops from both steward and patriarch (which I had to change due to old one dying). That's kind off not fair :p. C'mon game throw me a bone!

    Year 912
    ======================

    Some germanic troops decide to reorganise in conquered territories instead of instantly charging again. So much for berserkers I guess. Our Mercenaries are catching 3000 army (our first victim) in Veliky Ustug. Finally they roll 3x Swarm Tactic and as enemy center decided on Volley, we enjoy dealing over 500 damage with our center thanks to counter-tactic bonus. I always wonder if that bonus applies to all units or just the units mentioned in tactic.

    hBDCNIZ.jpg

    Mercenaries finally on their own utilize their Horse Archer tactics. The hunt for invaders begins

    How can you not love horse archers? 34 casualties for 2700 killed. Sadly Bashkiria revolts again! Our main forces aren't far away so we can move back. And we do. It's not a sprint - this war is a marathon and so far I feel rewarded by being patient. Enemies come, snow melts but Perm remains. Before our mercenary force can move out, one of defeated armies engages them - we have still numerical advantage and they suffer river penalty. Sadly their center has inspired defence and thus can expect to enter melee range for the first time during this war.

    lBHlHyR.jpg

    Our nomadic warriors get caught by other units soon after finishing last battle. That said we luckily avoid getting tactic countered and to my suprise do really well

    Turns out I overestimated enemies badly, as they got handily defeated. Despite valiant personal effort of King Tommo "the Liberator" in inspiring his men to cross the river, we lose just 125 mercenaries but manage to kill 2659 enemies. With that invasion forces melted down to slightly over 14.000 men, while we have still 19.500 men under our banners. Time to move onto attack!
    9Z2h19S.jpg

    Troubles start flaring up in Qazan. Sadly this is at really inconvienent time, as we want to launch counter offensive after routing invaders

    Before the advance begins in April another peasant revolt fires. Close. This time it is Kremenchuk tribe in Qazan high chiefdom. Unhappy our main force is directed back towards rebelion instead of foreign threat. At least mercenary force manage to catch another 1500 Vikings in Galich Mersky. They keep doing what we paid them for - loss of 9 men to kill every single Finn in that 1700+ army (seems they got reinforced!). Also another update on Iberian crusaders:

    BpZ62ZN.jpg

    Ooo. So they crossed Bosphorus without problems? Nice. Now the real challenge awaits - local Muslim armies. Let's see if they repeat their RL counterparts fate

    In June just as we catch up to Tengri rebels south of rebelion starting position to proceed with well deserved beating, they generate another 2000 troops north. Won't change a thing against our 13.000 strong levies but prolongs inevitable. Because they ran away! By appointing commander with bonus movement speed I manage to catch them after battle before they leave Bashkiria tribe. Soon whole episode ends and county receives "Recent Uprising" modifier granting -100% revolt risk for 5 years. Not sure why it didn't apply previously.

    As I keep playing cat and mouse with taking over tribes on Perm-Nenetsia border from Germanic Finns, my levies are locked onto another peasant uprising host that ravages Qazan. Suprisingly Dobrinya gets another war event - throwing javelin competition. I take it and horrendously mangle our best commander xD. Whoops! Not exactly the just reward for his service so far. That said we are currently at positive warscore (38%) and I don't want to engage numerically superior single army of invaders (11.000) with our all cavalry vanguard. So less aggresive posture is assumed and levies are ordered to catch up with frontline after.

    Halfway through september peasant issues are sorted out and our main bulk of levies can finally move towards Suomi captured lands. Soon we are also granted extra 150 prestige from our previous lifestyle event (that already killed our commander - rest in peace warrior lodge hero) and mission to loot Vepsian temple in Chud. Gladly accept that, as I want to progress quickly and then take some free goodies. Icon event fires as well but this time it is +1 Intrigue. I decline it for -25 piety as I really want something more along the lines of extra stewardship or learning. Think it should still fire as Dobrinya shouldn't get flag that excludes him from that event occuring again. One of our chiefs in Nenetsia dies, we inherit his tribe but can't give it away because it is occupied/war target. Resulting in over the demense limit penalty (-20% levies). Slightly annoying but we will live through it. Slowl reconquest of tribes follows but I don't focus on it much. My main objective is luring last Finnish forces to take away most of those 10.000 remaining event troops.

    3XOTRs4.jpg

    Overview 3 years into current war. With battles at Illyinsk(x2), Vetluga and Veliky-Ustug(x2).

    Year 913
    ======================

    After recapturing tribes belonging to our uncle Dokya in Vologda and Mari, with February another tengri rebelion materialize - this time in southern Bashkiria. They really are not taking well to those changes in religious customs those Bashkirians, do they? Not only our troops are quite far, as we are in the middle of winter going back can't start immedietely.

    We take some attrition to lure Finns into another engagments - especially our mercenary force is way worse for wear (around 30% are still alive). Well winter takes no sides. Time for us to pay for lack of patience and fighting during off-season. Given proximity of enemies I could not stop myself. So after feeling the frosty kiss of winter, our forces are in positions to engage invaders again. We get another update on children crusade, I think it is semi-final step.

    J93ymtT.jpg

    Miraculously young crusaders traverse Anatolia mountains. Good stealth mission so far, as they reached deep into Abbasids lands without getting spotted.

    Attrition really takes a toll on us. I'm under impression that we might lost more men per single attrition tick that the AI ever did. Not enough to affect the result of battle (probably) but less warriors on Permian sides mean more casualties sustained due to battle. Especially stings because I also rushed them across river (penalty for our side) into forest (bonus for defending vikings). Ay ay ay! To think I was commanding so well thus far!

    f9aPMQR.jpg

    Somehow managed to present enemies with advantageous battle circumstances. While Mercenaries are not present - they couldn't utilize swarm tactic in forest anyway. Let's hope for the best!

    It isn't as good as our previous battles. Didn't time bought nomads correctly and thus we had to do with just regular forces (levies+retinues). We still won but battle reached melee and we didn't had cavalry to rake up kills after. We are looking at 1500 permian warriors to 3844 Finns dead. Buuut. We definetely felt that victory way more than previous fights. Also interestingely after such bloody battle we spot king Tommo "the Liberator" among corpses. Invader was slain during his last stand battle! At least he will remember it as such, because his men ran away after to live another day. Kingdom of Suomi is currently having 5 year old ruler Pentti leading the war effort with only 5700 event troops left. Meaning that so far we killed almost 90% of their initial great army \o/.

    Nomads are sent back to deal with Tengri mob, while our levies march onward into Nenetsia to recapture as much as possible, while looking out for remains of germanic invasion. Our mercenary cavalry finally catches Bashkirian rebels by August yet things doesn't go as well during battle itself. Being impressed with their recent exploits I overestimated them against similarly storng in skirmish rebel forces that had advantage in numbers. At the same time another war event regarding playing boardgame happens. Dobrinya also makes new friend thanks to his sympathy towards pagans. As they say: don't let single invasion of angry vikings ruin your image of pagan religions! What's more they were reformed, while old Germanics chill out still in Svibjod. As our Dobrinya resists strong assault in the center to slowly withdrawn and flank enemies, our Mercenaries make up for their initial bad showing. Once they enter melee they start slaughtering light tengri warriors in hundreds. Both battles end in success (giving us another 75 prestige and upgrading lifestyle modifier to provide now +1 Martial and Stewardship).

    JLejn94.jpg

    Mercenaries barely pulling through. Still a win is a win. Another uprising is put down, so they can give it a rest for time being. But not many contracted riders remain.

    Somewhat between all those things - tribe of Onega Peninsula in Nenetsia also converted to christianity :). Also our main forces catched some stragglers trying to regroup (now we have better prospects with our 12.600 troops against their 6500).

    x4ZbuSY.jpg

    We succesfully moved the front back almost to our pre-war borders. Once again they have terrain advantage but at least we don't have penalty.

    I'm happy we keep rolling that Feint tactic (40.5% chance - the same as shieldwall). With it we really are pounding enemies. With another battle that makes it toward melee phase we win, further diminishing Finnish forces to just 3371 event troops. Which basically just doubles what they should have based on amount of land possesed. I'm not done with bullying them yet I think. If I kill more of them I may put a wrench into their plans of unifying Finland.

    During October last tribe in Ural high chiefdom is converted. Then the rest of year is spent on recapturing tribes in southern Nenetsia with no sign of enemies.

    XgcS5lG.jpg

    Another yearly overview. We retook most of southern Nenetsia, while hunting finnish vikings down. Rebelions are also under control.

    Year 914
    ======================

    The year starts with us at 72% warscore. I could potentially enforce white peace. Let's think about it for a second. Not only did we survive "Finnish Winters" but also achieved our strategical goal of destroying Suomi military presence in the region. Out of over 50.000 event troops they started the war with, they are down to 3300. That's a number that is definetely not threatening for us in any shape or formy. We still have mercenaries and due to heavy (attrition) losses they stopped costing us much - currently for 3000 mercs I'm paying 46g a month). I check various options with what gains they entail. By offering white peace we are only getting less prestige - as our enemy doesn't have gold to pay us anyway. I think I'll settle for this. Was mostly curious if we can get more MA for Orthodoxy but it only hurts Germanics and I don't care about their crappy moral authority anyway.

    AJHlW5X.jpg

    So ends dream of viking king Tommo the Liberator - with him dead and his great infidel host 90% dead. Now not only taking over Nenetsia is a faraway dream, but even uniting Finland may prove difficult task. Thus great regional power diminishes. They better hope I won't cross border into Finland itself ;)

    With peace whole kingdom can go back to normal. Don't have to spent moths moving between and retaking northern Nenetsian tribes. Mercenaries are also disbanded. Calculated it would take over 4 years to replenish them to full strenght (costing us at least another 2000g). That's too long. Was thinking about fighting Khazars now, as we already paid initial mercenary fee. Our yellow menace fractured somewhat and lost most of it's grip on northern lands. Due to how last part of our war went, I'm currently weakened too much to take them on. Also our treasury took a hit - dropped below 17.000 coins. Meaning around 17% of our financial resources were spent on this whole incident.

    So what now? First I think about that warrior lodge mission to loot Chud tribe! Also Velsk tribe is given out and our steward is sent to help settling Komi culture in another Nenetsian tribe. Also somewhat during all that Dobrinya accumulated 3905 prestige! Not bad for 22 year old! Sadly no nickname for his valiant effort in repelling prepared invasion. For once I think it is deserved (as from what I remember Vikings can get nickname for succesful invasion as well as nomads for theirs).

    Decided to spent 700 of that fame to start buildings in 7 tribes with Nomad agitation modifier. Warcamps I will do nicely, as they provide biggest single building increase (+40 Light Infantry base). Then I will follow it with Archer Camp and we are basically done as long as they don't lose it due to looting.

    No sooner I start it - some Mordvin raiders show up for the first time in Qazan. I raise my levies and send them there hoping to have not just wasted 100 prestige on nothing. Freaked out too quickly as it is really small force (around 450 raiders). Also I do notice that Vepsians started subjugating nomads that seceded from Khazars (well known to us Manarids). Would be nice if they succeed and reintroduced tribes into those lands.

    By March another highly desired warrior lodge event fires - someone might help us become ambitious! That would be really neat because it's bonuses are across all attributes - learning included! Before that something happens and makes it difficult to stop laughing:

    EI25b5Y.jpg

    AHAHAHAHAHAHA! Take that Abbasid AI! We were dealing with Prepared Invasion you deal with that :D. Thanks Jesus! Very cool!

    Not sure, if current gamesetting had anything to deal with that but I'll gladly take it. He gets over 30.000 event troops but upon unpausing they vanish :/. Goddammit! What happened? I noticed that also Armenia had succesful uprising and is now attacking Abbasids with almost 40.000 troops for Kurdistan. If Jerusalem had those event troops there was slight hope for Jerusalem+Armenia team starting to dismantle Abbasid empire. As together they would have around 70.000 troops! Also upon checking Catholicism went just under 1 county in comparison to Cathar so their holy orders will probably switch? - meaning Jerusalem without any serious big catholic ally will most likely vanish after 10 year truce with Abbasids is over. Still maybe they disrupt them long enough for current Decadent Caliph to inflict more damage? (Checked after writing part and they should have those event troops but they were Light Infantry only. Still :/).

    County of Sibir converts to Orthodoxy and with that we slowly grow our religion. Currently 4th largest in the world (8 counties more than Slavic but 24 less than Buddhist). I think in the near future (few AAR parts) we can make it to 3rd slot by eating Tengri (who are second at 165 counties compared to our 123). Also warrior lodge event succeeds and thus makes Dobrinya Ambitious. Wow. Midas Touched, Shrewd, Diligent, Ambitious, Just. That's quite a combination :). And those pesky rebels got put down. Our ruler is one to watch out for! Right man to avert the crisis that befallen us.

    By spring we send letter to advance within warrior lodge, as Velsk tribe goes to us (again). What is it? Cursed? Two owners died since granting it in year 901. Then we get news about unlocked Jihads.

    jUy3TCY.jpg

    Not sure how to feel about decadent Caliph announcing this. Probably won't help, as almost all muslim realms are inside Abbasid empire. They probably can't join once their overlord starts it.

    Not sure if this is wise idea. They just lost whole duchy to Armenia without damaging their event troops really. Finally those cranked up rebellion strenght does what I expect it to do :). Jerusalem is up to 5000 troops, not sure if they vassalised any holy order. Abbasids are meanwhile further bullied simultaneosly by some Abbysinian and Indian realms. They are also gaining over 2 decadence yearly. Most importantly current Caliph won't intervene with other decadent members of his dynasty and house of Abbasids have 210 living members. I see some potential in that arrangement!

    We also get accepted among rank of warrior. Which means funny new hat but more importantly -> Reaver passive. It seems such a long time since last time. We can raid reasonably again. With that first order of business is to go county south of Bolgharia - Pecheneg Capital and kindly ask them for Dragon Amulet.

    Another 800 prestige is spent on last levels of Warcamps that were missing in Pi'lva and Ko'lva tribes. It will take quite few years and I will definetely welcome more troops for future.

    SQPpaEY.jpg

    At long last last Warcamps inside high chiefdom of Perm will be finished. Not great return of investment because only 2 holding slots in those provinces

    By end of June we succesfully assault and sack Pecheneg capital in Irtek but sadly we didn't get Dragon Amulet :(. Still waaant it! Time to move back. On other hand Chud tribe was full success venture that granted us extra gold and 200 renown within Eagle Warriors. Also prisoners and we currently hold 10 people worth 600 gold. Christ do I love those Khagan rank relatives ransoms!

    September brings last county in duchy of Bolghar (ironically being well county Bolghar) converted to Orthodoxy. With that revolt risk should be more managable.

    Towards end of year as I check various things, my Permian Patriarch informs me about success in christianisation of Alabuga tribe in Qazan. Nice! Next he is sent to Indiga tribe in far north of Nenetsia to tribe with our culture so it can start spreading culture conversion (it needs some county to be of both culture and religion of ruler to enable neighbours to culture convert).

    Year 915
    ======================


    C3Obsrj.jpg

    Really great ruler out of nowhere. If only we could finally pick final 2nd leadership trait and start working on Learning attribute. Also our military overview

    As we slowly recuperate our strenght (both levies and retinues are still replenishing) time passes slowly. I really want another event granting us commanding trait to fire. Why? Because I plan to go over the limit with Warrior Lodge traits and have Dobrinya lead against Khazars. So first I need that 2nd leadership trait from War focus. Also want to build up our commanders that are currently rather slim (just single commander from Followers of Otso left). Learned something interesting related to leadership traits. Did you know that some traits affect which book exactly is more likely to be written? I didn't. Just assumed that you randomly roll among the same quality outcome books with no way of affecting it. Turns out I was wrong. And one leadership trait increases weight of book I'm hunting. We need Organiser. Not the greatest for fighting (would prefer Light Infantry/Direct Leader/Aggresive) but getting those building cost modifiers is important.

    By February our Warcamps I are done across 7 tribes. So Practise Ranges I follow. With that nomad agitation alarm will vanish and I no longer will have to fear losing those counties (and spawning Komi Orthodox Khaganates).

    dqum7Ic.jpg

    Technology mapmode in Construction technology. We clearly have ways to go and especially in recently conquered tribes.

    I decide to look how our technological advancment is going. We are siphoning Byzantines discoveries but we don't have yet enough to push another Construction level ahead of time (171% penalty). I do opt to get 5th level in Military Organisation to increase further retinue limit and supplies. Note that we are currently taking tech spread from Greeks at +50% modifier thanks to both Spymaster and "Great Library modifier in Perm" from prosperity modifiers.

    wt9AVhC.jpg

    Almost tripling the size of Army of the Steppes. We will rapidly build up our military might for better expansion and raiding potential.

    Invested most of our prestige on 24 (!) new hunting parties retinues. We will have issues with filling them up but with some care sooner or later we will have those new armies to deal with nomads. Expansion into steppes is starting to become more an more real with each day. Not only are we learning their ways of fighting but also imitate their forces.

    By April we get another 50 military point from regular spymaster event. We also get into negative prestige so now we will replenish retinues every 2 months. Checked if we can declare war on someone but I have currently Glory Hound stacked council and they don't feel like attacking weaker targets. Appetites after that viking war surely increased I guess.

    YoJCxX4.jpg

    Not sure if it popped off because of prosperity ambition, but it is apprecieated as I still have to build prosperity levels in Perm. Checked event file and it gives a whole +15 prosperity points! It is a lot!

    Our Court Physician helps us. It leads me into some investigation. Wasn't sure if I was missing the whole time on trying to get those prosperity events. Turns out I didn't. They are not available for nomadic or tribal rulers. Still could get those from Renowned Court Physician. Might try to remember that for the future, as prosperity gain is kind of lackluster (we are more than a hundreds years into this playthrough and still not maxed on capital duchy).

    I raise my levies and prepare for another venture into Abbasid lands. As we watch our warriors slowly assembling we get another notification about Great Holy War.

    BtWQRRY.jpg

    I wonder how this happened as I'm pretty sure this isn't holding any holy site and shouldn't be high on AI weight for targets. Also as those are reformed Germanics, they will struggle cause we just smashed their main potential military contributor in kingdom of Suomi.

    I'm suprised that such small target is eligible (and how in God's name it is East Francia?). Soon after we suffer first Suomenusko uprising in quite some time. Guess where? In Velsk of course! As we march there, our greek wife dies due to cancer. I decide to give out one of Nenetsian tribes to new chief instead of finding new wife for now. With that steward can go back to generating prestige (and with that and our original retinues in Mari fully regenerated I'm now looking only at -1.3 prestige per month with 27 prestige to spare).

    Our levies put down Suomenusko rebels (extra prestige, piety and Moral Authority for us as Suomenusko already hit rock bottom) and with that we are also looking at 91% MA for Orthodoxy. Notice that all that time we weren't molested by nomads somehow. They really must be going at it in Transoxiana huh.

    Year 916
    ======================

    Levies are moved back to Bolgharia before they can start moving towards western Persia and Transoxiana to try and nab one of those Dragon Amulets. Having further starting point for expeditions is nice, as it will decrease amount of attrition we take on such journeys. Our Marshal also dies but instead of inviting new one I appoint one of our better commanders to try and improve our commanders, while also lovering prestige cost of replenishing huge retinue army in the making.

    Very soon I come to regret my decision as without those supply modifiers I start suffering attrition. So new Marshal with all three corrupt traits and 7 Martial is procured :)". Soon are also all Practise Ranges done and with that we have secured our hold on previously nomad land for now. Not counting semi regular Tengri uprisings. I buy his favour and play myself, as you can't appoint councillor someone that owes you favour. So I will have to let him remain in my court and pray he isn't invited by someone else.

    Another war event finally fires but it only results in Dobrinya hurting his sparring partner friend. By end of spring another tribe (Vym) in Nenetsia gets converted. Our Great Library construction is at 92.6% and our newly created retinues reached 1200 out of 3600 men recruited. What's more we are currently at 151 prestige with positive(!) income of +4.88 a month.

    In July Dobrinya friend dies due to wounds he suffered in previously mentioned sparring. It is definetely not safe to be playing with our character, is it? Our levies are on their way towards Abbasid border, and our king makes new friend in his cousin - Azra-va Permyakid. I strongly suggest to not accompany him in his martial hobbys ;)".

    By September our Permian raiders arrive at Transoxiana. We can't raid border lands and I have bad feeling - are they are still immune to raiding (after all those years!)? I still go towards Khuttal to try getting that Dragon amulet. I think this is good time to start ambition of seeing realm prosper. I need few years to recover not only warriors but also prestige to succesfully settle new lands that we will take from nomads. Can spend time on raiding in the meantime. Also our Chancellor is sent to Byzantium to start improving relations - who knows. Maybe we will want help them reconquer some part of Anatolia during all that chaos with Jerusalem.

    pH3I7Zy.jpg

    Another crack at Transoxiana raiding. As always we aim for Dragon Amulet. I NEED IT! Enjoy terrain mapmode :D

    Something changed as I see that we were for moment raiding Transoxiana county. We move along and in December it turns out it was not fluke - we can and will sack Khuttal county. Meaning we have few years where we will spend time robbing everything in lands of our past menace Uracic Pecheneg clan.. As days pass we get notified about death of our loyal kinsmen and vassal - uncle Dokya. He was murdered by some plot and we inherited some of his lands. More importantly our ex-investor Budli granddaughter with his fortune (1100 gold) becomes our direct vassal. That means extraction not only will be possible but also simple. Some of our Suomenusko kin in Mari takes over though and with two tribes gained (in Ural and Vologda) we are over the demense limit. There is quite some administration work to do. But that will have to wait for next week and another part.

    IBW1U98.jpg

    Long time did we wait to be able to get our frozen hands on those goodies hidden in Transoxiana. Also sudden unexpected inheritance
     
    Last edited:
    • 4Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XIX (917-925)
  • Part XIX (917-925)


    Year 917
    ======================

    Once back we return to frosty Perm. For change of pace we first have to deal with some administrative issues. As you remember from last part - we lost one of our strongest allies - uncle Dokya. We got most of his lands though but more importantly - many vassals (including our previous investor's descendant with 1000+ gold), alongside 3 extra Hunting Parties (300 LI, 150 LC) almost fully reinforced (putting us slightly over our retinue limit - 14.1k/13.7k). We also uncover one of our kinsmen, who didn't convert to Orthodoxy - something to work on after we finally convert that single Komi culture tribe in northern Nenetsia (16.6% yerly chance at 91% moral authority). I decide to give out High Chiefdom of Yugra on other side of Ural mountains to only one of our Christian adult Permyakids. Or I wanted to because my council doesn't like us enough to allow passing of title to dynasty members. Seems that not doing it in last part has come to bite me :/, as now the penalty for over the demense limit applied (2 tribes and 3 high chiefdoms extra resulting in -50 modifier). So I look into bribes. Regular ones are out. But we can purchase favours from our landless council members, as we will inherit those money back sooner or later. So I do buy our Ecclesiarch and Marshal. After few days they answer us, allowing us to call council support from them for 36 months! Nice. Will be more than enough to deal with our land issues. Soon after we celebrate creation of new High Chief of Yugra - Pyera. That alone sorts out our tribe issues (9/9 again) and puts us at 2 high chiefdom titles too much. Turns out he has older brother so I give him High chiefdom of Ural. Why? Because most likely he converted from the same source and thus is true believer and having more landed relatives nearby won't hurt. Thus grandchildren of Vidyava "the heavenly" are increasing their landed possesion.

    BRjFnSE.jpg

    Our cousins from great grandmother Vidyava "the Heavenly" (who was slain by Santa) have opportunity to thrive. Let's hope they do their best to support our dynasty.

    Halfway through the month final Warcamps are finished in Kol'va and Pil'va tribes. We are almost broke on prestige (141) and still reinforcing our previously created retinues so no further construction for now. I also get briliant idea - why not use our council support further? I can buy one more favour (from our Jewish Spymaster) and push some emancipation of women law at least one step toward equality. It would help us in the future when it comes to finding corrupt council members and we have currently nothing better to do (due to lacking high enough and ahead of time Legalism technology). So I commence whole operation.

    February starts with our cousin Azra-Va Zyri asking Dobrinya for help with Orthodox priests. We help her free. Soon we get confirmation of support from 3rd council member and thus automatically pass Marginal Status of Women in Perm (as it is 4 to 4 votes but king votes outweights regular vote). Won't get us much now, as we don't really have any jewish relative to give Spymaster office too but it is always one law change less. Next in line - Significant Status of Women allows female stewards, which is more of an interest for us. Also spend some time on searching new investor (we only need 2) but the results are worse than previously. Seems like we somewhat exhausted great characters in the diplomatic range and one would have to pick 28 years old to get over 500g mark. That is too long.

    9HniUv1.jpg

    Soo it seems there are ups and lows on "investor market". I wonder if it is connected to something or just pure RNG

    More news arrive from Transoxiana. Unwilling host of our raiding party suffers Zoroastrian Persian indepedence revolt close by (his single Khorasan county). That's 17.000 event troops, while overlord is currently tied in 6 different wars (including other - Sunni revolt). Two weeks more into March and Nenetsian Tsilma tribe is converted to Orthodoxy. As it is neighbouring our Komi lands, culture spread can start. It's chief is only 48 y.o and has over 15 stewardship so I have high hopes for him.

    As we impatiently await end of our siege, Catholics find themself in position to launch Crusade for Italy (Rome itself is under Tengri Khazar rule). I'm more suprised how did they manage to accumulate current 75% MA. It will be tough as only Bavaria and Navarra are Catholic at the moment, and both small kingdom of Italy plus big England are Cathar. Here was sentence in which I was wrongly talking about Khazar who settled Rome, but it turned out not to be a Crusade target. My attention probably started slipping away at this point already, as I didn't read the damn message below. Pope hope rests on Bavarian event troops as well as whoever can pull more mercenaries into that conflict. Still Holy Orders are currently Catholic. After some more searching it turns out I wrongly associated French with Waldensianism - their overlord is both French and Frisian Catholic Dutch king. What I'm trying to say - it is difficult to know what to expect. Winning that crusade would help cement Catholics Moral Authority around 90% and decrease Cathars from 48%, which together might coerce some rulers to come back into main denomination. Of course I also forgotten about Catholic kingdom of Jerusalem :D" as potential player.

    ao54PyP.jpg

    Deus Vulting commences. Potential Catholic comeback? Sadly they will have quite a few higher weight Crusade targets before any help towards middle east will be sent.

    In May we finally open up Khuttal and even manage to snatch artifact. Not the one we wanted >.>. It is another low quality ceremonial weapon. With that current leader is down to 2 (Dragon Amulet and ceremonial pearls). Due to presence of all the event (rebel) troops in the vicinity we are no longer able to siege other holding and should probably run. Where to? I had used character finder to try and find some juicy targets.

    tjCdZMQ.jpg

    Before start of this play session I did some artifact search. There are all currently interesting for Perm goodies with their locations.

    I think the best idea is to swing by Abbasids as there is one more target and maybe despite ongoing rebelion closeby we won't march into any armies. Then on the way back our men can try that single nomad in Caucasus. Luckily as rebels already sieged some provinces, there is single county as a way out towards eastern Persia. Wait. Didn't I called Khorasan western Persia in previous parts? Oopsies! Still we are going there looking for another Dragon Amulet holders. Our host is still 8400 men strong and after waiting a day we replenish our supplies.

    With beggining of June more cursed news arrive. You guessed from where - Velsk. It is Suomenusko uprising as 3rd ruler appointed there in recent times managed to accumulate 28% Revolt Risk! Goddamn dude - you need to chill out. It is only 3.500 men and we have 5.500 of our retinues in Mari nearby, so it is a non issue. Then some 2000 strong raider host arrives in Sibir tribe. It is our new neighbour acquired after deleting Chimgi-Turans. At the moment I don't feel like commiting our 2700 strong cavalry retinues in Perm is wise idea due to losses we will probably suffer. Something good does happen despite all that. Our late uncle (Dokya) son is born - he sired his first and only child month before dying. Nice! That is another Christian Permyakid, that I will gladly foster and give out some tribes later. King Dobrinya will personally see to education of Kya Permyakid. That reminds me - could swear I have seen one of our newly seeded chiefs in Bolgharia being member of Orthodox monastic "Community of Saint Basil". I was right but can't appoint landed character as Court Tutor. Must remember it later and get one of those members for those monastic ward bonuses!

    Because of not expecting another revolt, now our retinues in capital can't go into looting mode. Which is annoying as our Pecheneg's neighbour capital is ripe for looting again! In the meantime can move them closer though. Literal day after on 11th July our western forces catch 3/4 of pagan army.

    DK7H3kP.jpg

    Would you locals finally chill out? How many times will you cause uproar?

    As our forces promptly administer deserved trashing to rebels, interesting but worrying turn of events takes places in Transoxiana. Our Pecheneg khaganate subjugates them, which in turn stops all revolts that were going there. Just like that 20.000 event troops vanishes into the ether. It also makes Pechenegs top dog among steppes. Just look at those boys!

    MOctv17.jpg

    By absorbing previous Khazar vassal clan turned into feudal realm, Pechenegs went from "non-issue" to "somewhat concerning".

    With August pagans are dispersed but Velsk doesn't get "Recently crushed revolt" so our forces remain close by. Month later we lose our Chancellor and appoint different vassal with 13 Diplomacy, that relatively likes us. Just as our raiders arrive at Kerman I spot huge 17.000 Abbasid contingent moving west through rebel lands. They must have some nomad mercenaries, as they are displayed as cavalry. There is something funny to mention about current Abbasid turmoil - both sides have decadent leaders. Current Caliph Alim has 13 Decadency and due to his tyranny others have sided with Abdul "the Noble" who has 42 decadence and is gathering it twice as fast. Would be hillarious if he would won, as it would most likely secure some disintegration of his empire.

    In September we assault Pecheneg capital in Irtek but once again - we get nothing. It costed me only 20 men plus we avoid any potential of getting repelled and thus not being able to raid in Transoxiana as well. Dragon Amulet is our's target only artifact so the moment artifact notifaction pops up - we got it. But that will have to wait - next occasion will arrive in 3 years.

    Autumn presents us with update on state of western Catholics - Cathar is triumphant once more. Which would make holy orders switch side, but 3 of them already joined Pope-side (Knights Templar, Knight of Calatrava and Knights Hospitallers). Will they peace out? Beside them Pope has acquired help from both king of Bavaria and Jerusalem, while defenders are basically various Cathars in Italy. Also - Pope has no money and thus can't employ mercenaries. It was at this point that, that old little me noticed his mistake in assuming Crusade was aimed at Rome itself. Was so certain given it's weight that it would be Rome, that I ignored reading the message alltogether. Our men start besieging Kerman but it will take a while (7.2% progress pert 12 days...).

    More affecting us is the message about Pecheneg khaganate starting subjugation of last independent Khanty tribes to the east of our lands in Siberia. While not danger in itself, if AI remains on warpath they can accumulate quite a power. Worst case - they absorb Khazars.

    Year ends with us reducing morale of Kerman defenders down to 48% and me missing that Bayandur Pechenegs in the east manage to loot Miass tribe. Luckily not only do we don't lose any building build there but also all members of local court escape capture. One concern - where are my focus events game :>? I'm waiting and waiting.

    Year 918
    ======================

    Another year - another problem. Huge Abbasid host came back. They will arrive in Kerman in 30 days. There is over 15.000 of them and only 8.100 of me. We have mountain advantage but still. Also we are only down to 40% of defenders morale. We are able to escape though, even if unwilling. Will move back to Transoxiana to loot other holding of Dragon Amulet holder there, before trying Abbasids again. Would prefer them to focus on dealing with rebels instead of relieving their count vassals from getting looted >.> On the bright side - they are not winning rebelion much (3% in their favour) and will take some attrition on that army while being bankrupt!

    My pleas are heard by game and we finally can choose another leadership trait. We get Aggresive Leader/Defender/Unyielding options or trying to get different trait selection. From what I known it isn't guaranteed to give us Organiser in next selection. But probably won't give terrain traits (we already have them). The question is - should Dobrinya wait? King is 26 years old and we are waiting to move from that focus to other hobbies. Aggresive Leader will also be really nice for our future wars, as it alone with current martial score confers +21.5% damage and 57.5% pursuit alone. Getting Organiser also doesn't guarantee getting "On Komi Architecture" it just doubles it's weight among 5 other books, giving us 2/6 chances of getting it. And that only if we roll quality 3 (not 4) book. But if I want to go feudal by year 1100, that means only 182 years for finally getting that bloody book. How many rulers will I have during 150 years that are more likely to follow current character? Three at least? Five at most? With three I'm looking at 80% chance of having Komi Architecture with five I'm almost certain to get it. Still that is under assumption, that I keep getting quality 3 and that game even offers me Stewardship books (and lately we kept getting bamboozled by game in that aspect). As much as it pains me - I will deny this choice and wait for Organiser =.=. Hoping it won't turn out Perm needed that extra "omph" on battlefields against nomads later. Hoping my discipline and not getting distracted by short term goal will pay off in the end.

    MSRNHFp.jpg

    Nothing. Aggresive Leader is one of my go-to options on tribal leader, who win or die in Skirmish. Extra damage in Pursuit is also great as it is difficult to kill many nomads otherwise.

    Immedietely after that fateful decision, Manarids arrive in Kostroma. There is over 3000 of them but we have 5500 retinues next door. Upon assigining leaders it comes to my attention that we currently have 2 Aggresive leaders (they are somewhat old and not the greatest Martial score). I send our force divided into infantry center and cavalry 1.350 strong wings. Enemies will get forest modifier but... Upon closer inspection it does nothing for cavalry armies and it prevents them from using Swarm tactic. You won't believe what happens next. Because I didn't

    3nxEZhl.jpg

    After 10.000 years... Finally. I was almost certain that thanks to being Orthodox we get some bug and are missing. Really long period of being unlucky on 48% rolls.

    Turns out we can still get those council event troops. Close to 4.800 of them (2.900 LI, 800 AR, 570 HI and 500 LC). That's 7.5% of our realm levies so now we can math if my previous assumption works. Game currently list 24.000 levies for Dobrinya (including both raised raiders in Persia and unraisable replenished levies in Perm. The math doesn't check out though. For us to get so many in single go I would need to have 64.000 troops. Currently have 10.000 levies, over 9.000 retinues and 13.000 vassal troops. That's like half of that. What's more we currently have over 7000 in Persia and only less than 3000 unraised in Perm. So I'm not even double dipping. After trying to locate the event in .txt file unsuccesfully (I had it 2 weeks ago dammit), I try checking via math. Quickly I arrive at answer to question: "where did I go wrong" with my thesis. It is 7.5% of my realm levies+retinues (19.000), as it gives me over 1400 troops. Which corresponds to one of those 3 event hosts. But other hosts provide 1500 troops and 1700 troops >.>. Still I think it gives around that much but it is not once but three times. Each following spawn is slightly increased by previous and it matches current troop number. Which is really great for me, as I seriously underrated how much would I get. With that between Steward and Patriarch I'm looking at around 9.600 event troops every +/- 5 years! Why 5 years? Because as I confirmed earlier: player can't be getting those events more often because of cooldown.

    Even though I have to disband them after a year, currently can use them for something. Like getting revenge on Pechenegs and killing as many as possible. By merging them with retinues I can set them on raiding stance and move east to wreck some havoc :). That's 8.400 troops that won't be easily dealt with. After just evading Abbasids we witness them moving back. Occasion is spotted - as Kerman overlord had just emptied his capital I can probably deal with those 600 defenders by force? Hoping it will lure our Kerman defenders so we can beat them down and after escaping again (as Abbasid will probably show) we should be able to finally siege down weakened Kerman before 3rd arrival of Caliph forces. I give it a try!

    R2ZU6Mu.jpg

    Great Work next to crummy tribe looks somewhat funny. Never had I embarked on such construction while still being tribal :)

    Our Great Work construction in Udmurts finishes. Now it is time to pick first feature. Just as it happens Architecture collection is what we need. It has event providing us with another great book lowering construction costs. Never had this before, so I'm new to it. Still prefered to get it sooner rather than later. Allowed myself for little RP and I picked up appropriate names for all great works that are planned (as well as order of them and all features). With that we are now ranked among one of the few realms on the globe that can boast such feats of architectural wonder! At the moment we are the first to construct such building during gametime :). It's 9th wonder of world.

    As some raiders arrive in Bolgharia, our western forces catch Manarids. Saddly their weakest flank secures narrow flank modifier while everyone in that battle chooses the same tactic - Generic Skirmish. This is perplexing - our side had 13%, 28.5% and 54% for it / enemies had over 60% for Disorganised Haras :D". As you remember narrow flank is bad. Bad skirmish tactics are also bad, because nomads will trounce us in melee. Just before entering melee we manage to route their center. We are lucky, because they for some reason only can Raid so no charge for their heavy cavalry and horse archers. Well it gives +240% attack to their 1900 light cavalry. We have Charge, Hesitant Commander and Charging through own skirmishers. First doing almost nothing (not much HI), second only hampers what little HI we do have and third being the best as it at least gives +180% atk to LI. Somehow we prevail but suffer around 1.100 losses. After battle record says lost 800 and they 700. Gladly accept that outcome!

    Alongside that, Dobrinya takes part in some arm wrestling in warrior lodge against "best there is". Attempt at cheating is made and even though it goes unnoticed we lose. That -150 renown. Not the deal breaker, as we still wait for regular 2nd leadership trait (to get 3) but I could use that on some Lodge commanders more specialised into steppe warfare. After that clown showcase of our local commanders prowess we just witnessed, such investment seems really good.

    Our armies are either moving to sack or prevent sacking, when mission from lodge arrives. Sparring duel that is quickly accepted. From what I remember duels within lodge rarely result in one side killing other. Duel mission targeting different warrior lodge members on the other hand are to the death. Dobrinya has 42 personal combat score and our victim only 11. After challenging him, we... win and recover 200 renown as well as some prestige.

    Barely we manage to relieve Bolghar tribe from getting sacked. Dobrinya gets another war event, in which he gets another sparring partner. Not bad not good - it won't make event pool smaller (cause as we got sparring partner, we can now get training event with him) nor bigger (there is only one but with 2 outcomes from what I know). My smart idea to lure out Kermanian defenders quest seems to have failed and Pechenegs suffer huge buddhist revolt (15.000 strong!).

    As our event troops start looting southern border of Permian neighbours, another revolt fires against Pechenegs - Zoroastrian Persians again and 17.000 strong! Seems there is some justice in this game and AI won't luck out on those issues. Persians have also great leader with Direct Leader/Inspiring Leader 23 martial score :).

    By September our kinsmen ruling over Ural dies resulting in his Yugran brother inheriting his high chiefdom and becoming Great High Chief. It doesn't bother me even if it was to stay or fracture down again. On the plus side we just got more dynasty prestige and he became influentail vassal of our religion. His son could become Patriarch of Perm (15 Learning), if we give up on corruption (he is greedy but also craven which prevents corruption).

    Our idea with luring out Kerman defenders ended worse, that expected as there was slow fewer outbreak in county we sieged down. Meaning we lost more troops and are currently at only 6.500 men. While unhappy I try to siege down Kerman again. At least Caliph is not winning his civil war, while Pope is winning his crusade (currently shows 77% warwscore :)).

    As our troops get distracted from going east, they started ravaging Khazar lands in order to secure some prisoners. Might as well send them against that Dragon Amulet holder on that side of Caucasus.

    Few things happen simultaenously in december. Persian expedition march and locks into Kerman to be suprised by unexpected arrival of 13.000 strong muslim troops. Can't cancel so disbanding is next best course of action. By doing that I avoid 5 years prevention fromraiding them due to losing battle. Dammit. Another unsuccesful attempt. Our force in Khazaria assaults rather well defended capital (1000 troops and 3.0 fort value) but somehow get away without big losses. We secure close to 500g in ransoms! Soon we arrive at target location aaaand

    1L78bvI.jpg

    Finally! What a nice present from troops for King Dobrinya. Seems he was a good boy this year!

    With that another objective is secured. Another -10% construction cost. Additionally game shows us 1120 gold in 20 ransoms. Life is good :). To think we were so fruitlessly trying in Persia for so long. Hell yeah!

    Year 919
    ======================

    Just as Khazarian khagan is defending against Manarid aggresion in north, for the last hoorah of our event troops nearby I decide to visit his capital :). I'm really happy with that nomad infighting - no land will change hands and Manarids will most likely get substantially weaker for some time. Squezzing the worth out of steward troops by coming dangerously close to the time limit, we manage to sack Khazar capital on 8th of February. Granting us another 40 prisoners. Then we thank our brave raiders and thus avoid prestige penalty all together. Mission well done. Sadly after ransoming some of our dungeon residents, it seems like we won't be getting over 1000 gold all together (either AI ransomed some heir and AI lost interest or AI lacks gold). Now for instance game tells us we have 970g in 17 prisoners. Still I keep ransoming. We are up to 17.500 gold at the moment.

    As I look through previously showed artifacts I spot that both owner and Seamless Robe of Jesus vanished. Don't feel like raiding Byzantines with just 3000 troops for Weeping Statue, and Rome has around 10.000 troops so no Pope-Unboxing. Our Marshal is relieved of leading troops (hero in Suomenusko warrior lodge) and is sent to train troops in Kudymkar. Why? While we are still missing levies due to abrupt disbanding, each time he succeds he also grants +6 prosperity points. Equivalent of 6 years of succesfully increasing prosperity in single county. For us - not high chance (thanks tribal arctic terrain!). Hopefully it will speed up getting final level of prosperity there.

    Then absolutely nothing happens for few months. We just move back with our retinues. Then this news arrives:

    gEu9Ebz.jpg

    Nice going AI. Even though you are now heresy, you won and have the highest MA out of all denominations of that religion.

    Somewhat according to my expectations, event troops from Bavaria raked the most contribution and thus Germans take ownership of that Italian kingdom. Also nice that it provided them with Crusader bloodline. Not sure, if his son without his help will be able to unify Italy. For reference Bavaria entered that war with 25.000 event troops but left with only 6.000. While impressive on it's own one have to remember that holy orders just switched sides, so they are less of a factor.

    In September our Greek Patriarch/Court Physician dies while on mission in Indiga tribe. Decide to invent someone competent to help with conversions. What I find is truly a specimen among men.

    c9G57xr.jpg

    Given his physical specs, maybe he will threaten them into converting ;)?

    New Ecclesiarch is sent to finish, what old started. But now with 40% chance yearly instead of 16%. He is also loyalist for now. Not too old as well. Doesn't take him too long, because in just few days he converts targeted tribe. Damn. That's impressive! Can't move him till March but I think his next objective will be to convert our kinsman - high chief of Mari. Spotted that we are now having 3 different Orthodox Komi provinces inside Nenetsia (almost ideally spread out). With that we have maybe only 3-4 counties that can't covert currently.

    October presents us with Stewardship icon event. Finally. So was also right about that. Together with previously acquired Dragon amulet Dobrinya is sporting impressive 23 Stewardship score.

    November starts with sacking Tengri holy site in Tobol. Not only it helps with MA but also it is next door to our previously conquered lands from Chimgi-Turans and as such gives us 30 gold in total. Then raiders move further east to try and acquire Chinese Waterclock from Mongolia. If you wondered - Pechenegs lost to Zoroastrians and are also loosing to Budhist uprising. Abbasids started winning their civil war but tripled the pace of acquiring decadence and current Caliph is bedridden with infection and set to be succeded by his Imbecile son. Given that they are currently at 18 decadence and for the moment acquire +3.6 yearly I expect great things to follow. Byzantines also did something useful for once and reconquered Orthodox holy site in Anatolia from Pecheneg adventurer. Putting 3 out of 5 holy sites within Orthodox Priest hands and at worst giving us 55% Moral Authority (current Ecumenical Patriarch is a monster that gives around 25% MA from his traits+piety alone...).

    December gives us another conversion (this time Vetluga in Bolgarian Qazan). With that Tengri believers within our realm are currently down to just 3 counties. Still we have single Slavic and plethora of Suomenusko regions to introduce to one true faith.

    Year 920
    ======================

    On 1st of February Architecture Collection feature is finished. We should be from now on eligible for desired event. Stage 2 construction begins - it will take 25 years so we will finish by year 945. This also reverts our financial gains - we go down from 18.600 to 17.600 gold coins :)". Not to mentiond -2.86 gold/month that over the long period of time will accumulate to around 850 gold (if my quick math is correct).

    clf73mh.jpg

    We are on the time schedule so far. Soon we will start eating those cost increases for next projects

    At the same time another investor bites the dust. By the time March arrives our Ecclesiarch is sent to convert distant family members (as planned). One issue - our previous target died and now his 2 sons inherited. We focus on slightly bigger kinsmen land-wise. Yearly chance of 77% seems nice and we should get decent chance of converting him. Dobrinya sympathy for Pagan religions helps him forge friendship with wife of his late uncle Dokya. That's neat.

    Summer is enhanced by warrior lodge event in which it is us, who are teaching diligence now. Plus 50 Renown and then we miss Humble (which is a pity). I weighted that +360 piety is better than +180 prestige, assuming Dokya lives for another 30 years. With piety we could excommunicate 4 chiefs while prestige alone doesn't even give us 2 basic prestige building meaning not even single nomad agitation province modifier would be taken care of with that choice.

    Soon another request for sparring arrives. This time it is foe that I think Dobrinya will duck. With personal combat score of 48, Zealous Tengri Pecheneg. No thanks you! Don't want to test, if that combination of religion+trait will make him more likely killing our Orthodox Komi king. Our Patriarch converts first target - some courtier that will likely become concubine for our kin. Ten targets left in court (if children count too/without it only half). We will get him sooner or later!

    By July our raiding expedition arrives at another target. That small Khagan in Mongolia has Classic of Poetry that will boost our Learning by a lot. It would help tremendously in getting those attribute values towards prosperity events :).

    WdWTvr7.jpg

    Said khagan? Forget it. Somehow it is a tribal ruler. Still not an issue.

    After long period of time we get news from our Jewish spymaster. Regular technology event = +50 cultural points. Will gladly take them for pushing those Legalism technologies sooner or later. Siege is progressing steadily (1% per day).

    We hear from our realm priest again in August - this time he converted wife of our kin, who is also his Diviner. Still she probably will keep converting towards her husband and ruler religion. Game does work that way.

    Before October ends, we overcome walls of that tribe yet artifact eludes us. Well - it is only around 20% from what I found while researching that area. Another artifact of interest is spotted nearby - Water Clock in one county Kingdom on northern Tibet borders Also our levies are fully replenished. Soon we will we able to think about what to do with them, as our Prosperity ambition duration reaches it's end.

    As per tradition - last month of year means some gift to our ruler. This year it is advancment within Eagle Warriors. As we are still waiting for Organiser leadership trait I can take it. Additional prestige and Martial is always good. Those powers also can help (Inspire Warriors allows us to instantly replenish levies and War Sacrifice will make breaking enemies in melee easier).

    KWtNuQQ.jpg

    Finally Dobrinya becomes eligible to allow us in checking the possibility of double dipping on tribal council event troops.

    Before year ends, interesting marriage proposal arrives - our half-sister is to be wed to Frisian King Floris. I'm happy with that, as his realm can summon up to 8.000 troops and soon I won't be bothered be being constantly at war (it might even help us!). The only downside will be being unable to raid if worst comes to be. But still will postpone alliance (for which he is currently agreeing) till our prosperity ambition runs out next year, procuring distant yet valuable ally.

    Mkr49WZ.jpg

    While he might involve us in Catholic religion wars, Perm might just ignore it.

    Year 921
    ======================

    Another date started with getting further in life and strenghtening the realm. Dobrinya from his demense and retinues alone can muster 20.000 warriors and his vassal chief can provide further 16.000. And it is from mostly crummy tribes with almost no holding slots! He is also totally rocking that new helmet.

    kEuwT6z.jpg

    If we keep farming those Chinese artifacts, managing our Grace will be much easier later.

    It takes us up to March to start raiding Xia. While traveling through those lands I spotted quite a few Taoist Han tribals under Western Protectorate. That's quite exotic combination but not bad by any means. Chinese have Archers for their cultural building (Crossbow Range; probably refering to Chu-Ko-Nu), which works wonderfully with Light Infantry. Next thing - another tribe in Nenetsia converts to Orthodoxy. Upon checking Orthodoxy is still at that ever elusive 100% Moral Authority. Even though Byzantines managed to already lose holy site in Samos to 17.000 strong Muslim rebelion. God dammit!

    As I remembered and kept hitting those ransoms, it seems that after some time they are available again. So the gold is the constraint. Being done with all that busy work, our treasury fills up to 18.300 gold coins again. It ain't maybe much but hey - on the steppes it is a honest work. Then with Spring this happens:

    D64PBJ2.jpg

    That's bad. Time to raise some alarm!

    That came out of nowhere. I check intrigue tab but nothing seems to connect. We ask few vassals trying to fabricate some smaller claims on us to stop. Then I spot some vassal with Spying focus but he is single count vassal, who probably could only ask for indepedence (or be a mean person and keep us inside his cells). Just in case I recall our Mosad operative from Thrake to investigate. Dying now would really suck! But he has Schemer modifier, so he seems like the only possible suspect. And he is Ugly chief of Bolgharian tribe that we just saved from nomad menace not so long ago, so what's his deal? There is a ray of hope - have seen other AI vassal and he opted for Impaler lifestyle, which probably prevents character from firing those events ever again (cause it doesn't count as scheming level and kidnapping/killing requires 2nd level modifier or higher). So maybe he fires some vicious rumors against us and level ups, thus we will be in a clear. From inspecting him, he already has Deceitful and no Intrigue education so a list of rewards is short.

    Observed interesting behaviour of our AI one county chiefs. Most of them in 2 generations after getting those tribes, reverted to stewardship education when it came to their offspring. So maybe I won't have to keep revoking as much for best MTTH with cultural conversion.

    Two events happen at the same time in May. One from Diligent trait makes us choose between +25% Castle troops for 5 years or +10% Morale of Armies for 2 years. Pretty sure, we don't benefit from castle bonuses so extra morale it is. Then War focus pulse generates us another leadership trait selection

    SASfYY2.jpg

    Such a great traits to pick. Light Infantry totally rocks with tribal armies. Have to stay on target and wait for organiser sadly :/

    Eh. Game. Why? With that we were not presented the only selection that we were waiting for. Will I really pass on that Light Foot Leader (+43% Light Infantry/Archers). Really? What's funnier - together with Jian I'd be looking at around +73% Light Infantry. That's close to doubling them. Imagine getting Feint as well and then also getting that +44% from terrain >.> Nomads wouldn't know what hit them. With heavier than previously heart I pass that opportunity AGAIN. Hoping we won't die due to our vassal scheming hobby. That reminds me - those events are checking against our Intrigue attribute. Maybe getting extra intrigue from wife will help? I'm willing to check and thus I invite older Spywife!

    x5C9pfD.jpg

    Second spywife. First invited lowborn but then realised that it will probably cut our prestige really deep. Also new jewish spymaster.

    She is not bad and Christian. Extra Diplomacy won't hurt and that stewardship is decent. Meanwhile siege of Xia goes at turtle pace. Only 5.7% every 12 days meaning around year to siege it down completely. Before our new spouse arrives, our Spymaters croaks. Luckily he was suffering from Greatpox, so don't have to suspect any foul play from vassals. But he was also Master Schemer and will be missed for his services. New candidate for office is quickly found, but we have to favour-invite him.

    While I wasn't watching some Xia Tangut troops ambushed our besiegers. Not sure from where did they came out, but they got trounced - we lost around 100 troops for their 1.100. After a while the mystery is solved - they keep hiring Mercenaries. Okay. Do your worst. We have Mountains and numerical advantage. Soon both spymaster and spywife arrive. It costs me only 100 prestige to marry her but there isn't any grand wedding celebration. And our new operative after being appointed presents Loyalist stance. Nice - between him and Giant Patriarch we have at least 3 votes in line with our King.

    By end of August, as we siege down Xia down to 27% of morale another mercenary host finally moves onto us. But as I've painfully experienced it myself those provinces are huuuuge and traveling through them takes ages. So it will take them 2 months to move province away, during which time we siege down Xia capital. No artifact but we collected 34 prisoners. Then finally our ambition ends! Thanks to it Tynea tribe reacches 2nd level of prosperity while, Udmurts (with our Great Work) maxes out. I decide to switch Crown Focus from Kudymkar that is still at 2nd level to Udmurts (maybe we get some prosperity event before Kudymkar maxes out too).

    Immedietely we propose alliance with Frisian King. We also spent 75 piety to excommunicate our Norse investor grandaughter from few parts ago. My western retinues are also moved towards her tribe. Our eastern raiders keep awaiting Xia mercenaries yet they never come. They move around! Having nothing better to do I order our forces to retreat toward Sibir. Will take them a while.

    NXlAxTB.jpg

    Getting the hand of whole Excommunication tricks. It should really help while Imperial Bureacracy is not available.

    After getting her excommunicated I have to keep imprisoning her and releasing her. It is funny as there is no restriction or cost associated with it. With every attempt our chances decrease though. We start with 69% and keep loosing between 3 to 6% and it takes us down to 53% before we fail and she raises her flag in rebelion. Well - we won't be getting her two hunting parties retinues anywa but the gold is more important. Soon we start siegeing her down.

    Year 922
    ======================

    For some reason this time the plot to acquire Norse fortune doesn't go as well. I almost played myself because I was trying to banish her before revoking. Then I remembered I shouldn't because of tyranny penalty. After that for some reason banish button vanished. Took me a minute to realise I need to unpause the game and then finished succesfuly the whole ordeal. With that I'm at 19.700 gold coins! Thanks for ride so far Budli's grandaughter! It was a scheme 34 years in the making. Happy to avoid total fiasco as with those previous Taid Muslim princesses.

    Sadly I forgot about attrition and this year winter quickly claimed close to 2000 of my retinues. Ouch. That will wreck our prestige and (especially) piety. Still currently at 470/823 (prestige and piety respectively) so I have options. Will have to keep excommunicating but for now I can't start with next one, because there is some cooldown. Not sure how long but will keep eye on it. There are some rulers in previously acquired lands that could be improved. When it comes to tribe we just got - Dobrinya will keep it. There is a non trivial chance, it will culture convert with Dobrinya high stewardship on it's own (as it was already converted but held by Norse vassal).

    Annoyingly my retinues will have to travel quite a distance through Pecheneg's khaganate to reach our borders. Declaring war on them would result in heavy losses or outright lossing that retinue force. So instead Khazars will have to feel our wrath first. Small holy war for last county in Bolgharia high chiefdom - we don't have enough prestige to quickly build up whole duchy yet, so it works out just fine. It will help secure some provinces by cutting nomad access to them.

    m2Gn2No.jpg

    Unexpected quick firing for prosperity province modifier. More levies as we just embark on another conquest :)

    My previous choice gets almost immedietely rewarded. We get province modifier in Udmurts already (less than a week). The same way as it was for Perm itself, first is Regimental Ground for that +15% levy modifier. Not bad :). Our Patriarch manages to convert son of our Mari kinsman and chief of Galich Mersky himself. That's something - while not the main target itself he already is ruler so it will help. It happened before he was present at his father court due to his councillor job. But then game throws us some wrench into carefully crafted plans

    i3zierI.jpg

    Sad to be forced into choosing without ability to ever see Organiser trait. Well what can you do.
    As you can see I was wrong - there was another type of choosing among leadership traits I forgot. You also can see that there is no option to back out. So I have to pick something. It is a no-brainer - Direct Leader will help us while other traits most likely won't. Pity. I was patient and disciplined and still couldn't increase our chances for correct book. Quite unlucky with publishing books.

    By summer it turns ou excommunication has rather quick cooldown, as I'm already ready to target another person! So another chieftess of Bashkiria is denounced, and as we are her heir it will allow for really quick operation. Can't banish her because that would be unlawful. But throwing her in cage with bear for execution is definetely in line with our Permian legal code, so we proceed. Komi'mpany rules - what can our Chief Executing Officer do...

    Khazarian ruler is busy with subjugation of Chernigov kingdom in the west on top of defending against some Abbasid vassal. So our 35.000 troops have free reign to pick apart any local nomads armies and start occupying various capitals. It won't go quickly without battles but at the same time what's he gonna do?

    August starts with our Marshal finally firing "Massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar". That's +6 prosperity there, thank you very much sir. If you wondered I decided to call in our Frisian ally. Definetely want to make our southern Tengri neighbour's life as miserable as possible (maybe he tries traveling there).

    By October we siege down Bolghar and Lower Volga holdings for literal tone of prisoners. That's a lot of extra gold :). But also 10.000 Khazarian army shows up, time to combine our troops. Want to get them in single engagment with most of our troops. Manouvering starts!

    Year 923
    ======================

    Annoyingly during this war we will have to deal with river crossing penalties. Khazars just don't allow us to engage without it. Still I manage to get most of our troops to attack them and soon reinforce with retinues, giving us almost 20.000 troops against theirs 8.000. Concentrated all of my forces in the middle under our Marshal who isn't bad (+33% Leading the Center, +55% Winter Combat, +22% Defence).

    A5NDj8d.jpg

    ]Walked into that battle too confident. Was tunnel-vissioned and didn't spot few attrition ticks for our forces. Ups!

    We get cheated by game on who got to command our forces. Thus our hammer flank got mediocre commander. At the very least still my own troops should be under our commander but there is no way to tell, and tactics are all over the place, What's worse he is matched against Narrow Flank. We get not so great tactics while our enemies are under decent commanders with great tactics :/. And so we get slaughtered. We lose 10.000 troops for their 470 and our retinues are also locked onto them. Thanks Game!

    Even though I immedietely retreat, they get 4745 out of our western retinues :<. Which basically deletes half of our retinue forces. Which means that just in half a year between winter attrition and 2 battles Perm lost 26.000 troops. Eh.

    Time to hire Mercenaries.

    kuBIunU.jpg

    Hello Darkness my Friend! It's time we meet again. Will see that battle to bloody end, cause I'm tired of nomads.

    I think I really got unlucky as their leader isn't using any warrior lodge power and their commanders weren't great. They just matched their narrow flank against our killer center and all our forces went under dubious leadership firing mediocre tactics. At least on economic front we are doing better

    se8xEea.jpg

    Would you look at that. Always nice to see. So nice that I start rushing wars to just be done with them :D

    By Autumn we kinda get our armies together and thanks to Mercs we are once again over 20.000 army size. We start retaking Bolgharia but enemies retreated. Well played AI. Our Ecclesiarch also dies. Soon one after the other War training events fire granting us passively +12 Personal Combat score and Warrior modifier (didn't know it was possible as Dobrinya already has Adept of Strategy Modifier for lifestyle).

    By December we retake all of Bolgharia but are at -34% warscore thanks to army losses incurred by battle.

    Year 924
    ======================

    After literal disaster previous year I hope for less bad luck now. Few weeks in - I've lured Khazars into Ashli again onto our 4000 retinues. They will take beating but under solid leader and without bad rng they should stay long enough to become reinforced. This time Dobrinya will take take reign over troops personally. There is no room for failure after investing into that war so much. We will also put mercenaries into flanks so we keep cavalry grouped together for better tactic selection.

    OsWdmGo.jpg

    Better engagment and this time the scale of battle swings in our favour. Still it doesn't erase previous stinging defeat

    This time engagment goes more alongside how we want. Our Retinues not only hold but manage to route 3000 strong opposing flank and our forces show up just in time for melee. As you can see our King is dealing unholy damage (684!) and given we have almost 10.000 cavalry (thanks winter attrition that shaved another 3000 troops before we arrived) we should get a lot of those horsey son of ^&*$!$. And we surely do. 1126 troops lost, over 4000 killed. Now it is Khazars that are on the run. Sadly only 16% warscore so we will have to fight them again. That's how badly we were beaten last year. After they return I expect them to be fully reinforced. No avoiding that I suppose. Better to be a realist and not count on bleeding them out of manpower.

    Why we were in deadly battle against Khazars - tengris in Bashkiria decided to revolt. As I don't plan to hunt fleeing Khazars through steppes I will deal with them using what was left of our levies, while reinforcing.

    By Summer our Dobrinya reaches rebels, while Manarids started rampaging through the western border. I currently don't have manpower to deal with them, as they still have their legendary commander (Germanic with 3 leadership traits). AI seems really great at spotting occasions (western retinues that were previously keeping them in check got wiped out in tragic first battle at Ashli). But during battle against rebels (who just received another event troops, as I was locked onto them) this event fires for our leader.

    dQeLP9l.jpg

    That's +1 Health and +2 Martial. Thanks to that our levies rise to 13.000 max. What's better - that trait doesn't count against limit.

    Well that's helps. With that we are looking onto 26% warscore with Khazars and some 2000 tributary Veps troops are arriving at Bolgharia from north. I pounce on them. No need for any further complications, while fighting main Khazarian forces again. Enemies don't last long enough for me to note that batte, but at least I got the quite rare Finno-Ugric Horse Archer model to see (probably mercenary unit model weight prevails over our trounced native army >.>).

    We kill every single one of them. In the meantime some Khazarian vassal horde tries to unsiege our war target. So we move back through Cheremisia to intercept them. We manage to catch them without any effort and kill them. That's puts our warscore up to 58%. Khazars seeing what is happening decide to not move into Bolgharia and vanish in the fog of war. Seems like I have to lure them again. While doing that I can punish Manarids, that sacked Kostroma and Mari tribes. With 14.000 troops and them having only single county now (manpower of 2.000) deleting them for good now seems very doable. Them recovering after? Probably impossible.

    LlRpLUv.jpg

    Rare Finno-Ugric Horse Archer model. Wish I was seeing it more. Really motivated to cut them down and stop nomad presence on our western border

    By end of December Permian forces succesfully ambush Manarids by coming from behind. We once again roll weirdly, which probably prevented us from wiping them out. We at least get half of them. Still will look for opportunity to finish them. But before that - Winter attrition (even with Suomenusko lodge commander :O). Another few thousand mercenaries die. To be honest it is really bad when on Military Organisation 5 with +Winter supply commander I can't even sustain 10.000 troops in our own provinces.

    But that's not the biggest of our current problems - Khazars are back (6000 in strenght!). That's actually heartwarming. So we did put a dent into their army replenishment capability. Or at worse they just didn't had enough time to fully recover. The fewer troops they have, the better our chances of completely annihilating them. So we start moving back. On the positive note - as I re-raised our levies we reinforced some and together with retinues we have around 10.000 troops in Perm High Chiefdom. So it is 24.000 of our men against 6.000 Khazars in open steppes.

    Year 925
    ======================

    As we move towards 3rd engagments with Khazarian disease, event pops up.

    Dw1EZLZ.jpg

    Our vassal really picked when to strike carefully. Whole kingdom of Perm is counting on our Dobrinya to lead them to victory while on route to Bolgharia

    That little rascal chief Nalka from Bolghar! He killed us! Arghh! There was so much more that I wanted to do on that ruler. But now we will be playing as his cousin - Kya Permyakid. What's worse we are over the demense limit but most of council at least got nuked. Will have to fill it with loyalists. Didn't see that coming and to be honest I wanted Kya to start branch family who would ruler over Nenetsia later. But all of that can now be thrown out of window. And that seems like a good time to end this part, as reign of Dobrinya ends.

    Afterword: After few days as I got over my initial irritation I want to made few remarks. First I've got real bad moment of tunnel vision while after some weeks of moving back and forth across Volga river I finally managed to catch Khazarian forces. One could say I've fallen to Nomadic Hit&Run tactic. During that time I didn't notice that attrition killed 1/3 of my forces. That's why I kept the description of 22.000 troops while screenshot showed 15.000. That's how bad I was off. Second didn't thought about it at the moment, but I should have excommunicate that vassal after trying to kidnap me once. I'm not used to being ruthless in CK2 and paid price for that this time. Lesson for future - Excommunication is not only for profits but also security against Scheme attempts.
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part XX (925-933)

  • mufK7m7.jpg

    Part XX (925-933)


    Year 925
    ======================

    The King is dead - long reign the king. Due to sudden turn of events I find myself playing as young Kya Permyakid. First let's take a look at him.

    RiEfFJL.jpg

    After being blessed with extraordinary ruler, we end up on mediocre one.

    He ain't a rising star to be sure. Relatively low Stewardship and Learning, but good Martial. Given that I didn't expect to play him, he was set on getting Diligent trait. Now I wish we had him on Thrifty for another chance at Smart + Patient. But oh well. You win some, you lose some. He has one thing going for him. If he survives initial ordeal, he might rule for quite a long time. Meaning opportunity to develop him to our liking. That assuming we don't die again due to some rather sudden incident. This is also good idea to mention some mistake I commited - regarding appointing educator. While it was true, tha there was no option of appointing our vassals as Court Tutor, player still can send children directly for education under them. Now I did spend some time to locate members of our religion Monastic Society, yet it turned out we had one such lady in court already. It isn't too late. Those monastic events fire between 6-8, 8-10 and 10+ years of ward age. We are at most limted to 3 of them. That said I can't remember any time I got more than 1 of them on single character. Still any extra base attributes are solely needed.

    SqCJTCR.jpg

    Not the greatest but crucial posts (steward/Ecclesiarch) are in decent hands. Filling council with sycophants should help

    Next order of business is rebuilding our Council. We only kept old steward. I appoint our character's grandmother as spymaster and 2 other loyal vassal to offices for stability of realm. With that, it should be liveable during that regency. Ecclesiarch is sent to generate Piety (we have 0 and need 75 to excommuunicate late king Dobrinya killer) and receives bribe before being made court physician. We are not over the demense limit, but still have too many duchy titles. Luckily just one such title too much.

    Then we check intrigue tab. Our pagan cousin wants us dead. But he is easily convinced to stop that endevaour. We also stop ongoing plot against our mother. With that most of things, that could be done without unpausing are arranged. Now onto the painful part.

    GS4RqTh.jpg

    Beggining of new habit. May be annoying in the long term, but we are in dire need of acquiring gold. Get used to seeing this.

    We were ove the vassal limit. I was expecting to lose around 11 vassals but in few days after hitting pause button, we just lost 6. Out of those only 2 are in dangerous area, being at risk of being swallowed. That's way better that I was anticipating. While we can't currently offer them diplomatic vassalization (as all of them are at least of the same culture and religion and just counts) due to peace requirement, it will be rectified after current war. Suprisingly our Suomenusko vassals didn't leave Perm kingdom.

    On topic of war, we also kept most of our commander core. That's important, as otherwise it would become really tricky. So the war was left in the same spot, as in last part. Khazarian force after retaking Syrt are once again moving into Bolgharia proper, with our forces closing by.

    0FGdY7h.jpg

    Yellow menace wanting another go at our warriors. IRC this will be a third battle against them.

    What to do? Firstly - be patient. Stop eating that damn attrition. Gather forces in few nearby provinces, allow nomads to assault as much as they like in winter and commence the offensive in spring.

    By March they take over Bolgharia, the winter turns mild (making it easier to gather more troops in single province) and our steward/regent dies. We appoint different character with roughly the same skill (16), but Pragmatist stance instead of Glory Hound. We keep manouvering, this time cleanly avoiding attrition but after taking Ashli tribe, enemies now numbering almost 10.000 - are moving back. I opt to retake my lost tribes, which puts me at exactly 0% warscore and then move onto war target. This is one advantage I didn't thought so far - nomads have to defend it and we have easy access to it, thanks to bordering 2 Permian tribes. Soon I get what I wanted - Khazars are locked onto our Mercenary force (mostly cavalry) and will arrive on 26th of June, while our reinforcement will show on 2nd of July. I arranged my troops with left flank of retinues + some mercenaries, right flank consisting only of mercenaries and our levies in center.

    9oFOIGx.jpg

    That's more along the lines of start of battle I was expecting. Finally succeeded in concentrating our forces to meet Khazars

    Not only our initial fight goes well, once second half of army arrives we are really beating them down. Both of our flanks rolled tactics that counter their tactics resulting in bonus +200% damage dealt. Our right flank wins first but then instead of helping center it just pursues their initial opponents dealing them full possible damage, then once melee starts they move to help crushing center. Soon we are just pursuing enemies and finally we reach similar battle outcome to previous time we've won - lost 1000 men, for their 4000. Warscore shots up to 36%. I decide to move back into friendly lands, as due to many wars our enemy is involved, most khazarian capitals are currently occupied. Our levies assault the Syrt capital and we instantly reach 100% warscore. I have no qualms about enforcing peace right now. As enemy Khan is quite old, there is chance for quicker ceasefire period.

    New Chief is instantly assigned, following our tested method (16 Stewardship noble with 30g). Council doesn't protest. There is no time to lose though. Letters with offers of diplomatic vassalization are sent to 6 break-away vassals.

    Kisxldj.jpg

    As I thought it goes without a problem. We will be doing it a lot and I'll probably just skip that in the future. But hey - we reunited our lands!

    I don't disband mercenaries yet. As I already paid price for them I'm gonna use them. Loyal council agrees to declare Holy War on Khazar tributary in Cheremisia. Will gladly take it. Holy Wars not only provide culture conquest flag but also give a lot of Piety. Which is really needed. Now that I mention it - I already have enough for most pressing matter.

    0O0fOVU.jpg

    We excommunicate, fail to arrest and have chief Nalka rebel. Would you look at that... Outplotted the plotter!

    Chief Nalka rises in rebelion. It works - as he is no longer part of our realm, he can't fire kidnapping/killing events from scheme lifestyle. We obviously will quickly crush him. We quickly assault his tribe with our mercenary force, imprison him and then execute Dobrinya's killer. There are one or two scheming vassals more but currently I don't have piety for it. Still Nalka seemed the most dangeorous out of those due to scheming modifiers. What's funny - his 17 years old son doesn't mind whole turn of events.

    Before end of October, we retrieve all lost during succesion lands, deal with traitor and are besieging both Cheremisian tribes. But there is a 3rd tribe in that de jure high chiefdom. Under Manarids. So after taking over middle province I declare another holy war for lacking tribe. Our now free troops swing by Syrt to relieve freshly admited there raiding troops from the tributary in questions and then order them to move onto their home base. I Dare Manarids to show up, as they barely recovered from last beating and I will gladly fully annihilate them. Siege of Kerzhenets in the north will take quite a time, as it has 2000 defenders. Won't assault it with mercenaries, as I have few potential targets in mind for near future. For time being they can just keep in check any Manarids attempts.

    In December one of our commanders/investors dies thank to valiant effort of Permian court plots. I didn't get the money though. Upon checking - he somehow managed to acquire son (was pretty sure there wasn't one). Oh well. He is in our court now without lending him more money through favours.

    bzZK1Ks.jpg

    Don't remember him having so much cash either. Won't complain about it though.

    Year 926
    ======================

    Year starts with capitulation of Cheremisia. Administrative exchange follows. Now my mercenary contingent is force marching eastward past Ural Mountains - in preparation to strike down Pechenegs! That's the main reason for keeping them and bleeding 94.72 gold/month. In the meantime our retinues will finish collecting lands in high chiefdom of Cheremisia and maybe fix some border gore, as I just spotted that single Suomenusko tribe on our side of Volga river become independent of previous Veps overlord. There is also remaining Nenetsian kingdom inside our borders.

    In just few days of 926 our Spymaster dies. Always something that is thrilling. Instantly after that I get the this event. It really scarried me:

    QudhqfR.jpg

    Nothing like a good scare to keep your blood flowing. Thought it was some assasination attempt before reading

    Turns out our grandmother died due to natural causes. To be frank with you - it was instantly one after another and there would be nothing to do, if it was assasination attempt. Definition of perfect timing. I employ our Jewish spymaster (23 intrigue). While he isn't loyal he at least is pragmatist so shouldn't oppose our cleaning efforts. Regarding the event - I'll gladly take Fussy as it wasn't guaranteed on our focus. Patient ain't bad. Together with Diligent we are looking at +2 to all stats.

    Manarids show up by the beggining of Spring and after conquering Chauvash tribe, troops move to deal with them. Mercenaries are recalled to delete hostile horde, so they won't be able to reinforce their "obviously too big for how little land they have" army.

    5Gtj1Ya.jpg

    Manarid retribution. They really deserved all the beating they keep receiving. Long enough were they a thorn in our side.

    Fight turns out more engaging than expected. Their narrow flank allows them to fight quite evenly with our retinues. Once mercenaries joins it is different story though. During that battle our commander - veteran from Followers of Otso dies, as I inherit the Masterful short sword we gave him during Finnish invasion. Pity - he was our last Winter specialist in stock.

    Once again Manarids escape their doom by loosing only 1100 out of 2000 troops. As their leader in center kept fighting in narrow flank the other parts of army could escape and even his detachment managed to not lose any horde unit completely :/. Damn! But at least another county is ours. With that young king Kya reaches 50/27 vassal limit.

    As my Mercenaries are passing through Bolgharia in summer, it turns out I won't be able to call any more of excommunications for time being as our Ecclesiarch doesn't like us enough. Damn. Let's hope anyone doesn't get us va scheme focus.

    All the traveling means that by stat of August I can declare another holy war - this time for missing Vologdan tribe. There are no force to realistically oppose us and siege goes at brisk pace (20% per 12 days). We finish whole business before end of November - just in time to avoid any winter attrition nonsense. After appointing new chief and steward of local temple (extra piety!) my attention can be turned east.

    Of bigger importance is the fact that we can finally embark on anti-Pecheneg campaign. Here I want to talk about my plans for cutting down number of years spent on wrestling kingdom of Siberia and Cumania from Pechenegs. As you remember in our game rules I have set the harshest exclave rules. So if we cut their lands in the middle, then after succession not linked lands will go independent. Allowing us to double the pace of land acquisition. With that in mind I will start by taking high chiefdom of Sibir and proceeding diagonally.

    Qe5MY2x.jpg

    At last! We stat the conquest of Siberia. Soon that claim in AAR name will be more than symbolic.

    When it comes to my plans for this war specifically - I will fight in the east with replenishing mercenaries, while our levies and allies from west will hit khaganate capital. If you remember - it is just behind our southern border, so after that we will have ability to safely await enemy response from comfort of our own lands.

    Year 927
    ======================

    Year starts with us assaulting one of Pechenegs vassal khagans capitals. After taking one more of those, something disrupting occurs

    RCeWPfk.jpg

    Wouldn't be normal, if rowdy Tengri didn't rised up on such short notice. Unlucky for them, our still horse-owning mercenaries are close by.

    Seems like our vassal did the right thing to come back into the Permian fold. He definetely would not be able to contend with such an uprising, but we are. Well it works for us - Mercenaries will be able to hop few provinces over and squash them, while still remaining strategically located in the eastern theather of war and react, if Pechenegs arrive.

    By February I spot the error of keeping our retinues in Hlynov tribe instead of more southern provinces - supply limit of 1.000 cut down our retinues by 40%. Ouch. That's a lot of prestige. Well lessons learned. Sometimes clicking on zoomed-out map is bad habit.

    As our levies are marching onto Pecheneg capital, while owners are on their way from Transoxiana towards front this notification presents itself:

    8tLOG1P.jpg

    It was so long since last time I've seen those, that it made me hopeful for interactions with Chinese empire. The victim in question is the same tribal in Mongolia, we visited in last part.

    This is impactful. Because it means that we are within Chinese interaction range! Didn't spot it earlier. It was one of my aims. The change most likely stemming from recent Pecheneg expansion, putting us in range. Not certain if I can go on chinese pilgrimage as child ruler, but we will definetely check it later! No - forget that. Got excited for nothing - menu still shows that we are not within Diplomatic range :/. (What's more weird - we got 300 Grace... Without ever interacting with Son of Heaven).

    OPppDSo.jpg

    Not sure if that's what the pagans had in mind when they fought for "old times". My men definetely had nostalgic feeling while riding them down :).

    Rebels are swiftly put down and it ain't even April yet. Sadly warscore without battling opposing army is somewhat scarce. We will force them out sooner or later thanks to their capital precarious position but it might take some time. Few days later - another Tengri uprising fires. This time in Qazan. Chance of 3%. What are the odds? Well we will deal with it but it forces our levies quite a distance from front :/. Not happy about it. Probably wouldn't be wise to send retinues against them due to similar sizes. Too much losses. Only just recently they have suffered Permian winter, so maybe letting them recuperate is more prudent.

    Soon with incoming spring we take over Pecheneg capital (just 11% warscore) and move onto another vassal capital located province away. Our mercenaries are wiping out small vassal hordes in the vicinity, even though those are instantly respawning. At least some few % of warscore are generated through it.

    Few months are spend on manouvering around Qazan and joining my levies and retinues in preparation for showdown with pagans. Then in August we finally spot Pecheneg main forces near Siberia, locked to obliterate one of our small vassal forces.

    QHVEZ7D.jpg

    Seems like I forgot what was the plan and engaged with retinues first anyway. I remember that levies were reinforcing later though.

    After quick battle another rebelion ends in failure. Our main target (after dealing with our allies) is moving further north. It works for me with encrouching winter's cold and vicinity of my own lands. Seems like soon I will get the decisive battle I desire. 15.000 troops versus <3.000. Should be a breeze.

    Year 928
    ======================

    We start with locking mercenary detachment onto our enemis (victims), in Osha county. They just stayed there and didn't try to run at all. Weird. Don't tell me AI saw the writing on the wall and just surrendered to it's ultimate fate. If so - great. I already broke their spirits, while their bodies will soon follow suit..

    ldqfvSJ.jpg

    Compared to Khazars, Pechenegs make for lously fighting force. While geographically impressive, their army is weak.

    Enemies secure narrow flank (well there was river so it's not suprising), thus I don't have high hopes for complete obliteration of their army. My assumption proves too fatalistic - due to sheer weight of numbers, our side manages to kill every single one of them. Damn! If only we did so well against Manarids previously! Even with that we are on 65% warscore though. What now? Their ruler have currently no troops of his own :D", which is exotic problem to have and complain about.

    We slowly accumulate more warscore after building forts in those disputed provinces and then in May Manarids show up to raid us in Cheremisia. Seems the old ruler croaked. Bold of them to try this, while my retinues are close by. Do they think, that somehow their weakened horde is a match for us?

    Then in Summer another revolt occurs in Kremenchuk/Qazan. Well there is 22% revolt risk but it is kinda annoying. Seems to be a lottery for province getting -100% revolt risk after you crush rebelion that originated there. Sometimes they do get it, sometimes they don't.

    By July we almost reach Manarids, yet they manage to sack Cheremisia tribe. Not much of an issue, as that land isn't affected by nomad agitation. Have to give to them - they were really motivated. We catch them but they (once again) secure narrow flank and struggle valliantly. We still win but lose almost twice as many men in comparison. Still that repels them. More concerning is the rebel movement towards our personal domain. I race my forces there at the double!

    Just as our mercenaries in the west are locked onto battle with another bigger (1000) Pecheneg host, another Tengri rebelion fires up in Qazan itself. Ooo! So the Kremenchuk is just a peasant uprising this time. So there seem to be some sort of cooldown for those religious revolts.

    a9QkNEs.jpg

    Rebelions everywhere! Seems like the most fashionable activity for denizens of Qazan lately.

    Once December arrives we finally accumulate enough ticking warscore to enforce demands. Thus we finally are in possesion of whole high chiefdom of Siberia. Or rather our vassal chiefs are. With that I'm mostly done with wars. Or am I? Khazar Khan is 57 years old, currently Stressed, Depressed and Sick. Also highly suspicious so there is not a 0% chance he dies soon. May hold onto those Mercenaries for few more months. Maybe we quickly snatch the last duchy I want from them and then I won't need to hire mercenaries for the foreseeable future (which will be cheaper overall).

    Year 929
    ======================

    Good thing I was patient, because after total defeat Pechenegs suffered from our hands, their lands got into civil war. Which means another opportunity to snatch extra duchy from them without waiting for truce timer. To be exact - from Pecheneg rebels. Just look at that mess!

    ajNQtnd.jpg

    Oh please. Fragment even more! Easy pickings for us :)

    What to take though? Aiming for Irtysh will already cut off their access to Khanty lands in North, while Ishim duchy will delay it by 10 years but will provide us one less war overall. I think second option is the pick (even though we are not getting all 3 of those provinces, it geographically works out). Sadly Khazars joined. Seems like someone is out for blood after recent defeat. Problematic - there isn't many capitals for ticking warscore.

    In May 2000 Pecheneg troops are spotted. They didn't replenish them, nor did they employ mercenaries. Some vassal horde under their overlord token force banner I guess. In the meantime I delete some 1000 nomads Pecheneg rebels. It gives me exactly 1% warscore. Well it might be along fight. For now mercenaries fort up both provinces (not sure why I thought it would be 4). 6000 Khazars show on our southern border. I'm suprised! Didn't expect them to take it so seriously. To be honest was really counting on them watching from sidelines instead of such proactivity. I suppose our Mercenaries will have to travel back (conquering some capitals on the way), while we will count on vassals keeping occupation going. At least we can take over rebel capital for some more significant warscore gain.

    County of Romny in Kargopol converts to Orthodoxy. That's nice. Our religion is currently at 87% Moral Authority (39% being from won holy wars). Kya turns 12 (he got one child event while all the wars were going but it only offered us lazy so I skipped it), then is assigned Stewardship focus and we invite foreign (Greek) tutor with both Patient and Diligent to guide him. Sadly our monastic ward died some time ago, without giving us any extra stat bonuses. That's rough.

    AuL3l15.jpg

    Khazar intervention turns into threatening bold offensive onto our capital. We can't allow them to mess our prosperity thing going there!

    Those cheeky Khazarian b*tards! I underestimated them. Thought they will just keep capturing tribes in Bolgharia as they did previously. Didn't expect them to straight up rush into our capital. That's awkard. While we have close to 10.000 troops ready I'm not certain that we will win. We have terrain advantage (Arctic prevents Tengri warrior lodge bonuses) but it might go either way. I order all ally forces to join us (there are 4.000 troops nearby) and commit for battle.

    0xTII4B.jpg

    Battle to save Permian capital. Definetely strategic victory of nomads by just forcing us in such position.

    Initial engagment isn't bad. Yes they do have narrow flank but their flanks aren't doing so hot. But then it turns out, that while losses aren't bad, morale is. Soon we flee and start getting slaughtered. We lose over 6.000 troops for their 400. Before battle ends I re-order allies to join our Retinues stopped in Udmurts (Forest bonus) to prevent riding into their doom. No need to repeat previous mistakes. Our Mercenaries will have to arrive and save the day!

    Year 930
    ======================

    Now it is Khazars who seem to became too greedy by giving chase and trying to wipe us out in Udmurts

    t2HUw4j.jpg

    First battle of Udmurts. Our enemies seem hellbent on deciding war there and then. The result? Overextension.

    Forest prevents them from their usual Horse Archers sheningans. Overstacking center seems to work, as we are rapidly dealing with opposing center. Yes our distraction flank is slaughtered but they buy valuable time. The battle has many ups and downs but after another 1.500 Khazars on route join, it sadly ultimately results in our defeat. We didn't get killed down to the last man and their exhausted riders are now to feel the vengeace of our Mercenary force that outnumbers them! They are really shaken and we have fresh armies already locked onto them.

    aSqHtKV.jpg

    Second battle of Udmurts. Our mercenaries just barely missed being part of first battle, to start another battle against exhausted enemies

    It isn't much of battle as enemies almost instantly route. We get several hundreds of them for no cost of our own and warscore rises up to 25%. The damage seems to be done. I send Mercenaries after them south. While it might looked bad, we didn't lose any retinues this time and levies will replenish. While it was dangerous and khazars have crazy replenishment speed, now with mercenaries in place to react I feel confident.

    Kya develops Diligent, while battle rages outside. Our warscore slowly ticks (3% every few days) but Pecheneg khan is dangerously close to ending rebelion (78%) so I decide to target his troops given occasion. Khazars are also moving back with 4.000 troops back into Perm. Damn! Unyielding for sure. But it won't change much, as I still have those 10.000 mercenaries nearby.

    CUzc5gv.jpg

    3rd Battle at Udmurts is more a desperation move. The odds are stacked against them, yet still they charge into Permian forests.

    Not sure what's AI up to but even before our center arrives we are beating them steadily. Soon the fight becomes decided and we get almost 2.500 of them for the cost of 900 of our own. This also skyrockets our warscore to 84%. We chase them down once again, until they vanish into their own steppes.

    Year 931
    ======================

    Some huge Khazarian vassal arrives in strenght at Kostroma. Over 5000 of them. But only to raid and thus we ignore them for now. Would be a problem otherwise. While catching up to fleeing khazars to finish them, our warscore is already at 94%, as compared to 78% that Pechenegs have against their rebels. It is important to finish our holy war before them or otherwise we get nothing.

    I watch as fresh nomad horde sack their way across western lands and just in time we secure 100% warscore. Good - as 2000 Khazars were on route to retake those forts in Ishim duchy. But now we can end it and be happy with 2 new tribes.

    I notice that Khazarian ruler is severely wounded (lost leg), got exposed as apostate and known demon worshiper. Maybe now he will finally die? I would really want him to do so, as quickly as possible. Because there was something I was not telling you. This whole time I was bleeding money like crazy. As of 6th March I'm down to 9.391 gold coins! I really would want to get my last duchy from Khazars now!

    As my Mercenaries move back to deal with huge khazarian vassal horde, Syktyvar get's converted to Orthodoxy. Nice. Not only are we lowering revolt risks but also improving vassal levies at the same time.

    s4F78vW.jpg

    Not sure if I should be happy that vassal horde AI is bad and doesn't support their Khan or unhappy tha Khazars still have such powerful armies inside their realm

    We slowly defeat enemies but too many get away for any relief to be felt. There seem to be no chance of getting rid of them unless we are outnumbering them several times over. We kill close to 2.000 of them while losing only 500. Not bad but doesn't exactly help possible futur war - they reinforce 500 men/month already.

    By September devilish Khazar Khagan recovers from his open wounds. Time to give up. He just doesn't want to die (he may be using devil worshiper powers). Waited far too long already. We will get that last duchy some other time. Time to disband mercenaries. Done. We are down to 8.722 gold coins. Over 15.000 cold coins down the drain on all those wars since before last succession. Maybe we kind off overdone it (but at least the objectives were fullfiled). For last spur of conquering (for now) I decide to holy war King of Nenetsia to finally delete that sore spot inside our Nenetsian lands. Also send our Patriarch to try and convert one of our kin, who rules high chiefdom of Mari. Got more than enough Piety (1346) for my heart desire.

    Year 932
    ======================

    Nenetsians give us a suprise till last moment. As smaller part of our retinues is besieging their tribe rest of army gets into ugly battle against their 600 troops. While we held 5:1 advantage in numbers all of their flanks secure narrow modifier and thus we end the battle with almost 1:1 losses. With that last act of defiance soon their base of operation is conquered and resistance stops. What's more - after getting rid of Nenetsian King, we can claim that crown for ourselves!

    SOZp5vb.jpg

    After 7 years of wars, we expanded our kingdom quite a lot. Wait kingdom? You mean our new empire :)? Enjoy birth of Permo-Siberian empire.

    Finally got around to creating empire title. Don't want to repeat the whole ordeal of vassal seceding. So 500 gold and piety is spent and new titles of king of Nenetsia and Volga-Ural emperor are acquired. I rename the 2nd one into what you see on screen. Kingdom of Nenetsia will be given out at some point to family member, but for now I still need that manpower to conquer rest of Siberia. Out of curiosity I check our new colors. Neat. Now we replace red with blue! Much better than brown I was worrying about getting. Ascension in rank didn't help much our vassal limit situation. Seems we got only +5? That will sting for the foreseeable future :/. I'm currently sitting at 56/32 vassals. Just friendly reminder - I left those game settings on default as I knew it is a problem. Imagine If I sliced those number by 4. While it would help limit some AI blobs, it also makes climbing as tribal towards kingdom/empire really tricky.

    New rank also helps our technology. Guess most don't know, that Emperor has +40% modifier for acquiring technology points. That's 20% more than king. Thus weirdly in CK2 you want to be emperor (even if only on paper) for tall gameplay. Also note that I currently have 2.204 prestige!

    After doing some dungeon maintenance we discover interesting character - 5 years old Genius girl. I see to her education and move her into house arrest from dungeon cell. She will definetely become concubine for our Kya. Maybe finally I'll manage to succesfully run eugenic program into our dynasty? Now we have more tools to manage this as well (monastic celibate and excommunications). It is also time to start rebuilding our retinues that were killed thanks to Khazars. Start with 6 Trapping retinues (600 LI 300 AR total), as a backbone for our infantry centers. It will suffice for now as I want to keep some prestige fo emergenciies. We have limit to fill but I'll proceed cautiously. Most of that capacity will be filled with hunting parties (100 LI 50 LC variant).

    LntKJK4.jpg

    Losing our retinues really stings, as we spent several thousands of prestige into building them. We could use that prestige on securing colonization of steppes

    I also do re-create Permian band. Our numbers are still somewhat down from their peak, so I hope for somewhat attractive and affordable for AI mercenary band size. For now I splurge 250g on them (creation +4x equipment to change LI into Pikes). It might be not profitable, as they cost more than default mercenaries (140) but have slightly more troops. Well we will try anyway. At worst I can always hire them myself and we didn't really spent a ton of gold on them. At the bright side - bigger size makes them less likely to follow suit of original Permian band that got killed down to the last man.

    YkTeXOH.jpg

    Another crack at mercenary business. Please work somehow, even while not 900 sized for maximum profit.

    Finally I force myself to fill up missing court positon with investors. Turns out that during last 7 years the goldmine of characters recovered. I also have two 500+ gold characters marked for next part in case one of previous investors quickly dies. Take special note of that 1800gold character. I invited his grandson in straight line (he is 17 years old). This is a long term plan of acquiring that and should be good enough even if it takes 30 years to acquire (giving us around 60 gold/year return).

    CY6OPF1.jpg

    The dynamic presence of great investor and lack of them eludes any logic so far. In one AAR part I can scrap the barrel, while the following has several rich targets

    After that I do a check up on all of those 56 vassals to spot how many are on Scheming focus. There are 4 of them. Given our previous experiences they will have to be dealt with via excommunications. Piety ain't a problem. Time is. I'm limited to 2 excommunications per year. So let's start. On the flipside - AI rarely if ever changes once picked focus. Let's start pruning them away.

    The first plotter luckily gets arrested on 45% chance and then executed. His brother takes over and I do wait a little to see, if he decides to follow his late kinsmen example. He doesn't. Wise choice :D. Won't have to execute him. Then I decide to revoke tribe from one of remaining Suomenusko chiefs - 1 county ruler of Khlynov next door to Perm. He complies and soon whole high chiefdom of Qazan is under Orthodox rule. That leaves only our kin in Vologda/Mari and High Chiefdom of Zyriane as pagans. Slowly I will deal with that, but don't want to force it now. Preferably our they will convert and use they accumulated prestige to develop their tribes more (as new chiefs need to start gathering prestige over generations).

    In October Nenetsian tribe of Koshma converts to Orthodoxy. It's next to our personally held source of Komi culture, so it might convert soon(ish). It is also 140th province of our religion, putting us firmly in 3rd place when it comes to religion size, behind Sunni (251), Buddhist (150) but ahead of Tengri (128), Slavic (118), Catholic (100) and Hindu (92). Expect that number to rise even further as we eat and convert more Tengri counties.

    To my suprise, young Kya is able to hold a christian feast. Nice. Will definetely start hosting them for that sweet Just trait (+2 Stewardship, +1 Learning). At the same time our kinsmen High Chief Zhuneg of Yugra starts plotting for claim on Perm kingdom. No way I will let him continue. So he is forced to drop that idea immedietely. Levies are marshalled to send them on another great raiding expedition in western Europe.

    In December Miass county (east of Ural mountains) converts to our religion as well. Feast turns fantastic, as we get two trait giving events. First presents us with 25% at both Charitable and Gregarious traits (we get neither) and second is the well known "Vassal killed servant so we imprison him for Just trait". Seems I won't have to keep hosting them anymore, as it is yet another instance of immedietely getting what we wanted.

    Year 933
    ======================

    Our troops slowly move onto western border. We have just 5.000 right now. Not a lot. Will have to do with it what we can, while targetting smaller realms. We are really behind when it comes to wealth accumulation, so it would be wise to start working on that subject. I also coerce myself into increasing number of trapper retinues towards 20. That will give me 3.000 troops for our infantry flanks, helping with positive tactics (Feint) % chance. This lowers my prestige from 1800 to 1250 though. Still I had to eat that at some point and we really need to rebuild our retinues.

    ZL6sNfP.jpg

    Give it a rest, will you? How many times do I have to murder you?

    What would we do without any new revolts? Probably die out of boredom. We march our western retinues towards them (sadly they eat 800 losses due to overstacking with our levies for monthly attrition tick). As it is April already I'm eligible for another excommunication and I target Syrj tribe chief, cause he just entered 2nd schemer level (possible danger!). Once again we succeed in arrest with 47% chance thus another head is seperated from body. Two more plotters to deal with! I wonder how do they feel about it. Do they even know and connect their peers hobbies with their grizzly fate?

    By end of June our ruler finally becomes an adult.

    hEnFkGE.jpg

    What a beard! Also first look on our Emperor clothes. Not bad. I think from now on our garbs won't get overwritten by society clothing

    We rolled just Fortune Builder (+6 Stewardship, +1 Martial, +1 Learning, -1 Diplomacy, +10% Fertility) and overall our attributes are mediocre. We can and will have to remedy that. First order of business - "See the realm prosper". We are not going to fight anyone anytime soon, as we need to replenish our numbers and thanks to getting mercenary company going - we get -10% replenishment modifier. For focus we embark on Business. It will give us not only +2 Stewardship from Trader modifier but also possibly upgrade our education trait (into Midas Touched). If one is patient we might even get Aspiring Gardener for additional +1 stewardship. I also join Followers of Otso. As you probably can guess I want to unlock Reaver passive soonish and was kind off dissapointed by Eagle Warriors (as their special power works only for Tengris). Could join Monastics instead for that passive +3 Learning in the long run, but there will always be time for that. Kya has some children to make first.

    Initiation duel goes so-so. We get injured but only lightly. That marks the first instance on us not demolishing opponent while joining lodge. It will give us Scarred after some time (meaning extra prestige). Not bad turn of events. Decided to marry Kya to old Kinsman giant - Vidyava. She is 64 years old but has fantastic attributes over all. What's more not only do I not suffer prestige penalty - on the contrary we get between her dynasty prestige and event choice around 240 extra prestige!

    By July we excommunicate again. We fail at imprisoning and thus fail our ambition. Damn I forgot about that! We have rebelion to quell but shame on me forgetting about it. Our troops soon arrive at Prussia and start raiding (resupplying).

    pUiU0fS.jpg

    Time to streak fear into hearts of western Europeans. This time as warriors from Permo-Siberian empire!

    By October we are done with rebelion (but ambition is gone), while last tribe in Bolgharia is christianised (Syrt). We appoint new administrator for Vetluga tribe after revoking it from previous owner. It is already Orthodox so chance of conversion is rather high :). Our raiders also manage to sack local tribe but we get measly 6g and no prisoners. Raiding party moves south into kingdom of Poland. And at note let's end this part!
     
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXI (934-942)

  • Part XXI (934-942)


    Year 934
    ======================

    I start again with some searching. Spotted some +learning chinese artifacts south of us (and closer than Xia realm), confirmed that our investor pool is currently full and our Permian Band #2 was not employed yet. Also changed our spymaster for Jewish operative - we no longer need loyalists in power, as there is not a single law that we both can/want to pass. After death of current Marshal I will also go back towards promoting corruption in office - don't really need their abilities much and lowering our arrest chance quickens whole Excommunication plots. On other hand generating even 100 extra gold is badly needed right now.

    New spymaster arrives and then goes into Thrake (again) to steal Greek technology and I move my chancellor to Constantinopole for increasing our relations with Basileus. Who knows? Maybe it will prove useful in the future. Didn't mention it in the previous part but I had him trying to generate claim on county next to Jerusalem (as holy city itself was outside my diplomatic range) for that slim chance of actually managing to snipe it. Why? Because Catholics got eaten by Abbasid vassals after their involvement in Italian 2nd crusade. On other hand Armenia desperately extended towards Byzantines, who for the moment seem to try and recover. The big bad green blob is starting to accumulate decadence (27.6% at the moment with +0.162% a month meaning they just starting suffering slight demense/morale penalties), as they are ruled by imbecile Caliph Shamir "The Proselytizer" and have 4 (IRC) decadent members in their 240+ members dynasty. My whole idea was to press and quickly win war for Jerusalem, create Orthodox Holy Order and skiddadle from there. Would definetely help Byzantines. Alas it was not meant to be.

    By April as one of our investors dies (and is replaced by previously mentioned 500g "spare" choice), Plock tribe in Poland is sacked. Syrt tribe in Bolgharia (for which we paid dearly in blood) starts Warcamp I - really wouldn't want to lose it to some nomad secession and risk Khazars swallowing them. Better safe than sorry.

    OHIpONP.jpg

    Securing our hold on previously nomad land episode 9421... I think it takes few generations for our count vassal to start building those tribes up

    Then I deal with last scheming vassal - chief Inzhay of Vashka (in de jure Nenetsia). Whole ordeal goes without any hiccup and we acquire his tribe ourselves. I decide to keep it, and send our steward there to try and convert it quickly. On second thought - this tribe can get our Ecclesiarch as well. Even without "Building legend" Kya is receiving over 8 prestige/month, while paying 9 prestige to reinforce retinues at the moment.

    Simultaneously in summer; some raiders arrive into one of our newly acquired Siberian holdings and Sunni revolt erupts there resulting in fight between two hostile to us forces. Locals have number advantage so the raiders will be sent packing. Meanwhile our raiding levies in Poland find another known from legends "Polish lootbox". Please deliver us from abrupt poverty magic box!

    DXnTYSc.jpg

    Let's see if it will again hold small fortune as previously. Hopeful! Now only need to find key to open it.

    Mission from warrior lodge arrives. Finally. Need it to progress for that Warrior rank (and Reaver passive) and passive renown gain is slow. Sparing duel is A-ok for us. But can't start it now due current war (Sunni revolt in Seletyteniz/Siberia). Our western retinues have quite a treck tobefore they get there (even with Organiser), so our dueling will have to wait sadly.

    I'm right as by December our retinues just pass Ural mountains, while rebels after chasing off raiding nomads, took over local tribe and started moving to surrounding counties. Our raiders keep sacking Polish tribes but nothing (like 0 prisoners) to report so far.

    Year 935
    ======================

    January welcomes us with 1st report from our new Spymaster about generating us another +50 Culture technology points. We are closing on 2.000 of them. Soon I should be able to think about pushing towards Legalism V, which would unlock further step in Tax Oriented obligations for City/Temple vassals. Still want to wait due to slowly siphoning Legalism IV from Byzantines and "ahead of time" penalty.

    By March we sack Kujawy tribe for whole 1 prisoner, who isn't ransomable. Our levies keep diminishing (down to 3630 from 5000) thanks to not having Lodge Warrior commanders. Ugh. Life is hard. Our retinues finally catch Sunni Pecheneg rebels though to solve some of those problems.

    pcNFff4.jpg

    I doubt squashing even several of those muslim rebelions will put a dent into Sunni Moral Authority. One can dream though.

    The first (of many) rebelion is put down. There is no respite for the wicked, as that county still sports healthy 34% revolt risk, and county in which we just fought - 24%. Meaning soon we will dance again. With that in mind, stationing forces nearby seems like good idea. Changing the topic - decided to start filling rest of high chiefdom of Sibir with buildings, so 3x Warcamps I are being constructed. That leaves me with 1.369 prestige. Won't try to build them in Ishim high chiefdom due to mentioned high revolt risk (probably won't finish and might be lost).

    Kya engages in duel. He has whole 1 Personal Combat score due to being wounded, but his opponents is at -6. Still we lose and get wounded (but we are already wounded so there is no change in health status). What's stings more is only getting +100 renown instead of full +300 for success. Forces us to wait more years for rank advancing (with +4.2 renown/month and currently being at 289/750). After a week, we get choice between becoming proud or starting developing friendship with our previous foe. I opt for 2nd choice. She has better attributes in our weakest parts (intrigue) so maybe she will help us in increasing those via events. Also it leaves us with more traits to pick before approaching limit.

    3XC5RKM.jpg

    Polish ambush that repels our raiding party. Seems we arrive at this point of game, when many realms consolidated enough to be hard to raid

    We got ambushed by Poles, who for change of pace administered us beating. With that there is nothing else to do than come back home quickly in order to preserve as many levies as possible. Turns out it was too early to move out (not only due to lack of Reaver passive). We are down to 4.500 troops out of 9.100. Ouch!

    June delivers better news - our Permian band finally gets employed and our jewish spymaster fires his jewish event for +50 Military tech points. Month passes and in the mid of July Kya acquires nicknames - henceforth he will be known as "the Just". Not bad! Somehow so far we didn't get duplicate on any of nicknames across all played characters.

    Only 1.700 out of 2.400 raiders make it back to home thanks to attrition. It takes them up to december to arrive, so I fill time with constructing Warcamp I on Siberian county currently hosting permian retinues. Once again raiders show up, get unlucky and before they can start the siege, they get ambushed by erupting peasant revolt in Kostroma. My levies will need to deal with that, as retinues are on the other side of our empire. After calling vassals to war, from curiosity I check allied army models to find out possible Finno-Ugric color schemes. Turns out it isn't bad - I spot that we are not limited to 2-3 colors. There are yellow, teal, purple, grey, green variants as well. Nice change of pace!

    Year 936
    ======================

    In January another tribe converts to Orthodoxy, finishing yet another whole high chiefdom. Always good to hear - to have less religion uprising. We still are ways off from converting our realm completely, so maybe having our Ecclesiarch help with that isn't such a bad decision. On other hand - beating rebelions is also a source of some Moral Authority.

    uTJ2Afy.jpg

    Close to 50 years after our sponsored conversion yet some of lands we had back then are still pagan.

    By February "Kostroma rescue team" is assembled. So game throws us another wrench into our plans (to not make it too easy) - another Sunni uprising in Seletyteniz! Glad that we were already one step ahead of that and have response team literally next door. Maybe this time it will get pacified for longer. Thus whole rebellion doesn't last even two weeks. The red mob gets dispersed while costing us less than 50 men. Still no "Recent rebelion modifier", so 34% yearly chance still haunts that place. But cheer up! At the end of year both religious and peasant unrest will fade, lowering revolt risk by 30%.

    In March, Warcamps I in Syrt is done so Practise Range I follows. With that whole province nomad issues in Syrt should be worked out. As long, as it doesn't get sacked, which is a real danger given border location. Month later our Senechal investor dies, putting us over 8.400 gold (vaccant position is filled with another 500g owning lowborn). Soon our levies catch Kostromian peasants, even managing to get defender forest advantage.

    WkWSrLj.jpg

    Pacifying realm is busy work. Need to repress peasants harder :D

    Fight goes weirdly - one of our flanks starts at melee. And bloody. While we kill 1600 rebels, we lose over 500 troops. Resetting most of replenishment progress we made during last months. Permian levies are once again at 4.900/9.100 maximum. No idea why, as we had terrain advantage on top of enemies crossing the river. During the battle our 67 year wife Vidyava died (Gigantism issues). It instantly puts us over the demense limit. Kya won't remarry for now. In a year, our genius Tangut prisoner will become an adult. Be being diligent and putting her into house arrest with proper educator she avoided bad traits so far (and also somehow become well groomed).

    In Summer Kargopol also becomes Christian. This is another high chiefdom converted. Conveniently still has it's initial assigned chief (16 stewardship) and with Komi culture source in other Kargopol tribe it might yet become Komi'cised. As tribes in Siberia finished their Warcamps I, they follow Syrt example with Practise Range I construcion (leaving 1.117 prestige).

    August starts with losing some arm wrestling contest in lodge (-15 renown) to be followed with steward news about succesful conversion in Vashka tribe. Nice. Can move him onto that tribe we acquired from descendant of Budli the investor (still Nenetsian as they were Norse making them unable to convert the province). As our retinues are all filled up, I'm currently at almost +17 prestige/month, so things are looking up even without steward at "Building Legend" mission.

    L1QatNy.jpg

    You can see several isolated provinces of Komi culture, that converted thanks to conquest culture flag set by ducal holy wars.

    Another warrior lodge mission arrives. The higher ups want us to focus on War lifestyle. Not a chance Kya will, so we decline. Better to start waiting for another mission instead of getting stuck on it. That said, we are still on Business and not a single event fired so far. We also are still wounded... Would really apprecieate some event progress!

    By September I finally marry our young emperor. It's somewhat rough - first have to make her concubine then marry her at -500 prestige cost. She still hates him for abducting her. Let's hope it still results in offspring across years. Then before end of the same month old wounds heals - resulting in grievous scar (level 2 trait that gives more positives - but the next level is actually bad so better not risk it further). Had no idea that it worked like that and counted instances of character getting wounded. Huh. The more you know I guess.

    At 1st day of October, another Sunni revolt happens - this time in Ishim tribe, where are our forces are garrisoned. Bad luck for them :). We instantly end that problem (still no recently crushed revolt modifier). That puts both Ishim counties at 24% revolt risk (as one of those modifiers timed out). I think we keep getting prestige from those, so maybe farming them isn't as bad as it feels? I order another Practise Range I - in the same tribe that we were just talking about. That just leaves one county vulnerable to "nomad agitation" problems upon succession.

    Rest of year goes uneventful, so I watch Abbasids (31% decadence and rising), Byzantines (that dealt with another civil war) and Armenia (trying to eat another duchy of Abbasids unsuccesfully and losing many of their 10.000 levies).

    Year 937
    ======================

    First month results in Kya burning 100 of his prestige on unsuccesful sway attempt of his Tangut wife empress Obid Nuoujin. Then again month later I get the same event. I opt to try a religion inquiry tactic this time. Day later I get the information that she is pregnant. So the first attempt wasn't all that bad it seems. Or we have some amazing early pregnancy detection. One of a reasons I married fertile women so early in character lifespan (for the first time in this AAR) is that I now have tools to deal with heir designation. This way I can actually increase our chances at Genius offspring without having to commit our limited focus time on it. If things go bad, by siring children so early they will reach adulthood (most likely) before our Emperor dies, thus I can force them to take vows (and solving problem). Also provides us with better than average temple administrators due to being able to decide their education, giving our dynasty extra prestige.

    Our second swaing attempt resolves in March. It helps but somehow seems to bug out? Didn't read but I was supposed to get sympathy for Manicheism, yet I didn't get anything. Was it because Kya is already sympathetic to Pagan religions? Or were there % chance? No one knows :)". Decided to spent some time on constructive activity and found corrupt Greek monk with 14 Martial as our new marshal.

    BmMcy2b.jpg

    That's quite the persona. Shrewd, ambitious diligent yet deceitful and arbitrary.

    Finally in May trade expedition event fires. First -28,6g is spent on pack animals. Then we get +11.4 gold from inviting our priests. Then stress event fires, lowering our stewardship to 13 and fertility by 10% (as well as health by -1). Before summer 2 pregnancy events occur. One is the new clothes for our wife and other are some small gifts. Both don't cost much but allow us to increase her opinion of us. I gladly spent on her aiming for making her convert to lose -16 infidel modifier. It will be replaced with "Mad for being forced to convert" for few years though. Just had an idea - we can later use our Ecclesiarch to convert her.

    Another step in business event chain progression is made. We rolled on some Mordvin chief in Finland. He likes us quite a lot (+16) meaning I can be cheapskate on initial gift and not spent a dime. That will increase our profit margins. While we are apologising for our steward barbaric behaviour at our host feast, Chuvash in Cheremisia converts to Orthodoxy. Then our priest have their go at making our business ventures miserable. The choice is no brainer - I can't become Zealous as it will throw us out of warrior lodge, so we will make them mad (it doesn't matter anyway as due to over the limit of vassal penalty makes clergy not pay us taxes anyway).

    e3qz1we.jpg

    That's what I call a homerun! We got Friend, we got education trait upgrade, we got Trader Modifier (+2 Stewardship), Trade Route and bunch of prestige with gold

    If my math is correct whole event resulted in net 82 gold gain. More importantly our stewardship shot up to 18, so even if we change focus (-2 stewardship) we still will have optimal value for prosperity events. Kya is eligible to change his focus in just few months (Learning to get Scholar lifestyle seems like pick). It is also good time to start writing another book (with high stewardship and best corresponding education trait). For once we don't get cheated and we can write about stewardship topic.

    fR3PZNv.jpg

    Should take around 12 years I think. So enough time for Scholarship detour and then choosing Business/Rulership again for better quality book chance. Still lottery.

    By end of September our first child is born. Irter Permyakid is sickly and didn't inherit genius trait. So we focus him on acquiring diligent trait to make him Bishop in the future. If he survives infancy. We call in for our Physician help, but I don't see any treatment modifier in following days. Someone got lazy!

    Soon another icon event pops up. This time it is Martial one. Interesting choice. I don't really need additional stewardship, as even with Stressed I have enough. Extra +1 Martial will increase my levies slightly. On other hand if later I get depressed from Rulership (if I really want Ambitious and warrior lodge won't provide by then) it will isolate us from losing wanted value. So I eat -25 Piety and opt to wait for stewardship icon. Let's play the long game and gamble on best possible outcome.

    Our court doctor provides finally some medical help and Irter get's succesful treatment, lowering his health penalty to just -1.5. I also realise that I could take "Groom an heir ambition" for extra 20% fertility. Doesn't cost us anything. So I do. Before end of year most of construction in vassal lands is done and we have only 1 out of initial 7 tribes that are at risk of reverting to nomad lifestyle.

    Year 938
    ======================

    New year is greeted with our levies at 8.755 men out of 10.000. Our Mercenaries are also employed again. Their previous contract almost paid back for cost of creating them. This size might not be so bad :). Let's hope they won't get annihilated before we can inherit their fortune.

    In March another tribe in Nenetsia (Kuloy) converts, as Manarids raiders pay us a visit in Kostroma (again). There is only 1.500 of them, which means that they didn't recover from previous beating (they had around 3.000 troops back then). Relief force is assembled and sent but most likely won't make it in time. Also our Greek monk marshal dies (before doing what we expected him to do :(!) so another replacement from Byzantine empire is ordered. Seletyteniz tribe starts construction as revolt risk subsided to just 4%.

    I perform a search for Genius candidates for concubines. Found 2 that I favor invite. Lowborn but it shouldn't hurt when it comes to concubines (just won't generate as much prestige initially). With 3 female genius female companions, we should improve our chances for playing as genius character in the future.

    MHvfoCg.jpg

    I never had great luck when it comes to succesfuly breeding genetic traits into my dynasty in CK2. Really would want it for that playthrough.

    In July I remember to change our focus from business to scholarship. We embark on another observatory construction asap. After both concubines arrive, we force convert them and it isn't so bad. Just -5 modifier for 5 years and longterm peace of mind when it comes to religion of offspring.

    By August our levies arrive at Kostroma but Manarids are long gone. They are raiding in the vicinity so I decide to chase them to get rid of potential danger. Warrior lodge event arrives again. Our sparring friend offers us becoming Brave. Hm I think I will take it? This will be our 5th trait, but later it won't hurt us while juggling to lose it.

    Autumn is marked by having to deal with 3 raiding intrusion at the same time - Bolgharia, Siberia and Manarids traveling their steppes in the west. Emperor succeds in becoming brave (reaching 17 martial). I also excommunicate another of our vassals. This time not for scheming reasons. Just a weak steward in land already religion converted that could culture convert. Have to keep burning that Piety or we might accidentaly become blessed and saint that would ruin my future plans. Takes me 11 imprison attempts to finally fail. Targeted vassal finally rises in rebelion - I think I will let other vassals deal with that.

    Before end of year, we deal with siberian raiders, Bolgharians intruders run away and we miss Manarids sadly. Last county in Qazan converts to our religion (it was previously owned by pagan vassal).

    Year 939
    ======================

    Chilling out, Kya finishes his astronomy hobby first step - he now owns personal observatory. Another +1 Learning as well, putting him at 13 learning. Our Levies are almost full and I just noticed that at the end of year 937, Pecheneg Khagan died. We can holy war his successor again. Will wait for vassals to deal with excommunicated chief before that.

    As I check on Warrior Lodge it seems that being scarred is highly valued - it increases my renown gain (together with brave) putting Kya on +9.2 renown/month. Still need 150 renown to advance. Maybe after next round of wars it will happen. That timing isn't bad as we just will become free to go on some reaving adventures again and actually earn some gold.

    I might want to wait with declaration of war, as our steward just fired monument event. Extra prestige on top of +10% monthly prestige will be neat. We are already at around +17 prestige/month so with steward set on "Building Legend" +10% might give us additional +2 prestige/month. That would result in us getting enough prestige per year to fully secure single tribe on steppe. Not bad!

    mG1OBMC.jpg

    I start mixing this event with previous ones. Not sure if Orthodox tribals are still eligible for prestige/piety monument province modifier

    In August I watch as AI fails in capturing our excommunicated vassal. Even though I specifically ordered half of them to hunt enemy armies and other half to capture tribes, nothing happens. Must send my own troops to capture tribe with 160 defenders :/. Cmon game! Without it we can't currently declare war on Pechenegs, because our Council is nervous. Seems like I played myself by trusting in our vassal chiefs capability of winning 50vs1 war. Syrj tribe in Nenetsia becomes Orthodox. Putting our religion as 2nd largest in the world. Few days later our stewards succesfully culture converts last non-Komi tribe in our Personal demense (Veliky-Ustug). Missing Practise Range I in Seletyteniz starts being built now.

    By September our vassal finally figure it out. Rebelion ends, new chief (19 stewardship) is assigned there. Happy culture converting! It's a high time, to go to war with Pechenegs. This time holy war targets Khazakh duchy (5 provinces). As I assemble our replenished levies and move eastern retinues to start occupying counties, one of Kya concubines becomes pregnant. Nice! Seems like our actions seem to produce results.

    Unlucky for us new Khazar khagan joins Pechenegs with his 14.000 strong horde. Ehh. Didn't want to have to deal with him. Might be tricky. All of a sudden after few days pass, he fragments! Losses huge chunk of his vassals and now he has only 10.000 troops.

    fnWuTcK.jpg

    Slowly Khazaria starts backing south. Their hold over north seems like a distant dream. Remember when they had some counties in Finland? Also didn't noticed till editing this part but he converted to Islam!

    Then we just have enough time before end of another calendar year to take part in drinking contest within Followers of Otso for 50 extra renown.

    Year 940
    ======================

    Our 3.000 retinues are sent ahead to capture Pecheneg capital throw of stone behind southern borders. This war is obnoxious due to how far part various fronts are - one of our vassal was fighting Pechengs in Khantia that lured their main horde there. Further down south is future Khazakh high chiefdom and south of Perm are both Pecheneg capital and Khazarian forces.

    By end of January I can finally level up to Warrior rank. Then I have to run away with our 5.400 retinues in Khazakh lands, as there is almost 7.000 strong Pecheneg force. Will have to be happy with trying to lure them to retake their capital. Our steward also finishes monument for extra 200 prestige. Oh. So I was mistaken and it didn't affect our levies at all. Sometimes I'm more lucky than wise but will gladly take that turn of events.

    9Idlh3p.jpg

    Not joining Warrior Lodge as kid surely stings. Reaver is such an important modifier for capturing prisoners while sacking for us. Also we have to rebuild our commander core.

    As always when we assemble our forces, mother nature gets harsh. Have to split my troops along southern border after taking enemy capital. We get another pop up regarding book writing - I take vomiting again to improve quality of our book. Should be fine with our decent Court Physician. Turns that way too. By end of April the symptom goes away.

    Taking over Nomad capitals means plenty of prisoners! We got so far 420 gold worth in 10 prisoners. What a nice change of pace! In May Kya 2nd son - Vokan welcomes the world. No Genius trait, so for the priesthood will he go. Also empress is pregnant again.

    As Khazars don't think about showing up I decide to send 7.000 reinforcements to eastern theater of war. Together with retinues there, permian forces should be enough to deal with Pechenegs, while we still will have 11.000 troops near their capital.

    MSbtTVo.jpg

    Pechenegs suprise me with their speed that allows them to catch retreating retinue forces. Luckily at least it was spotted before battle commenced.

    Pechenegs catch up to our retinues while we were retreating. Consolidated them into single flanks and it seems like it backfired, because they went against their best commander (28 martial, +12% Morale Damage, +24% Morale Defence, +48% Defence, +48% Leading the Center, +30% Light Cav). We barely beat their center with our forces retaining only around 30% of their morale. Then they manage to crush one of their flanks just before entering melee with last of them and... winning. Turns out my decision wasn't bad after all, as otherwise they wouldn't have morale to last the whole fight. We lose 1.600 men for their 1.400. Warscore goes to 35%. After that bloody battle, our retinues move south to continue capturing duchy. Our reinforcements from west arrive in place to support, if there will be need for it.

    Thanks to pregnancy events I finally achieve just enough positive modifiers on Kya's wife Obid to accept conversion to Orthodoxy. Replaced -16 modifier for -5 for just 5 years. In November another son is born - this time he has genetic trait. But not the correct one! He is Attractive so he will be a beautiful priest :D.

    Meantime we get raided by Manarids and one of Khazarian vassals. They just take advantage of our troops not being in place to deal with that. Well what can you do. Will have to let them be. By December we are 67% winning the war.

    Year 941
    ======================

    Year start with another mission from warrior lodge. Looting this time. Which is A-ok. Some more gold and much needed renown for maybe first warrior lodge commander (we haven't one in quite some time). I also manage to catch Azovi raiders as they try more daring expedition deeper into Bolgharia. Good thing I spotted them 2 provinces away to move beforehand.

    uvL09Dj.jpg

    Azovi raiders from what I gathered were traveling quite a distance to raid Vologda. Scary! Unlike their fighting proficiency

    We quickly overpower them. That should teach them a lesson for now, and prevent them from influencing this war. Our adversaries have invited most Tengri rulers during last months, which while not directly affecting us (they didn't show) probably prolong war, as it might count their armies for their overall strenght when calculating warscore. We took over half of our target, when 2.600 Pechenegs army arrives and try to retake them. Not on my watch. I also utilize new trick up my sleeve and detach small (<100 men) forces from levies waiting close by, to send them for fort construction. Should speed things up! During April I manage to lock onto them and we fight.

    WYV79fa.jpg

    Clearly narrow flank on their best commander won't matter. Right? RIGHT?!

    5.000 levies are also sent there (will arrive shortly), while 2.000 men were sent for fort construction. Why? Cause my token forces turned out for some reason to be not able to perform fort construction. Didn't expect that, as Forts are one of ways to prevent attrition. One would think that sending smaller token force would be good enough. Well... Turns out I was mistaken. When it comes to ongoing battle - sadly we lose badly. Skirmish is inconclusive and then in melee their best commander on narrow flank fires Heroic Counter Charge. Slaughter commences. Then our backup messes our commander lineup resulting in tremendous defeat (bye bye 85% warscore). We lose 6.000 troops for their 300. Also our Marshall becomes corrupt and Qazan itself converts (thought it already had but overlooked one province - still that is last Tengri province in our realm!).

    By July, our western forces repel Manarids and then move to kill one of their vassals, Ishim suffers Sunni rebelion and I have to evacuate forces in Khazakh area before Pechenegs clean us. Can't allow them to pick my forces one by one and kill them to the last man. That's one way we can lose that war. Given that on west no one bothered to show up, I decide to move all of my forces to the eastern war theater. Focus all of our military might to deal with eastern nomads.

    Pechenegs do us a favour and attack our Rrebels. Very nice of them! Meanwhile warscore still ticks for us (70%) because all of war targets are still captured by our side. Thus rebelion ends, as we lure Pecheneg host that desperately tries to wipe out rest of our forces towards main armies arriving from Ural mountains.

    Year 942
    ======================

    Year ends with AI memeing me. Pecheng Khagan converted to Sunni islam, and now Abbasids are joining the fight >.> That's 60.000 troops that will arrive through deserts. If we can't conclude this quickly. At least Khazars went away and I don't have to fight both Tengri and Sunni at the same time. We need to win this war, as it will cut Pechenegs in half and make them substantially easier to defeat before Abbasids will be able to intervene in future.

    qV1a0mb.jpg

    Highstake battle. Need to conclude this war before green scary blob armies arrive. At least I managed to lure AI long enough to catch them.

    I manage to set up battle in March (of course winter turns severe, as soon as we have several units in single province >.>). While not the greatest fight, we manage to win with 1:1 losses. That puts us at 92% warscore. C'mon!

    By June event I haven't seen fires. Invitation to some famous monastery. Is it Orthodox version of catholic "Visit Abey Cluney?". We aren't even in monastic society, so I become confused. Still our characters goes. Before that can unfold, warscore reaches 100% and I secure another win. The moment I enforce my demands, music changes for eastern theme. Weird. Oh wait. I check china interaction screen. Would you look at that.

    TqVBg1z.jpg

    It seems I only need to be next to silkroad county for range. Nice. This means 10 years more for accumulating grace. At long last!

    Three new chiefs are assigned, because I want to culture convert 2 of those tribes personally to speed up Komi spread. We just have the demense limit for that. Without that it will take few hundred years to fully incorporate those lands into our culture. Also each of those 5 tribes starts building Warcamps I. You know the drill. Now that I look at that - in 10 years time I will be able to cut Pechenegs in more than half again, as their capital is on most western borders of their realm. Neat. But spotted some problem - Aksum khaganate to the east is Nestorian, thus we can't holy war them. Hmmm. Time to move our Chancellor and start fabricating claims, as there are whole 2 duchies (6 counties) I want from them for de jure kingdom of Cumania.

    MO4N02m.jpg

    Really suprised we got that event. Could swear you needed to be in monastics for that. Still chance at extra attribute but we failed sadly.

    Few days later, another civil war erupts in Pecheneg khaganate. So we holy war rebels for another duchy! Can't miss the chance and hey - they did help us with Sunni rebels, so we will help them with their rebels so they can retain ownership of their failing realm :). With this we will also cut-off single province lacking for having whole duchy of previously Chimgi-Turans, containing Tengri Holy-Site.

    As quickly as it erupted, it ends as well. Seems like the rebel got captured which instantly ended the whole war. Then another small civil war happens, but I don't even bother. The smaller rebelion definetey won't last. Instead I move my retinues in positions for future use.

    Our astronomy pursuits were progressing steadily the whole time. Seems it was the first time since becoming Christian on that focus, as I don't remember Ecumenical Patriarch writing us angry letters about our research. We give him silent treatment, because I don't really need making our temple vassal angry (could potentially prevent us from firing excommunications). Was also throwing those (excommunications )every time I remembered but haven't harvested them yet. Will probably harvest several of them at once. I specifically aimed for counties with weak stewards that already converted. Still pagan lands can keep their not optimal rulers for now, as it is up for Chief's Ecclesiarchs to start the assimilation. Also remembered to arrest+banish our corrupt greek Marshal.

    Before next step I must end this part. See you soon in frosty Perm!
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXII (943-950)

  • Part XXII (943-950)


    Year 943
    ======================

    Another episode in our Siberian saga. As always I check on situation within our realm and (once again) notice something interesting. Our pagan family in Mari, has lost against rebelious vassal and thus one of Orthodox Permyakids took over. What's funny is that he is malnourished and has pet rat - meaning he was imprisoned previously (probably by them). How the table has turned. Remaining Suomenusko Permyakid in Vologda on other hand is plotting to kill emperor Kya, giving us an excuse to deal with him. More on that - later.

    As we finish preparations before next step in our grand master plan, Vagay tribe in Siberia high chiefdom joins our Orthodox community.

    2xRsIN9.jpg

    I like concluding several wars in the same area at once. Saves a lot of time on marshaling troops. Also nice border yay!

    As I mentioned in last part - troops were moving into position. In position for what? For conquest of our eastern Finno-Ugric cousins - Khantians. With 3 holy wars we aim to swiftly conquer 2 whole duchies - Vasyugan and Om. I fire them all at once to avoid fighting suzerain multiple times. Then both of our retinues are moved into contested lands to start capturing.

    By 3rd of May first war is concluded and tribe of Bolshoy-Yugan is annexed. Troops from there move south (into Tui county), while our cavalry retinue after capturing Shish tribe moves one province north, crushes Khantians army and starts besieging Vasyugan tribe itself.

    WkEtl4J.jpg

    Somehow, probably due to longer reigns, I don't get bored with Scholarship event chain. Maybe also because those are usually just 5 years ventures?

    Scholarship event chain reaches it's conclusion. We stand in front of final choice regarding lifestyle trait. I'll definetely take Scholar. But without +300 prestige, as I don't want to damage my relations with Permian Patriarch. That prestige currently isn't worth so much (around 2 years of passive gain). With that our Learning increased to 17. Sadly it will drop once we change focus (to 14). Can't have everything and I would rather increase our chances for proper book.

    Another situation presents itself mid summer. Kirghiz forces march onto Vasyugan county with slight numerical advantage. To my suprise they aren't mounted - mercenaries perhaps? No! Even weirder - those are event troops. With really peculiar composition - 200 HI, 800 P, 900 LC, 150 HC, 1000 Ar and 200 ST (probably HA). Would you say those are nomadic troops :D"? I wouldn't. Problem with that - we are still in middle of taking over province temple. Quickly thinking on my feet I assault it (tribe has only 0.5 fortification value). We take over that holding in a hurry and it just gives me enough warscore to end 2nd holy war, which I take and run away just in time to avoid retribution from incoming enemies. We will combine both forces (on top of any vassal chiefs that arrive) and push onto Om.

    News from wide world arrive - we learn about creation of Jomsvikings. Old Germanics have another one of their ups&downs. This time it is thanks to King Udalrich "the Liberator of Pomerania". Just hope he doesn't get any ideas about invading us. He could focus on Svibjod itself, as it is currently under Polish-Slavic king (King Sulislav Son of Veles - meaning he is probably part of demon worshippers; which is interesting way of becoming emperor).

    dqNRuSC.jpg

    Pomeranian vikings are now trending. They at least did something permamently beneficial for their religion. With Joms and most of their event troops still in tact they can influence Europe a lot. Just imagine them preparing invasion on some (let's say) even 20.000 levy strong kingdom. They could host up to 80.000 troops, as we previously discovered x].

    On 1st of August county of Shish converts. You see? It is doable - my freeloading vassals are just not trying hard enough :D. Important note - those lands do not suffer from nomadic agitation, because they always had tribes in them. Meaning no need to spend prestige on them. In following weeks I play war of manouver against Kirghiz armies. They decided to retret from Vasyugan after failing to catch our fragmented army, but one of their vassal Hordes locked onto moving there. So I time it to fight small 1.500 strong horde first while their event troops are away.

    PuMJPXw.jpg

    Two battles at Vasyugan. In both we counter enemies tactics :) Typical example of divide&conquer enemies, as we defeat them in detail with minimal losses.

    We get the engagement I wanted and it goes without any problems. We lose 70 men but kill over 700, and now their relief force that just moved out of province is locked into moving there again. We have almost 7.000 troops against their 4.650. I'll take it. Another battle begins not great casualty-wise, but their center and right flank are routing quickly. Our left part of army helps center win their battle (after defeating their own opponents). Then center helps our failing right and they manage to route enemies before melee. Just as we get informed that our Jewish spymaster (thanks to his contacts) generated another 50 military technology points, we break Kirghiz force and "oh boy". They surely ain't cavalry cause they are taking substantial losses in pursuit. Battle ends with 800 men dead on our side but 2.500 enemies that will remain as fertilizer. And those losses on event troops are kind off permament.

    It is halfway through November, as Permo-Siberians move onto first tribe in Om high chiefdom. Good time to use our murderous kin (he is the only commander from Followers of Otso remaining at our disposal). There is over 2.600 Kirghiz horde in other county. Warscore currently shows 48%. We could force fight against other Kirghiz force nearby but I would rather avoid winter activity. Instead we assault Tara tribe and then move onto Om tribe.

    Year 944
    ======================

    Om tribe falls instantly against our assault. I decide to quickly conclude war by taking over last county, as currently we are at 96% warscore. This way Perm won't have to fight those event troops again. Also those lands were tribal to begin with so no forts are required and later won't have to deal with nomadic nature of it's inhabitants.

    As winter days pass I request another excommunication of one of weaker vassals in Nenetsia. Then our Mystic Alan concubine becomes pregnant. Meanwhile on our western borders, Manarids raid again. Nothing I can do about it as I'm trying to safeguard our levies at all cost and retinues are currently holy warring Kirghiz.

    By 6th March we take over last tribe and finish 3rd holy war. Upon appointing new chiefs (we reach 65/35 vassals xD) I spot something odd. I've received Manichean Kirghiz tribal vassal, that will be inherited by Kirghiz. What? How did it happen? All wrong religion rulers within holy warred land should be usurped. You ok game? Well notheless - I can bribe him, demand coversion followed by excommunication. Worth mentioning - beside one single county with Tengri temple, rest of de jure kingdom of Siberia is ours!

    There is no time to lose though. Another occasion arrives - Irtysh duchy, that we previously seperated from rest of Pecheneg khaganate - seceded. So our retinues move to pounce on them at once!

    msfCd6E.jpg

    You love to see when your longterm plan comes into fruition. Our previous decision pay off, as Pecheneg fragment more.

    Wisely I remember to swap our focus to something steward oriented. Picked Rulership. Yes it can give us Depressed but Kya is young so it shouldn't ruin him. As we already have Diligent, Just and education trait is maxed I hope for potentially quick Ambitious (other option being Administrator lifestyle modifier). Before end of march our Kirghiz vassal converts, so we instantly excommunicate him. Talk about being exclusive club of Komi cool kids I guess. As soon as he is expelled from our community, I arrest him (92%). Was bracing myself for long clickfest until reaching fail arrest but I notice that his heir changed to our character. Ooo. Well that's simplifies things! Out with his head then! Soon he is burned alive, while new vassal takes his place and annoying alarm about county possible secession vanishes. I'm happy with how quickly I sorted out that whole mess without any negative modifiers to opinion :).

    We spring our offensive in... well Spring. It is quick campaign as our enemies don't have any troops, so after walking into their capital we demand their surrended. With Irtysh lands 1/3 of de jure kingdom of Cumania is ours.

    Season changes to summer after I deal with all state affairs. Exchanged one of tribes in Kazakh for Irthysh tribe to plant more seeds of Komi culture for future vassal usage. Did thought out a rather shrewd plan regarding Cuman lands to the east. As you remember they are held by Nestorian Karluks of Aksu Khaganate. That prevents me from holy warring them. Initially was thinking about forging claims but... It is both time consuming and costly. Then I had different idea - to invite title claimant and pressing his claim on whole clan. As it just happens it would give us 90% of 2 duchies I want at once. Even better - if I'm patient not only will I make him tribal, but Orthodox as well (meaning more excommunication sheningans). Sadly I don't think I have enough time to wait generation or two for his heir to become Orthodox Komi, press his claim to instantly fully convert those lands and then try to conquer him. After spending some time I worked out the candidate for this whole manouver:

    EJwA7cF.jpg

    The only one down the succession line that wasn't zealous. It is important cause Zealous won't accept forced conversion request.

    While I wait for response for our new Karlukid friend, construction of Practise Ranges I starts in all 5 of Kazakh tribes. Kya prestige drops from 1200 to 700. After listening to how impressed our Tangut father in-law (he arrived after I released our mother-in-law, Han princess from dungeon) is with Kya's sense of justice, I land first Orthodox Karluk vassal in eastern Irtysh for time being. We are basically ready to press his claim. as he is already our vassal and clan title is of kingdom level, meaning he will remain under our suzerainty. Aksu Khaganate is currently in 2 wars (against Pechenegs and Khorasan shahdom near Abbasids). They do have almost 8.000 troops despite all that. Still I would rather to conclude, as many affairs in far east as possible now instead of later. Then I remember that owner of desired lands owns chinese artifact of interest - Classic of Poetry. So some raiding before war I guess is in order. We arrive rapidly and take over their capital, but it yields us nothing. Well onto war I guess!

    shrZlRV.jpg

    Just look at those juicy territorial gains. Didn't edit territory borders so you can verify it with your own eyes - how much land are we getting.

    For time being as winter approaches, I will play it safely and await vassal troops. In September another son (4th) is born to our emperor. Dergun Permyakid of course didn't inherit Genius trait, that means we missed 4 out of 4 times so far. He probably will be bishop but just in case I set him Thrift focus instead of Duty. Curious might give him Shrewd that would make him potentially interesting option to play. In worst case scenario that is.

    By October 2nd stage of Far North Scriptorium is finished. Nice! We are probably done with Great Works for time being. Of importance - it won't be sooner than in year 968 that I can get extra holding slot from event. So I'll keep that noted and as time comes construct 2nd feature required for event. Must take care to finish it in peace time - otherwise we lose that opportunity for good.

    IgrsUa1.jpg

    Notice that the ceiling is more finished than previously. Neat! Didn't know about such details previously.

    More news from Followers of Otso arrive. This time our protegee develops feelings for senior veteran. Happy to greenlight his love affair, as having older lover (she is 64) is beneficial. After she dies, we can receive positive health modifier, that wouldn't be the worst. Sadly she doesn't have ambitious so probably won't teach us via lodge events. Also not kind, which would help getting rid of stressed (even if temporarily before regaining it).

    Before end of year I catch really small Karluk contingent (400 troops), trying to retake their capital. At least it provides us some (12%) warscore.

    Year 945
    ======================

    Another year that starts on military campaign. Kya is certainly busy taking over steppes. Forgot to mention but I replaced our Steward with more skilled candidate from among fresh batch of vassals (still staunch loyalist for our course but he has 23 stewardship instead of 16). It paid off as success chance of culture conversion rised from 6 to 10% and now first county in Khazakh high chiefdom was absorbed by our culture.

    MJnKefU.jpg

    Komi culture expansion into steppes. Our longterm plan first steps. Will pay off in the future - mark my words ;D

    I also get rewarded for my last year choice, as Kya's old lover just died. Wow. Didn't expect to benefit so quickly. Not only we didn't get caught red handed, but we received that health modifier I wanted basically for free :).

    tXLoE4H.jpg

    For how long did I known about this event, I don't think I ever had this in my own playthrough

    As our enemies are nowhere to be seen and huge chunk of vassals already arrived, I send small (1.000) detachment to start fortyfing up empty provinces. They manage to take over 2 provinces, before Aksu horde arrives to retake local clan capital. There is close to 4.000 of them and I have 8.000 troops nearby. Let's wait for more - as I see around 3-4.000 vassal troops on route. I also recall fort constructing detachment (extra 1.000 troops). Won't rush it. Beating them in battle more decisively will hasten the whole war much more than couple of occupied nomad provinces.

    I don't have to wait long, as after succesful recapture Karlukid horde decides to attack us. I arrange our forces with infantry center and mixed infantry-light cavalry flanks.

    yWuhakk.jpg

    Enemies got a little to overconfident. Funny that we secured narrow flank while outnumbering enemies.

    This time it is our side that secures narrow flanks even though we outnumber enemies. Our let flanks rolled counter tactic for +200% more damage and looking at initial casualties, the fight seems great. We are losing almost as many troops as enemies (which is a positive). Fight goes steadily in our favour, all enemy flanks route at the same time and as our side had some more aggresive oriented commanders, casualties inflicted in pursuit were high. Battle ends with us losing over 600 men for their 1.550. That catapults warscore from 12% to 75% at once :).

    In November nomad capital in Ayakoz changes ownership again. This time we catch a lot of prisoners (9 of them are predicted to net us over 200g). Once again I detach 1.000 strong hunting parties retinues to go and capture Karluk main capital, while rest of our forces that balooned to over 10.000 retreats before winter arrives into home province. Once again our spymaster generates 50 military technology points.

    Suddenly another pop up suprises me. Kya finished writing his stewardship book. We... didn't get "On Komi Architecture" but we rolled 2nd best quality 3 book for this playthrough - providing us with further -20% build time. We already have one artifact that gives us -5%. So it starts to add up. Better that than any other. Still will have to hunt for that one book. I equip new addition to our Library in place of some quality 2 book that improved our plot power.

    7ekcRX3.jpg

    Slowly exhausting list of possible quality 3 stewardship books. Sooner or later we will have everything we need before feudalising.

    I'm really happy with that turn of events. It's great because book writing was finishes so early - meaning I can swap out of Rulership to some other focus asap, probably avoiding Depressed trait and improving our Prosperity events firing chances. That leaves us with more options. What a fantastic gift for christmass!

    Year 946
    ======================

    Perm enters year 946 with slightly over 9.000 coins in treasure and fully replenished 11.000 levies. Haven't used them, as I want to embark on another sacking adventure in Europe. Which means that we are going to deal with various denizens of steppe with just our retinues. On topic of that, Karlukid troops regrouped and 2.350 force is moving toward their besieged capital. Couldn't assault it so far (3.5 fortification with 300 troops would deal heavy losses to our 1.000 hunting parties). But as winter is mild I can severe their path with our main forces as they move south to relieve home. Another decisive battle will definetely end this war. First I move onto already captured Ayakoz county but then have to stop. Tarbagan has mountains and I would rather not gift them narrow flank in Mountains against inferior quality tribal troops. So I let them lock their movement onto province with plains in south to catch them out of position! I love such strategic manouvering and letting AI chose between 2 bad options.

    oXnSwos.jpg

    Catching AI out of position, after forcing it into no-win situation. All that while managing our attrition! Enemies were not prepared for how prepared we were :)

    We get another preferable engagment, that repeats previous fight pattern. We lose even less troops now (350) and kill almost as many enemies (1.239). Warscore reaches 100% but I don't enforce our demands yet. The whole time I was actively ransoming many prisoners, and still want to squeeze every coin I can. With enforcing demands I risk that some of prisoners may be forced to return for free. Currently have 8 prisoners worth 580 gold coins. I'm sure that even if some part of our warscore is tied to them being important family members, we have more than enough warscore to have room to wiggle around and wait. Once again I'm correct and soon our treasure grows beyond 10.000 coins milestone.

    XeDX3SV.jpg

    Eee? That's different to what game showed us previously. And why did we get those most eastern counties instead of lands north? Not sure.

    With end of war there are some bad news, good news and weird news. Bad news - we didn't get everything that belonged to the clan title we pressed claim for. Good news - whole duchy of Ob got seperated from Aksu khaganate, so we will be able (probably soon) eat them. The weird news - some of the western acquired lands have freshly generated keeps, temples and cities. Also most of those provinces don't have nomadic agitation. I have no idea why it happened. Oh well. You know what comes next - time to excommunicate our Karluk vassal and retrieve those lands for ourself. Few imprison attempts later - he rises in rebelion :).

    Then I screw things tremendously. Didn't expect it at all. AI just created empire title and ended whole war... We lost all that terrain that we just acquired >.> What's more I no longer have casus belli to take it over. Daaaaaaaaaamn! That's 3 counties I wanted that escaped our grasp :/

    QsS2457.jpg

    Wait! What Happened? I was supposed to be the one scamming the game but instead I got scammed.

    After few minutes of thinking it through I think the correct course of action was to keep killing them until I became heir to those counties. Heh. Was feeling so good about myself with that whole claimaint scheme xD Not gonna lie - game played me nicely. But there is no reason to despair. I still can repeat previous claimant war in the future - once more claimants are generated. Also our Karluk ex-vassal is still excommunicated, so maybe he gets civil wars? Also he didn't create empire title himself - he neither had land, gold or piety for it. His nomadic clan title automatically upgraded, as he become independent. Was not familiar with that interaction. Will be in the future. Also his realm goverment types are all over the place - he has tribe (which we gave him), some of his vassals are feudal and he also generated nomadic holding in Irtysh (but game still assigns him as tribal type ruler) >.>.

    Given free time I can now focus my attention on few pressing matters west of Ural mountains. First of all I provoke 2 rebelions of excommunicated vassals in Nenetsia. Then I imprison our kin from Mari chiefdom (sadly we succeed with 42%). I doubt I can keep releasing him and imprisoning as he just dropped whole plot to kill us. So I just revoke his lands as he is Pagan. Sorry - tried to convert him but didn't work. I would rather promote his christian kin.

    Then I investigate who of our 65 vassals is currently on Scheming focus. Because once again those events started flying around I would rather not be their next victim. There are 5(!) chiefs, who think intrigue will help them. Will keep excommunicating them. I order vassals to deal with those rebelions, while our retinues march back to repel Manarids that went wild sacking surrounding tribes in Cheremisia.

    Another event wife related events fires - do we buy her new clothes? We are forced into acquiring another trait with that decision no matter what we pick sadly (will be 6th trait). Emperor can't become zealous because people at warrior lodge will be mad and expel him. So between Greedy and Charitable I will rather get 2nd. By the time November rolls out first of our excommunicated vassals is dealt with. I pass both Vologda and Kostroma tribes to our Orthodox kin in Mari and take over Tsilma in Nenetsia myself. Steward is sent there so speed up culture conversion. Meanwhile our remaining tribe in Irtysh start building up (nomad agitation). It is the only province still in danger of seceding. Week later the other rebelion is put down as well. One administrator is assigned there.

    Before end of year I perform another checkup. First our mercenaries - they were similarly busy to us. Their captain accumulated over 1.600 gold coins in his coffers. Nice! Abbasids had change of caliph and now it is shrewd and brawny Caliph Shujah. While impressive he is still decadent, his dynasty sits at 41% decadence with +0.3429% monthly and things seem likely to go downhill soon. Khazar khaganate reverted to Tengrism, but AI wisely keeps Sunni wife ;).

    Year 947
    ======================

    New year, another victim falls to our religion authority :). Slowly but steadily we will straighten up whole realm. Our kin - high chief od Yugra is appointed designated regent as Kya embarks on travel to China!

    9fpZFR1.jpg

    Start of new routine for this AAR. Prepare to see&read about it a lot.

    As Kya prepares, we incite another rebelion for revocation - this time in Bolgharia. I also realise I wasn't paying attention and my retinues got sliced in half thanks to winter attrition (we got rid of our only Shield of Tundra commander and well... he was commanding that force previously). Ehh. I think it will keep happening. Me losing hundreds or thousands of men thank to winters.

    In April our Mystic Alan concubine Vardo dies from heart sickness. I replace her with young Genius Pecheneg prisoner - Gunduz Burgduz. Not only we have new fertile concubine - she is somehow part of pecheneg royal family so +100 prestige is granted as well. We have just enough positive modifiers to coerce her into converting to Orthodoxy with small bribe immedietely.

    In May Syrt tribe has new chief. One down, four more to go! Soon another vassal is started being "worked on" in the same manner.

    By September Kya experienced 2 events while on route to China. First was to increase his relations with his mother - Empress Dowager Tada. This was not needed so I skipped it. Second one is more interesting, as Kya remembers his late father Chief Dokya of Ural. I will gladly get additional health - thank you very much.

    cxq5H2d.jpg

    This AAR starts making me sentimental. Probably due to how much time and efforts goes into optimizing it.

    In October our stewards informs us, that Tsilma is now settled with our Culture. Great! I need more of such workers in our Komi'mpany. For now he will be offmap, as soon I should be able to throw him at another non-Komi province. New vassal is generated for just Komi'fied tribe.

    Then before end of year - Practise Range is started in last of our newly acquired nomad counties.

    Year 948
    ======================

    As our vassals are halfway done with besieging Vasyugan, we in one go take over neighbouring Narim tribe, as it's scheming chief didn't had heir so upon hanging him, Kya legally came into possesion of his lands.

    By February "long time not seen" Azovi raiders arrive. Not in huge numbers though (1894) and from what I remember we still have their khagan in our dungeon cell. Retinues are mobilised to deal with them, before they sack Syrt. Another China notice is presented:

    61QT133.jpg

    To be honest I'm not certain, if escorts affect final kow-towing result anyhow. Probably should check it but for now better safe than sorry.

    By March another schemer bites the dust. We are down to 2 and one of them is without heir, so really we are most likely to have just a single war in the near future. Of note - we catch Azovi raiders with bulk of our forces.

    LkBZbjF.jpg

    Weird how due to constant raids some of vassal hordes seem to have more personality&screen time in this AAR than their overlords. Remember Uracic vassal horde with their 10.000 replenishing event troops, that later settled in Transoxiana as Hindu ;)?

    Once again we counter their tactic on one flank and they receive beating to remember for next 5 years. We lost less than hundred people for their 600. That's more than ok. Even more as they seem to be having difficulty with replenishing.

    We on other hand have way too much prestige so time to expand our retinues! Ten more hunting parties start reinforcing in capital, putting us at 600 prestige.

    PDOwAMG.jpg

    Another phase of rebuilding. Probably still somewhat weaker than before tragical war for Syrt against Khazars, that wiped our Retinues

    In May our newest concubine becomes pregnant. Checking on Kya's kids they are still ways off from assigning them another direction in their education. The oldest became Idolizer, so maybe he accepts taking vows more easily. Meanwhile another scheming vassal is excommunicated. And then swiftly dealt with thanks to 98% imprison chance. That leaves just one vassal in Kargopol (southern Nenetsia). Our Emperor, enters Chinese empire. This is big as I was somewhat concerned how long it could take, which will influence our plans timeline. Seems like I had the right guess - we are relatively close to eastern border of the map - so not much. Unluckily due to Rulership focus we did pick up Depressed trait. Not the greatest moment to arrive at dim conclusion, as you enter foreign empire.

    4G40zEd.jpg

    Don't really want any quality 3 chinese artifacts to pay for them, so let's risk it with Gluttonous.

    I try the gluttonous option as I would rather not spent 200 gold on something not needed. And of course game rng punishes me with Gluttonous trait. Well - even more reason for Theology focus in the future. Not only it will have to fix Stressed and Depressed but now also Gluttonous. It will also provide occasion to regain diligent (if we lose it) and Temperate to further boost our stewardship. Kya also can and do requests advancement within Warrior lodge. He now is considered to be Veteran. Probably the end of his career as trying to obtain rank of Hero requires beating other Hero (potential injuries are a no-no). On the side - we still have that looting mission from years ago unfullfilled... Might get around to it now with our forces finally in the west.

    In November I invite Catholic concubine from Russia. It is time to prepare for temporary conversion before my prestige runs out.

    Before end of year, Kya's meets with group of Chinese ministers that try to interest him with some knowledge. Luckily our emperor is quite knowledgeable so he can pick better option, providing us much needed extra prestige

    E195xAS.jpg

    Now that I think about it: our emperor living in sub 0 temperatures should know a thing or two about various Wim Hoff breathing methods xD

    Then somehow awkard as Kya is visiting "Son of Heaven" his wife becomes pregnant... Very suspicious! Few days before change in date - another son is born to Kya's. Nydog Permyakid as per family tradition did not inherit Genius trait (we are 5/5 folks :)).


    Year 949
    ======================

    Another year is started by finally commiting to that delayed warrior lodge sacking mission. First we have to route not small amount of Zaozerye's retinues!

    XGFykCu.jpg

    Feels somewhat bad crushing promising tribes south of Finland. But hey I like renown better than AI consolidating to repel nomads.

    After quick battle I assign siege leader to increase siege pace to 24% every 12 days. It is also high time to raise our levies. Sadly as I gave away holdings in Vologda, our troop number took a nosedive from 11.000 to not even 7.000. Still I marshall them onto Kostroma tribe. Soon we take over Zaozerye tribe, gaining close to 40 gold and 200 renown.

    With coming of Spring I remember to change my focus from Rulership to Theology. It is better than Carousing longterm and also provides some passive health increase. That lowers our Stewardship from 16 to 13 while Learning shoots up from 14 to 16. Then this happens

    w9aBYcB.jpg

    For the love of God I forgot that Kowtow has only 3 - not 4 tiers. So it is much better than I complain about below.

    It is really unlucky. Only level 2 for so many chances to improve our odds :/. Also -1000 prestige puts me into negatives. Ouch! Well on bright side with current monster prestige incomeitI will fix itself in around a year time. Not gonna sugarcoat it - was expecting higher rank of kowtow modifier for how much it did cost.

    On the flipside - I can now embrace catholicism. Why? In preparation for Crusade of course! Not sure If we won't be needed to improve their lackluster Moral authority (32%) first. But in worst case I won't miss the preparation phase for crusade!

    Also while all that choices were made, Kundacic horde (Manarid vassals) crashed at Kostroma. Bad choice - my main forces are in Vologda exactly province away and move to deal with them at once. Then I spend even more piety on secretly converting to Orthodox. This might be a great piety sink :). By end of July daughter - Vergava is born to Kya and his empress. The "weird" pregnancy while husband was in China. Empress have no lovers that we know of but there are several secudecers in realm (you can't expect me to deal with them too given how long our excommunication backlog is already). It doesn't hurt us actively nor bother me personally.

    As our forces are finally merged on our western border, after including 3.000 infantry retinues I have 9.610 strong raiding force. I sent them westward towards Europe. They will travel through various northern slavic tribes. In just a month Crusade should be off cooldown. Should be just enough time to travel to place it will most likely target (Italy).

    Unluckily before end of year we are hit with another warrior lodge events - competition that we lose and get punished with another -100 prestige. The Crusade timer is up and... it doesn't fire (most likely due to low MA). The only Holy Great War that happens is another Fylkir call0out for East Francia. I don't care for it much given that they failed previously and Sweden is still marred with problems.

    Year 950
    ======================

    At this point I took few days break before coming back to finishing this part. Could prepare incoming economic report in the meantime. There are 2 issues that I was pondering.

    First of all - topic of Crusades. Catholics are good 20% short of being able to call them. I already started marching but... I have doubts. Initial idea was to opportunistically join as Orthodox mercenary. To win Crusade for them in exchange for their money (and artifacts). To be honest with you folks - I was looking up to it. Now though I'm not that keen on dragging them out of obscurity, as western Europe is rather evenly spread among all possible catholic variants... To fill that MA gap, I first would need to win Papal ducal war to restore Sir Pope into Rome. Then I still would need several %. That's assuming rest of the "Pope team" doesn't manage to lose any moral authority in the meantime. Oh and there is raiding stance issue - either I march one of my retinues for capping provinces or I have to go back and again for that raiding stance. All of that is also at the cost of not being able to perform our administrative micromanagment. Doesn't seem like proper choice to bend backwards for other religion to help them, which probably will result in them consolidating meaning less raiding possibilities in future. Potential financial reward prospect looks also dim given weakness of Catholics (Pope has income of less than 5 gold coins...)

    Secondly - how do I plan to deal with Nestorian Aksu Khaganate and Orthodox Karlukid Khaganate that broke away. What seemed like really smart idea with claimant backfired terribly. Not only initially we got somewhat less that we should, later we made backprogress, on top of spawning nomadic holding into tribal province. I'm really worried about getting stuck with it by becoming somehow unable to destroy nomadic titles. I'm limited to regular and elective gavelkind. Those might prevent me from destroying horde titles. There is also an issue that I would need to take a substantial amount of negative opinion modifiers for extracting vassal from under supported claimants. All that under assumption I initially succesfully imprison him. Then I would still need to cause some tyranny or spent gold for getting claim (as we previously established, provoking rebelion for revocation doesn't work against nomad vassals). All in all those claimants ideas will take even more time and they don't set Komi conquest_culture flag on those provinces. Keeping them across generations is also bad idea, as due to wrong culture they won't accept diplomatic annexation and our empire is currently at around 40 vassals over the limit QQ.

    Both problems paradoxally require me to send our military capability in opposite directions, while I still would like to have some raider repelling force back home. Thus it took old little me, a good while to figure out the next course of action. First of all I had to decide how will Permo-Siberia take over rest of de jure Cumania. Claimants are out. So back to ducal level holy wars we go! But I can't against fellow Christians right? That might not be an issue. I really apprecieated losing 500 piety on conversion through concubine. It keeps emperor Kya under treshold for sainthood, which I have to avoid for time being. So I can become heretic in the future - this way even if they convert we should be able to get rest of christian nomads in next war by converting back to parent religion. Another factor worth mentioning is that soon our truce with Pechenegs runs out in just 3 years time. Gold is important but I'm worried about technology in yet to be conquered 0 tech nomad lands. Would rather focus on finishing our conquest sooner rather than later.

    Taking all of that into consideration, the decision becomes somewhat easier. Focusing on regional issues seems more pressing, given that crusade won't be called for time being. Let catholics figure it out on their own. Kya still has enough piety for emergency conversion if Crusade will become likely. In the meantime - can look for Messalian/Iconoclast concubines and fragment Pechenegs again. Don't remember if any heresy would allow aggresion against any other christian denomination. Then wait and adapt to whatever situation throws at us. I can always raid locally - Khazar khan has around 1.200 gold coins to have our forces close enough to respond quickly.

    Having decided that - our troops are ordered back. Then I embark on search for heretic concubines. One of them might be unnecesary, as our previous vassal is fighting against being subjugated by Kirgiz we fought previously. If he gets absorbed I should be able to holy war them? I think?

    6H8SpMA.jpg

    Our legal reason for future invasions against Christian hordes. Will also remind me if heretics can holy war any christian mainstream religions.

    After securing our reasons for future wars, I check on court status. Seems there are 3 open slots to use for investors. Somehow all the messages about investors dying slipped my attention. I find some nice candidates:

    shrJPkx.jpg

    I wonder if I'm so spoiled that I won't accept investors with <500g coins in the future. How life in Perm got so good?

    Sadly I didn't notice that lowborn with over 3.000 gold coins is member of council and wasted 80g on buying his favour. Don't think there is real possibility to extract that fortune sadly. Can't marry him to produce any offspring for poaching later. Will have to desperately start swaying him. Still I procure another investor.

    By 6th of March Kirghiz-Alipschulid subjugation war ended and our Orthodox Karluk horde got absorbed. I also decided to switch back to Orthodoxy. Still have 870 piety so we can quickly change if needed. I also investigate what all of our vassals are up to. Two of newly appointed chiefs decided on purple dagger focus, which means they get into excommunication queue. It is not bad - currently 3 out 67 vassals are on scheming - I can deal with that amount. Start our operation with chief of Dvina, who was the longest on that list. He also has non converted lands and poor chance of achieving that himself. I will let our vassals deal with him. People need some entertainment overall.

    In May our levies got back. Somehow my levies maximum shot up to 12.000 men. Not sure why - maybe those Khantian lands are well build up? Before end of month 7th child and 6th son is born - Varaka Permyakid from our Pecheneg concubine:

    Ge439Hp.jpg

    Finally heir with Genius trait! We were waiting for it. Finally my last 10% MTTH modifier and previous stewardship&learning points :D

    That is great news! Now only to live for another 16 years to secure his ascension to power by dealing with 5 previous boys! In non-bloody way! Also one of our investors (with heir somewhere else) arrives. I kind off went with inviting her before thinking it through, but I found a way. I can convert her to Orthodox, Excommunicate her and then probably banish to seize gold. Worth the try as she has 600 ducats. It will cut into our piety funds (yet another excommunication and we still have to deal with 2 vassals, 5 sons (who cost double) and keep 500 in case of Catholics turnaround). Being pious ruler sure is handy! I love how it changed me from player who rarely used that feature to current state of me starting every problem solving thought process with: "Can Excommunication help me solve this?". :D

    Before end of summer we are done with "bad-boy" vassal, but can't revoke his title. What is it this time? Lack of prestige - revoking requieres 50. We have 29 and -9/month income thanks to all retinues. Moved my Marshal from training troops in Perm to Udmurts. Have to finally commit to prosperity boosting there, as each success gives +6 points. So far I was weak willed and keep changing my mind about Marshal work all the time.

    In September one of freshly invited investors dies, putting us over 12.000 gold coins. Some retinues had to also fill up, as our prestige income changes from -9 to +3. Another mysterious Jew appears, but he is another spymaster and we still have previous one (48 years old at the momment).

    In december my prestige income reaches +10/month but it won't be enough for performing revocation this year. Also one of our pagan prisoners inherited Velsk tribe, so I should deal with that too. What I can do is throw another Excommunication. This time it goes toward our investor. Soon it is followed by 100% arrest chance (which is pretty good chance if I say so myself) and turns out... I can banish her without any repercussions. Beside inheriting that gold.

    hg7C21L.jpg

    Nothing like good present for holidays to cheer man up!

    Emperor makes his firstborn son Irter Diligent (could also make him Just but opted for first option as it increases chances for higher education trait resulting in even more stats). Another mission from warrior lodge arrives - sparring with member of our warrior society. I'll take it. Should be A-ok safe. Not a priority though.

    And with that both another year and part of this AAR passes. See you next week!
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Economic Summary: Permo-Siberia Year 950
  • lPc4bDx.jpg

    Economic Report: Permo-Siberia Year 950

    Realm size: 97
    Yearly Income: 28,10
    Treasury: 11.997(+1.716 in currently held investors, +1.742 in mercenary band)
    Number of Cities in Realm: 0
    Number of Cities in Personal Demense: 0
    Number of Prosperity Province Modifiers: 7
    Number of Holding Slots Generated: 4
    Number of Great Works: 1
    Global Construction Speed modifier: 76%
    Global Construction Cost modifier: 90%

    5 Highest Income Realms (Yearly Income)
    1. Abbasid Empire (595.94) (Abbasid Revolt 422.15)
    2. Bizantine Empire (502,5) (Byzantine Revolt 59.91)
    3. Kingdom of Sardinia and Corsica (403.47)
    4. Tibet Empire (389.27)
    5. Khaganate of Bulgaria (359.31)

    Honorable Mentions: Republic of Amalfi (579.77)(Richest Trade republic/Under Byzantines), Sultanate of Egypt (469.1)(Under Abbasids), Kingdom of Bavaria (242.97), Western Protectorate (241.04), Pala Empire [Bengal Empire] (238.96),

    5 Wealthiest Counties Worldwide (Province Wealth)
    1. Venezia (274,5)
    2. Al-Iskandariyya (177.9 -73.2%)(would be 243,03 if not partially looted)
    3. Constantinopole (194,6 - 80.7%)(would be 241,14 if not partially looted)
    4. Dunhuang (148.2 - 64%)(would be 231,56 if not partially looted)
    5. Baghdad (224.6)

    Additional Comment on worldstate: Abbasid dealt with both Armenia and Jerusalem but suffers civil wars and incoming problems affiliated with being decadent. Few years after that report, the Transoxiana changes owner to Orthodox Turkish Mercenary Leader, before being absorbed by Pechenegs (probably will have some RP fluff as soon Seljuk will spawn there). Byzantine Empire somehow through miriad of civil wars managed to secure most of southern Italy and even half of Anatolia. Sweden starts uniting under Polish King, Bavaria inherited part of crusaded Italy but there are still plenty of Tengri Khazars in Northern Italy. Bulgaria is going strong and stable probably being source of adventurers that keep messing Italy. Liberated Pomerania is fighting England for northern Germany, while Catholic France liberated itself from Frisian yoke and Navarra slowly creaps north. Iberia is 50-50% split between christians (Lollards/Waldensians) and Muslims. Suprisingly strong small Kingdom of Corsica and Sardinia due to administration scheme that we ourself will utilize later ;). Tibet creeps towards Persia, and Western Protectorate starts enchroaching near us. There is also strong and not small Abbysinia with over 20.000 event troops, that even created it's own Merchant Republic in Afar. Most notable change is due to our actions in steppes and overall weakening of most nomadic khaganates (Khazars, Pechenegs, Kirghiz, Aksu).
     
    • 2Like
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part XXIII (951-958)

  • Part XXIII (951-958)


    Year 951
    ======================

    This time during my preparations for this part I did little more research on Monastic Ward events. As previously mentioned they can happen up to 3 times between 6 and 12 years of age (before you pick education focus). Those events probably didn't happen more frequently, as I never did pay attention to base stat when marrying (not altered by traits). Turns out: even when I stack various modifiers, my rulers are subpar and thus their descendants inherit those genes. Might try to remedy that, because Monastic events check for stats of 8 and more before flagging character for diplomacy/martial/stewardship/intrigue to go along learning bonuses. Thus no wonder my wards usually didn't get many of them as they most likely reached those values late. With Genius heir in succession line it might change, which could allow me to benefit even more from extra stats. Getting between 1 to 9 of both stewardship and learning extra would be tremendous. Must read more on how exactly stat distribution is inherited (is it just % spread or average of both parents?), because it might turn out there is some serious snowballing to do with Monastics over generations. For now I did looked through list of 80 members of Orthodox monastic society and picked 2 tutors for Emperor children with rather high learning. It increases chance for better outcomes from what I understood (best option being +3 flag stat and +3 Learning each time).

    ZUq31dz.jpg

    Irter is already too old and 2 youngest are not eligible to be shipped into other courts yet.

    I also did something that probably should be done long time ago - invited jewish steward. Found one great candidate (27 stewardship!) and invited him with favour. This should help our technology generation in that crucial branch of discoveries. In last part also did away with few weaker administrators and currently have 12/11 demense limit. As always we generate more new vassals through "Invite Noble to Court" decision in intrigue tab. Takes me 9 tries to generate 3 good enough administrators (15+ stewardship an +piety traits if possible). The fourth tribe in Veliky Ustug is already fully converted so instead I appoint there Lodge Commander. Moment after generating such character through lodge powers (-300 renown for 28 years old character with 23 martial and +43% Morale Defence, +86% Defence, +3 Winter Supply, +53.7% Winter Combat and +43% Combat in Arctic modifiers) I freeze thinking I commited terrible mistake. For some reason he is Suomenusko... After cursing myself I think about a way out and then realise that as they always are "loyal servants" and he doesn't have Zealous I can just ask him to convert. Uff! Why the whole effort? Because with such high martial stat he will increase local levies by a ton (to be exact by +65% in this case). So no only do we get good commander but this is also hillarious way to stack small/medium realm to punch way above it's weight (as each such commander is worth between 1-2 empty holding slots).

    Having spotted in last days of december Khazarian fragmentation I can't prevent myself from taking advantage of it. We can snug whole duchy we lack in Volga-Bulgaria (Mordva) from splintered independent horde, without having to worry about them converting to Sunni Islam. Yes Khazars can still help them but they are much less dangerous than Abbasids joining.

    sfnk1F8.jpg

    Was thinking of conducting war for last duchy in Volga Bulgaria later in Kya reign, but how can I not pounce on them now ;)?

    To my total shock, our commander refuses to convert xD. But he still joins Orthodox holy war. Where is logic in that - don't ask me. Can't spare Ecclesiarch to convert him as he is busy with getting rid of Suomenusko provinces in Nenetsia and Khantia. Will have to live with that. As hordes of Komi Warriors march towards Cheremisian Khaganate, Kya learns that his 2 year old son Nydog (and older brother to Genius Varaka) got Flu. Court Physician already treated his symptoms nicely so we let him continue in curing that affliction.

    Winter turns into Spring and there are no Khazars in war. That's nice. With that we only have to beat around 5.000 nomad/tribal troops. This is more than doable. Few days later our Spymaster steals 50 economic (!) tech points. Some of our retinues are already besieging enemy tribes. Then our spymaster informs us again and this time we get choice between +10% Plot Power or +10% arrest chance. Will take arrest I guess? I take it (even though I shouldn't). Still won't be mad at myself for that because that happens:

    XkIpkkz.jpg

    Ehhh. Pretty sure Cathar can't call crusade on Cathar ruler. Also instantly started crusade without preparation phase ;)"

    This is just straight up not fair. I have Holy Fury, Catholics don't have 50% Moral Authority and war straight up started the same day with Catholic winning 40%. I literally wouldn't had a chance to generate most war participation even if I decided otherwise year ago. WTF game? I have no fricking idea how to explain what just happened. You see the dates, maybe somehow Crusade instantly got merged because one of participants was already at war with target? Did Cathar becoming main religion messed something for AI? I will not spend 500 piety to check if there is even still some "preparation stage". Not gonna risk it.

    We progress toward summer making solid progress on siege of Burtasy tribe, when our main levies (over 10.000 troops) arrive in Mordva. Enemy is not willing to engage us, so will have to catch him later. Our Spymaster sure is doing his best (maybe he noticed his replacement waiting for his turn?) and he grants us another event - this time jewish +technology points (military in his case). Well if he keeps that pace, it will be glorious x].

    On 5th of August our Pecheneg concubine Irge informs us, that she is with child. Nice. I may use 1 son younger than Varaka to pass kingdom of Nenetsia. Kind off ironic that it will go to 7th son of Emperor, if all things turn out well. Two weeks later Burtasy tribe is captured with Mordva soon to follow. Then week later we lose Brave trait due to trait limit. Well - could be worse, but I'm not the happiest.

    In September we complete taking control over all holdings in Mordva tribe. That granted us 20% warscore. Don't want to press onward given how soon the winter will arrive, so instead I move my troops back, trying to lure Cheremisians into stepping in captured provinces. That would grant us workable supplies. Finally another Theology focus event fires. We have to choose between Cynical, Zealous or +100 piety with 30% on Depression. Can't become Zealous (warrior lodge), it would be bad to become Cynical (it makes seclusions 4 times less likely and those will fix Gluttonous) so Kya will take that extra piety. Also can't become double depressed :).

    In such sadness we deal with another schemer by hanging him. Don't have to bother with arresting theatric, as his land is converted and his female heir is far better than him. With that we are down to 1 schemer. That guy we just executed also didn't make himself any favours as other schemer denounced him for slandering us x]. Which means he was targeting us.

    As we winter in bordering Cheremisia lands, our brave Yugran dynasty member pushes onto Cheremisia capital. They make it with close to 7.000 troops. Impressive!

    Year 952
    ======================

    New year starts with enemies rising up. Khazaria joined the fight. Well now our Yugran allies might be in deep s*^$ :)". I stay put. Have no intention of eating any attrition or chasing nomads across their steppes. So I have close to 28.000 troops in southern Kerzhenets and Bolgharia, ready to defend captured territories.

    In February after excommunicating last schemer in Nenetsia (I was also checking and newly appointed chiefs are behaving well), Cheremisians decide to relieve their capital currently under siege by 7.000 Yugran warriors. They will eat river penalty and to be honest I'm not sure that they will win it alone. Soon my vassals reconsider and try to run, but are caught by other Khazarian 6.000 strong horde coming from north.

    On March 5th our emperor welcomes his 2nd daughter - Pemka Permyakid. No traits beside being child of concubine. Our allies after initially fighting evenly eventually lose battle and in result - half their numbers. Warscore is still ticking (39%) for us and I'm waiting for both winter to pass and enemies to arrive. There is no avoiding our troops in the long term. Finally they seem to gather up to 12.000 troops and move into Mordva.

    By end of April I behead last schemer and soon our jewish stewards informs us about this:

    HYMKTul.jpg

    Haven't had one of these. Could be anything and will be worth trying to get it. Also lucky that penalty is not that harsh.

    I let him search for it, as he still performs his regular job and is the best councillor we have. There were different modifiers associated with every type (Personal Score for Marshal IRC) but now I can't be bothered to check it. It is not even likely we will find something but would be nice to get some quality 4/5 christian artifact. Soon he asks for our diplomats and I'm happy to oblige. I'll manage with -15 general opinion way better that other possible penalties.

    Seems like I will get battle with just Cheremisian Khaganate warriors at beggining of summer. They will have hill advantage (but it also prevents them from Swarm tactic) but we will have close to 25.000 warriors versus their not even 6.000. All under good leadership and arranged into right and center infantry flanks and all cavalry on left.

    066LCT4.jpg

    Patience is a virtue. Happy with recent result against Nomads. Still narrow-flanks are scary.

    Glad I distributed my forces across 3 flanks because they do get narrow flank. Our tactics this time are not the greates but center and left flanks should be a-ok. During battle emperor learns, that his wife is pregnant (that quite some fertility despite both stressed and depressed penalties cancelling out basically "Groom an Heir" ambition). Also our investor died, putting our treasury over 13.300 gold coins. Back to the battle though, their center flees first, then our left flank joins on beating their center flank then going back to pursing while, our right flanks is somewhat losing. After inflicting enough punishment all 3 of our flanks gang up on enemies re-enacting Thermopylae to best of their ability. That isn't enough though and soon they need to flee, suffering over 100 casualties per day. Total battle result is -600 warriors for us but -2.140 Cheremisian (roughly 40% of their force).

    Our Marshall finally fired massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar, Manarids as always illegaly passed border in Vologda and I have to disperse our forces from Burtasy after battle for supplying reasons. With 66% warscore I can watch Cheremisian flee, as bigger Khazarian army bypasses us and pushes into Bolgharia. Please don't say they are trying to push into Perm itself again >.> They retreat after arriving in our lands but only to join up with beaten Cheremisian to present against us over 10.000 strong nomad army. I was moving along and soon will have our forces in place. Not scared to engage them :).

    By Autumn it seems only Cheremisian arrive into Bilyar tribe in Bolgharia (3.500 of them), while Khazars move away. I decide to crush them as with current 74% warscore, that might be enough to finish whole conflict before Khazars manage to retrieve some tribes in Mordva (also repositioning would be painful). So we manage to engage their forces with 15.000 infantry of our own.

    jc55BUx.jpg

    Stopped paying attention for trying to max feint tactic chances of fires with vassal troops. Probably would help tremendously.

    Unluckily our beefed up center confronts their narrow flank. Our right flank cleans but then can't damage their center enough resulting in slow and agonizing battle, while our left is slightly losing. I decide to throw reinforcements (prepared ahead of time) from Perm to reinforce our left. Battle sadly reaches melee phase and we get countered with Charge to our two Advances. By the end we win, but both sides lose almost exactly 1.320 troops. With that warscore improves only towards 89%. Both concubines became pregnant as well. Ok - it is starting to get little out of hand now x].

    As we reposition our army again into Mordva (where Khazars were for some time besieging but they left), Warrior Lodge hunt for bear event starts. I choose the best companion there is. Then we burn plenty of cattle stock (-50gold) for better chances.

    Year 953
    ======================

    War is almost concluded (92%) but it seems we might need to fight once more. We use our charitable trait during hunt to make one of locals talk where he saw big bear. Soon Pinega in Nenetsia converts and Khazars lock moving onto Burtasy (we follow). Battle is imminent. Empress Obid Nuoujin gives birth to her 2nd daughter Shochynava Permyakid (no traits). That's 9th children of our Kya x].

    Then our Veteran faces great Bear. The chances are not great (17% to slay, 56% to fail at slaying and 27% to die) or become coward. I decide to roll on that beast (not sure why we didn't get better outcome with 16 martial - maybe due to terrible personal combat).

    vQvPowj.jpg

    How with 1 click make everything go to hell. Well I'll probably never learn :D"

    As you can see once again I managed to kill my ruler, and complicate my life :D". In my defence - there was a hefty penalty for not taking part in this hunt (-500 renown and some prestige). Luck is not in my favour. What's worse - all of Mordva got unsieged and we are down to 4/8 provinces (we lost 2 provinces in Perm itself). On the bright side we play as ambitious Irter who is 15 years old - meaning regency won't be long. But it will take some time before I manage to straighten things up. Will have to excommunicate brothers and suicide Irter to transfer power to Varaka. We have around 13 years for that at least :3.

    Losing ownership of Mordvan tribes means our warscore got reseted >.> That's irritating. Why does it change when they were still captured by our realm? In February county of Chud in Vologda converts to Orthodoxy. Seems like now is the time for all obnoxious things to happen at once - arriving at Mordva I can't assault because we weren't there first. Some vassal with +movement speed commander was and took ownership of siege. Meanwhile our other force engages Cheremisians again. I decide to join battle with main force. Also due to gavelkind we lost our fantastic Warrior Lodge commander to one of brothers, so one of forces has to eat winter attritrion.

    In April we win battle against Cheremisian (who managed to secure 2 narrow flanks meaning it was gruelling and bloody but not decisive, which only will prolongs war even further). To be honest it is really dissapointing as I had everything planned out and now we should be beating Pechenegs again because in few years we could go towards east, but hey. Here we are thanks to my briliant choice of trying to get bear and failing 80% chance to not die. Also another child of emperor is born but luckily now he missed on all various tribes to take over via inheritance.

    By May I finally manage to push with assaults and conclude the whole war. For now I won't give away those tribes as I need more manpower (we are down to less than 5.000 troops - luckily we retained close to 10.000 retinues).

    Now that we are in peace, I can diplomatically annex 5 vassals that broke away. They accept without any issues. We are currently at 44/33 vassals, which put a serious dent on our military prowess (can't call to war vassals of vassals as tribal). Mostly due to Kingdom of Nenetsia going away. I also did rebuild council mostly as it was. For now I focus on building prestige and piety.

    In Summer as vassals rejoin our empire, I spot that Khazars had not 1 but 2 revolts at the same time. Sadly it doesn't benefit us in any way, as we already have everything we wanted from them. Then by end of June Avya Permyakid (another daughter of emperor Kya) comes into world. I rethink my assesion of Khazarian state. One of the revolts have single county that is part of de jure Cumania. Fighting powerful khaganate for just a county seems wasteful. Why not try now with smaller revolt? I have up to 13.000 troops of my own. Maybe we succeed?

    Finally our current ruler Irter comes out of age. He ain't too shabby - 18 Martial and Stewardship and after picking Scholarship - 16 Learning. Then he is Midas Touched, Diligent, Erutide and Ambitious (picked that one personally while playing as Kya). He also became Zealous (piety won't hurt and I don't plan on joining warrior lodge soonish after what just happened). It is far more than I expected so those years might not be so unbearable. I can also instantly start writing stewardship book (why not? We can also wait a little to suicide after not getting "on Komi Architecture" - sounds like valid reason to unalive in our realm x]). On the more serious note it just works out timewise, because after scholarship I will pick Rulership. We can also cheat on "See the Realm prosper" to get those extra prosperity points everywhere. Need to stay flexible and thing ahead.

    We proceed with holy war and quickly take over single tribe within revolter land and then his capital, which puts as at 99% warscore. Which is enough to enforce demands. Behold that swift succesful conquest, which gave us single tribe sandwitched between Pecheneg and Khazar land :D. I realise that we have one problem. Regarding 2nd oldest brother and King of Nenetsia. He is under his own Patriarch so I can't excommunicate him. I don't have claim on it either. I'm worried that once he comes out of age, we will stop being heirs to most of our brothers. Seems like will have to plot to claim his life :/. There are plenty of subjects willing to join.

    My clergy goes ham and in quick succession kills both of my jewish spymasters via assasinations. Not cool. I need to favour invite another with just 13 intrigue :/. Soon we reach over 200% plot power (should be enough to fire within few years and our brother is 13 years old at the moment). Just as year ends I watch as some Sunni uprising rises in eastern Irtysh (belonging to breakaway Orthodox Karluk horde). Maybe they will go independent and we will have chance to retake that single county swiftly as well?

    Year 954
    ======================

    Time to start new year with something that I forgot in previous - clicking "compose the book". We get offered stewardship option so there is no issue. Also joined Monastics for that extra +Learning that comes with ranks. We also do not lose time and declare holy war on Pechenegs for rest of Yaik Duchy (so our single tribe is no longer alone). This should also cut them in half. After that I have worked out the order of continuos seperation of their lands, which may save us some time on truces.

    twNF10b.jpg

    Time to perform Southern Pecheneg longterm strategy now. Beside Yaik we fight currently for, there are 2 other full duchies and 2 counties extra

    Luckily Abbasids are mared by long period of civil wars (Caliph Shujah still tries with 65% decadence and rising!) so they shouldn't join Pechenegs. Enemies foolishly hired over 5000 mercenaries, that showed with no morale in their capital. Stone throw away from our retinues that were moving there. Thanks to that we get an easy win and inflict some damage on them x].

    5cKBIWg.jpg

    For once it is us that rush Nomands. Way to waste all gold spent on hiring those mercenaries

    Then our steward informs us, that he managed to generate event troops. That's 3.500 more troops (if needed) for free! Battle of Irtek ends with us losing 130 men but killing 1.667 (they were infantry based and lost roughly 25% of their manpower). We quickly take over capital, which gives us 26% warscore total. Then we move onto another vassal capital nearby and watch as fleeing mercenaries get maltreated by winter even further, cutting them down to slightly over 3000 men. I move my force onto vassal horde capital in Yalik. More news from court follow - one of co-conspirators informs us that attempt at assasinating Vokan Permyakid of Nenetsia will be made.

    WQ8B6TY.jpg

    No one will know! I'm not too keen of murdering my own, but have to become ruthless if we are to prosper.

    With that we retake Kingdom of Nenetsia. Now we only need to make other 3 older brothers than Varaka brothers reconsider their career and enter the clergy :). Once again we are at 67/34 vassals. Damn. It's good problem to have. Means our military might is back and regular Pechenegs just arrived on the horizon.

    We also have enough time to check some fellow society member garden and upon encouraging us we manage to replicate his tricks. Giving us Green Fingers modifier (+1 Learning) for 10 years. With that we reach both 18 stewardship and Learning. Life is good :). As we await our 14.500 strong levies to arrive east of Ural mountains, I check up on crusade. Catholics managed to finish some minor wars seperately and thus they started losing the crusade overall, as those participants that peaced out no longer contribute their occupation to warscore. It went from 40% in their favour to 40% in favour of defenders. I also realize that I should fund Irter brothers with holdings in Perm or they will start giving those provinces every negative province modifier known to mankind. Then I also remember that it might speed things up, if I start plotting to get rest of my de jure duchy back via intrigue menu. I'm right as it is possible. Just need some bribes to reach 80% plot power needed to enable enforcing demands.

    By August I manage to lock onto main Pecheneg horde (mercenaries still haven't came back). I put all of our hunting parties (6900 troops!) into left flank, moving all infantry to center and right flank. We will wait some time before cavalry joins.

    Gs0EJix.jpg

    shieldwall feint vs Harass Harass Generic skirmish

    Fight is somewhat rough at first. Permians do manage to route enemy flanks we had covered but enter melee with remaining left flank. Turns out I timed it badly and cavalry doesn't arrive. End result is us losing 1900 troops for 1700 nomads. It's still a victory. Just not a pretty one. Not bad, not great. With Cavalry most likely we would kill way more. Still we have 54% warscore now.

    As we enter November I already pulled back our troops. Some of our vassals try to fort up last province. And Khantian Tengri rise up in Tui tribe. Given that we just beaten Pechengs down I can spare troops to entertain rebels :).

    Year 955
    ======================

    Finally got around to spending some time on investor search. Took me a while but found decent characters (have to favour invite them though). Also I used ledger to asses my court and it seems we are (and were) having way more investors throughout the game. How? There are plenty of characters that join your court uninvited and I wasn't paying attention to them.

    MCYuqTJ.jpg

    Some of those have rather iconic look and nicknames. Still that's another 1.600 gold waiting to go into our coffers.

    I also do assign Irter as guardian to 2 younger brothers (10 y.o Dergun and 6 y.o Nydog). It might help to some degree but as independent rulers, we can't pick their education. So it is doubly important to unland Varaka within 8 years, so AI doesn't ruin him. Timing works ideally, as in 2 years Dergun will become too old to benefit any longer from monastic events, just as Varaka will become eligible. It is so nice that those powers are unlocked from get go in that society :). Luckily our plot to retake his only holding within de jure duchy of Perm is already at 74% and more backers should join (and even if we run out of them, we will get few more loyalist vassal after current war - more than willing to support our plot).

    By mid January we catch pesky Tengri khantian rebels. Ain't much of a fight when we have almost 13.000 troops versus their 2.000. Soon their rebelion becomes just a memory. We also accumulate more than enough plot power to demand Kudymkar from Varaka. The county of Qarazhyrya (Kazakh duchy) also converts to Christianity. On that topic - previously I did receive some information about heresy spreading but it centered the map on Byzantine land. Upon additional looking through I did spot that Iconoclasm started in Nenetsia. Luckily neither local chief, nor his council priest did convert to it. We press claim against Varaka and he raises in rebelion. Was step ahead and already had 3.000 troops in his county. I hope it doesn't ruin prosperity.

    RLrWfze.jpg

    I almost never have Zealous before going through observatory event chain. Huh!

    Did not remember that we can lose Zealous in Scholarship event chain (we did lose it this time unfortunetely). That puts me at 2-3/5 (not sure if Stubborn is counting for those) traits. On the nomad front - we already occupied all that we want (71% warscore) no enemies are sighted and currently the biggest threat is posed from winter itself. Somehow nomads steppes have higher supply than our tribes in lands that belonged to Chimgi-Turans. Winter turned severe in March, which only delayed campaigning more. I often fall for sudden turns in weather around March-April and lose a bunch of troops due to attrition.

    By May we finally see 3.200 Pecheneg host arriving slowly. Before they chug along - we finish revocation war for Kudymkar. Luckily Varaka remains in our court (somewhat cranky) under our full control. Only downside - he lost cupbearer title (can't reassign it to him - probably due to some hidden cooldown). I start the same operation for last Permian tribe in Udmurts again brother Nydog.

    In Summer Khazarian Khagan joins war (so he converted to Sunni again). We are looking at 87% warscore currently. What's better, my Ecclesiarch just generated event troops, meaning I have 12.000 troops in Perm itself. I can also demand Udmurts tribe from Nydog and I do. I manage to catch passing Pecheneg host in my own lands down south.

    xhLYwMn.jpg

    Pechenegs start learning how to fight us better. Multiple narrow-flanks are ultra scary. So scary that is it time to skiddadle from here :)

    Boy does this look bad. 3 Fantastic enemy commanders, 2 narrow flanks, subpar tactics on our side. I decide to run quickly thus I end with just 1.300 losses for 48 enemies killed. Will need both forces to crush them and maybe not so many Narrow Flanks. Time to regroup.

    By Autumn we are done with Udmurts tribe revocation, fortified other county in duchy we fight for, and our jewish steward generated his first 50 extra economic technology points :). Soon we manage to catch Pechenegs on the offensive in one of surrounding armies. Good news - no narrow flanks. Bad news - we start in Melee

    KFHGcaR.jpg

    Timing battles is tricky against Nomads with their movement speed modifiers. Did not expect to skip whole skirmishi phase :/

    The fighting is bloody but morale goes our way. We lose 7.042 troops foor just 1.120 enemis, but it gives us 100% warscore meaning we won't need to deal with Khazars. Also before end of that war - Iconoclast uprising fired in Nenetsia. With that AI got it's land severed and if they don't relocate their capital - will lose huge chunk of their realm.

    GLgRsRh.jpg

    First partition of Pecheneg Khaganate is succesful. I wonder how AI will behave.

    Set Crown Focus on Udmurts and sent Marshal to train troops in Kudymkar (still lvl 2 prosperity). Then realised that I can imprison Nydog Permyakid to have him ready to embrace life as clergymen without spending piety! Will have to reset Marshal for that, because without him chance is just 61%. Rest of year is spent on marching to our western edge of empire to deal with Iconoclast heretics.

    Year 956
    ======================

    Another year is started with revoking one of our Pagan kin in Hlynov to grant that province to child of local Orthodox Permyakid. I marry off Irter mother to Bavarian Prince (sibling of current Crusader king of Italy). When it comes to Crusade it went from bad to worse and Catholic are losing it by 71%.

    Before our zealouts made it to Iconoclasts, their heresy spreads to Dvina tribe :/. Currently MA is somewhat low (81%) because Ecumenical Patriarch died not so long ago and new person in office has low piety, thus our conversion chance isn't great either (6%).

    jeWIQyp.jpg

    Somewhat tricky battle but some help is on the way. That river penalty on enemies also helps us tremendously.

    We get caught by slightly more numerous enemy but they are river crossing. Fight is slow but we one by one beat enemy flanks with our concentrated center. After winning we immedietely force peace. Won't be peaceful for long - Kuloy from which heresy spread has still 34% revolt risk and Dvina has 20%. Also performed arrest on Nydog after setting everything up with Marshal. It was success and soon he was "grounded" in house arrest. One brother is preped already, 2 more to go.

    Iu8AvFT.jpg

    Construction mapmode. You can observe how blank the newly conquered nomad lands are. I'm somewhat concerned

    After sending our infantry retinues west (in preparation to make for bulk of anti-rebel force) I click onto technology tab. It's high time to spend some of those research boons. First I push Construction level up. With that it grants over -15% modifier for both building speed and cost that will start spreading across land. This is tremendous. that I hit the bare minimum already. Then 2 levels of Legalism are purchased, enabling our Empire to push towards even higher taxation of city/temple vassals. Lastly additional level of Military Organisation is acquired (to combat supply situation in our northern provinces). With that our retinue limit rises to 19.500. Currently at 14.100 used but our retinues due to frost melted down by 1/3 of their size (uggh prestige >.>). Will take some time before being able to think about expanding our standing army.

    Upon checking Varaka education progress in autumn I notice that he hit 8 stewardship first (already at age of 6). Which makes him eligible for Monastic events. Let's see how many of those will fire for him. I also make our Patriarch, a Court Physician and Tutor. Just to make sure our Character doesn't waste his monastic upgrades on non essential kids (without court tutor your ruler is educating all court children), if it somehow is connected to our character and not kids.

    Then I perform excommunication duties, focusing now on weak stewardship chiefs with still wrong culture counties but don't press arrest yet. Also Irter throws out a feast (hoping for Just trait). Sadly the whole event chain doesn't contain nothing out of ordinary (so just prestige). But because I ended it few days before end of year I can host it again!

    Year 957
    ======================

    Aksu Khaganate retook Tarbagatai duchy from Orthodox Karlukids, reconnecting their lands again, but splitting remaining Irtysh province from rest of Karluk lands. Well I had to fight Aksu for Tarbagatai anyway (they still had 1 province there due to weird split after our claimant war).

    As we continue to feast, our Marshal after being sent back to Kudymkar for prosperity, manages to achieve critical success we were hoping for. Currently it is even better cause after taking this tribe from Varaka, it's levies were zero'ed so the regular effect of 'training troops mission' is badly needed there.

    CYymmKS.jpg

    Still weird to be building those wonders as tribal ruler. Still have to and time is ticking

    It is also high time to start construction of another great work. Want to make as many of those bad boys, as possible before feudalising. Especially in provinces with fewer than 3 holding slots, as upon changing goverment type it will give us cities for free (thus saving not only time but also cash). This time it is Great Cathedral in Hilly Tynea. Why? Because it is quite costly, so better to start building it before we accumulate more of penalty for number of wonders currently possesed (+40% for each different wonder) and also doesn't require much technology (some other options we want still need technology spread). This should be enough to occupy our architects for another 40 years.

    Towards end of winter, 2nd feast ends without any events as well. No longer binded by that I press imprisonment scheme on recently excommunicated vassal and he instantly rebels. Good. Saves me the time :). As he is close to Iconoclast lands, I already have troops nearby.

    giHvoZv.jpg

    "I told youuu soooo" Eehhh! Not happy about being most likely forced to help western christians so we can tap into crusade funds later

    We watch a crusade called too soon failed (because main catholic realms were busy with revolts or some smaller wars against target) and just shrug. Pretty sure there wasn't any financial gain to be had. Next Crusade in year 987 at earliest. Before that I may help them and restore Papacy. But for now their Moral authority is in the drainage (12%). I hope they reflect and after some soul searching, will realise their mistakes in calling crusade earlier.

    Halfway through May I remember to excommunicate Irter's dear brother Viryay, high chief of Vologda, who navigates from Kazakh. Then as we begin our dance, I stand corrected. It was not Vologda but Veliky Ustug high chiefdom. So slightly more folks rebelled together with his liege, but we still have retinues next to his capital.

    4yhEI9d.jpg

    First time we see monastic ward education event in action. Learning and Martial are pretty good attributes to have ;)

    Finally Monastic Event fires for our brother in house arrest. He rolls +2 for both Martial and Learning. Now such event for Varaka please :). Then this happens, as I overlooked something important =.=

    2M5vBFz.jpg

    Didn't notice it while playing but after editing graphics I got killed by plot with less than 100% plot power. Pretty sure it never works for player ;/ Feel kind of cheated.

    So we play 3rd character during this part :D". We retain whole of Perm, but once again lose Nenetsia kingdom (Nydog took over, and Varaka again is independent. We also lost what we got in 2 wars in Cumania (on top of 300 prestige invested there on warcamps). Those also reverted to their previous owners so we have to redo Pecheneg war once again. And also we did lose that book we were writing. Our current leader (Viryar) is bad (8 stewarsdship and 5 learning) but he has 20 intrigue (Mostly due to beign level 4 in intrigue education - Elusive Shadow) and I'm done with playing around. He is still excommunicated (he is the brother we just were about to revoke a moment ago ironically), so I have literally nothing to lose when embarking on murder spree. Nydog is still in prison, so killing him should be relatively easy. But how the heck will I take control Varaka again in just 5 years...? I think some intensive tyranny is incoming. That death also cleaned up quite a few characters in court - including our jewish steward, one investor who somehow automatically teleported to his previous court (robbing us of profits even though he was Senechal) and our Messalian concubine. Feels bad, given how much real time was spent on finding those characters. Well we continue by starting with plot to kill Nydog Permyakid, then go about rebuilding our council.

    After few weeks, we finish replacing previous vassal in Nenetsia, diplo annex single county vassal that seceded and progress to make an attempt at brother in dungeon. I also realise that because I have council deciding on imprisonment, once I stacked it with sycophants who agree with me, Emperor Viryay won't get marred with tyranny penalty. With help of our current Marshal I have just 90% chance for arresting Varaka.

    I go with it and succeed, putting our golden character safely in house arrest. We also have some legal reason to revoke single county from him. Perhaps as he rised against us together with Irter? Or something other (he didn't had land anymore I think). Problem is he has 2 tribes and is 7 years old. We don't have time to procure other claim. I just have to eat that single tyranny malus.

    By August, Nydog Permyakid dies with no connections pointing at emperor Viryay. Three out of seven sons of late emperor Kya are dead. Kingdom of Nenetsia comes back into our hands. Time to target brother Dergun of Vologda.

    Months pass and my Ecclesiarch seems to ingore my pleas for repentance (so I can't join Monastics as excommunicated ruler). Had to procure that Nun, Emperor Kya gave his sons previously for Varaka education.

    Year 958
    ======================

    New year starts with our protegee developing sickness symptoms. Oh please don't kill me yet. We already switched played characters twice during this single AAR part >.>. Soon after moving our spymaster to help with assasination in Vologda, our doctor gives his opinion

    ELYmjZe.jpg

    Wow. Just wow for that generation of Permyakids x]. Not the greatest life expactancy.

    Luckily he is wrong, and something deadly turns into just a mild Flu. Way to terrorise me. Then he treats it succesfully. We wait some more, watching as Khazaria fragments nicely and one of the biggest winners out of that are Azovi nomads. Then some really small peasant uprising occurs in Pinega (just 800 troops).

    In Summer our retinues deal with peasants and I observe the stop of Iconoclast uprisings (back to 8% and less revolt risk). Sadly our Moral Authority eroded down to 79.4% (another new Ecumenical Patriarch in Constantinopole).

    Time passes and our assasination plot with around 250% plot power doesn't fire. As our Viryay is on seduction focus he gets quick/attractive companion from event that becomes pregnant and births bastard. We have to denounce that sickly boy. More problematic is the fact, that his homosexual wife became pregnant. I kept her because a) she has nice intrigue, which is now needed b)as we are excommunicated we can't get divorce. Let's hope it is a girl. Also another independece revolt fires in Dvina! And on that unhappy note I will bid you adieu!

    u51bYQz.jpg

    Nenetsian Iconoclasts didn't go with times and are trying to renact old hereies. Byzantines already denounced those teachings!
    P.S: I kept playing as the game really absorbed me. Have the whole part for next week already recorded, so expect in after holidays as I edit it. Let me say I had to really force myself to not play even more, as things get interesting and it made me deadly curious how this game state will turn out due to A.I realms decisions.
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXIV (959-967)

  • 50labFs.jpg

    Part XXIV (959-967)


    Year 959
    ======================

    We're back in Permo-Siberian empire. Amidst succession crisis, trying to tie things together the way we would like them to be. We are still plotting to kill brother Dergun, to let brother Varaka succeed our emperor Viryay. This might become more complicated, as empress just became pregnant. But first thing first:

    yyX5ZYk.jpg

    Theological 'debate' with iconoclast enjoyers in Nenetsia. Moral Authority might be an issue because we are mostly out of holy wars to win.

    We catch iconoclast rebels in Dvina. It goes swiftly but still some damage was sustained (winter mostly) and it will drain some prestige. Before that Viryay had over 17 prestige income a month - now only 9. But at least for time being, rowdy peasants are staying put.

    Months fly, as I move my cavalry retinue (7.350 men) west. We can and should think about conquering Pechenegs land again. Plot power keeps rising as well (reached over 300%) but no notification on that front. One of our brothers did lose his high chiefdom title to our kin in Mari, who de facto holds lands in question.

    tMY0GWQ.jpg

    Everything works just fine with non-Askhenazi (he is Sepherdi) Jew. Excellent :)

    In May our steward uses his Jewish ways to give us 50 more economic points. I'll keep pointing that out because MTTH for that event is around 280 month (140 while on Scholarship focus), so it shouldn't be too common to keep track of it. Our mercenary company is currently busy at work fighting for one Bedouin Emir against another. They have almost 3.000 gold coins and are currently lead by Kurdish Sunni captain :)". Especially bad as he has decadence and thus lowers morale of troops. Commander is generated through intrigue menu and our men are under native leadership again. Soon also Azovi riders arrive in Syrt tribe to loot it. That was somewhat bothersome - I have no troops nearby buuuut... It no longer has nomad agitation modifier. So we don't care about it. Then this happens:

    Yacy4SY.jpg

    Sadly nothing good for us did secede. Still can use this to recapture previously lost lands. Anything that makes Permian wars easier is net positive.

    As good moment as any, so we should declare holy war again. We call for all of our allies and hope Abbasids won't help their fellow Sunni muslims. They are at over 70% decadence, which confers them -32,5% morale but still they have 84.500 troops at their disposal. We could win thanks to attrition but I'm not into long wars.

    Unluckily on June 8th, Hulyen Permyakid comes into world (son of Viryay). Which means, that I will have to somehow deal with him. For now I set him on Faith focus. Month later at least our assasination plot unfolds.

    PVg3s31.jpg

    Good news, bad news situation. Yet diplomacy penalty matters little and opinion modifier is ignorable, as we already moved from elective gavelkind.

    One less person in front of Varaka. Still 2 to go. I instantly begin plot to kill Varaka younger brother from Catholic Russian concubine. Tribal Kinslayer isn't good but hey - I'm treating this reign as something temporary anyway. We get Narim tribe in Khantia as bonus. Our Retinues catch some smaller vassal horde that has only 750 men on Tengri holy site in Tobol.

    In September simultaneously we take over Tobol and get Syrt tribe sacked (as our 10.000 relief force is just province away). Not long after, another assasination plot fires for youngest of emperor Kya's children. He get's sniped with single arrow and no one knows about Permian ruler involvement. The problem being - I have now too many holdings and can't pass any as 2 malcontent council members (advisor from Mari and Chancellor) bribed 2 others with favours to block us for quite some time (11-14 months). Azovi raiders also escape us (I have no good commanders at the moment :/). So let's focus our energy on Pechenegs instead.

    By November as enemies kill our Yugran vassals, we already have around 78% warscore. And we haven't fought or occupied targeted counties so far. I spent a moment to check various things and there is a good faction going on - "Varaka Permyakid for ruler". Sadly even if I let them enforce their demands, I would still play Viryay and then his son as things stand now.

    EF2vw7O.jpg

    Didn't see this color scheme yet :) Soo cool! At the same time so bad that they rised up!

    December starts with Sunni rebelion in Osha (deep in Siberia). Then - small 750 strong Manarid vassal horde tries to get Kostroma tribe looted and after that I time our cavalry retinue into defensive battle against retreating Pecheneg's main horde. Before battle I split my forces evenly into 3600-3750 flanks to avoid being narrow flanked. Still it can happen, because some modifiers took place and now we are attacking into them (previously it was the other way around) but at least without river penalty. Quickly before battle, orthodox icon event fires and Viryay improves his stewardship by +1. Thanks God!

    MPgyphw.jpg

    Being risky by fighting with just over the double what Nomads have. Luckily we didn't had to deal with narrow flank this time.

    Nothing out of ordinary happens. Our flanks mop up 2 main enemy flanks in skirmish and then melee 500 remaining enemies to death rapidly. We went into that fight at 87% warscore already, so upon conclusion it should be enough to claim total victory. Battle ends costing us 400 men for 1000 enemies killed.

    Year 960
    ======================

    New year starts awfully bad. Empress is once again pregnant >.>. Damn you AI and picking seduction focus for that extra fertility. At least something changed and I can pass extra holdings away. Which we have many to many, cause I forced our demands in holy war. Once again 2 northern counties in Yaik High chiefdom are Permo-Siberian, thus cutting Pecheneg capital from rest of their lands. Now we must travel back to deal with Sunni uprising, because our council doesn't allow us to declare another war without resolving rebelion first. There is still last Yaik county, now belonging to tributary horde under Pechenegs to claim. Ok I guess we have to eat vegetables too.

    By February we catched those cheeky Manarids vassals and handed them their asses. 40 men lost but 300 killed. More interesting things happens to Pechenegs though - not one but two civil wars erupt. Just luck at this :D

    h1HEiDO.jpg

    Maybe we won't need to wait for succession to fragment them more. Let's see if we can snatch something for ourselves.

    I search for some movement speed commander but can't find any. Well let's hope we manage to take something from those rebels. Would be nice to complete both Tobol and Ishim duchies that we lack just single counties in.

    Times flows with some bickering among our vassals (where 2 non scheming vassal first inform us ahead that they will be accused, then accuse the first one), then Western Protectorate tries expanding into Transoxiana towards Persia. It takes up to 15th of June before our retinues catch clad in black rebels. But instead of that fight I will show you that:

    A78cQFt.jpg

    Thus Abbasids fracture. Egypt, Iraq and Taglibid are at 40%, 42% and 62% decadence themself. They probably will focus on fighting each other.

    Well that's takes care of big scary green blob. There will be some serious turmoil in the region, as potentially (and soon) Seljuk Turk will spawn and start his conquest. Fantastic! While our retinues are fighting hard against rebels, our steward settled Komi culture in another edge of the empire. We move him from Balkhash tribe in Kazakh to Yaik tribe in Yaik (ideally in the middle).

    By July we end the uprising (didn't notice but it gives +100 prestige and +200 (!) piety on top of +1% moral authority - not too shabby). We are sadly still limited to 1 holy war at the time so I chose Tobol tribe (to get rid of some holy site and maybe indirectly weaken Tengri Bolgharia). Sadly Pechenegs were already on revolt capital and whole war goes away before we manage to do anything substantial. We declare instantly on other rebels but probably won't make it in time due to distance (2 provinces for us and Pechenegs are on top of their unruly vassals).

    Luck smiles at me finally as in August - empress Chitska gives birth to girl - Shukshtoroyka Permyakid. Uff! Then our empreror catches one of our female courtiers together with chieftess Oshama of Qazan (wife to local chief). Well not often do I encounter that configuration. We blackmail her for cash and then just ship her away to Karlukid Orthodox Khaganate at request of their leader.

    Chiefdom of Ural remains cursed as 2nd Permyakid to hold that title in succesion dies without heir. Some girl from other branch of family takes over and then surrenders in inherited war against vassal. And that how Permyakids lose control over Ural High Chiefdom after so recent grant.

    By end of September Pechenegs deal with other rebelion and we end with nothing. Well, we tried at least. We are still on that fragmentation strategy. Now that I think about it I can send my troops to finish taking over Yaik. But it will take some time - distance on the steppes are serious buzz killer.

    Abbasid Sultanate reappears in Iraq. Well they have 49 decadence though and are getting +0.2% a month. So maybe it will fragment even further before they retake their empire?

    Rest of year is spent on watching troops moving.

    Year 961
    ======================

    Our cranky chancellor dies and we can replace him with 14 diplomacy loyalist. So I do.

    Takes up to April before we become ready to commence another invasion. So we press on with holy war (the only good thing about having to repeat that whole fighting is extra moral authority and Orthodoxy is currently at 83%).

    ol1OuTI.jpg

    Second time the charm they say. Just hoping won't have to redo those wars again.

    As our forces march to switfly deal with 500 defenders at capital, I probably made an Oopsie by moving my Patriarch to Yaik to convert it, as well. There is already steward there as you remember. Our Jewish steward. And guess what? He is now Orthodox Sephardi >.>. Not sure if he is still eligible for those nice technology events. My bad :(. It was bound to happen with 77% chance and just 1 other target in the whole county.

    By June our war for Yaik is concluded. Didn't even had to tangle with Pechenegs again as beating tributary and assaulting their capital (250 men) was enough. Thus we at least recaptured previously held lands. Now it is time to finally fortify our hold on those tribes. I start with construction of War Camps again. We also secured 13 prisoners worth around 170 gold. Nice addition :). Before end of month one of our vassals offers to teach our ragtag group of commanders commander trait - "Aggresive leader" in exchange for favor. Out of question. Not worth it for bunch of 6 martial commanders. More importantly we are once again able to send declaration of repentance (no idea what happened to previous one, as it never resolved). I send it on exactly 24 June. Then funny chain of events happen

    GAn3BwV.jpg

    We get an option thanks to high intrigue to lose celibate immedietely but we won't.

    That works fantastically on both ends. Now I can again issue excommunications and I don't have to worry about extra children. Joining monastic society becomes possible but Varaka is already 11 years old. He also has nice values in both Martial and Stewardship (8 and 5 respectively). So his nun nanny is doing her best. Worryingly he developed Rowdy child trait, which can lower his inteligence (from genius to Quick) :/... Why are you doing this to me game? Will have to look for right educator traits for intervention (I think it can evolve into Brave?).

    By August Sunni uprising shows again at Orsha. Had to double check if it wasn't some revolt hot spot but no - just bad luck with 3% chance. Tura next door has 24% though. So our retinues march from Yaik to Orsha again. The good news about that - we will have enough piety after for some religion conversion of our character. Bad news - I will miss christian feast this winter for Just opportunity.

    As I plan out some nice conquest after, son Hulyen begs for his father attention. I spend some time with him and he receives +1 Stewardship. Not important and I could be mean to get Cruel. Would probably be better match for what we are about to do in the future. As our retinues march towards rebels, I will tell you about my new scheme. Well you remember my failed attempt that resulted in Orthodox Karluk khaganate? It started with excommunication. And to this day that ruler is excommunicated. While his heir is Manichean. Thus we can launch war to depose him and then holy war his son :). I also spot that I can liberate rest of Tarbugutai duchy from under Aksu and I'm not sure how it will work. Not every county within is non-nomadic - will I get nomadic county too? Hmm.

    Before end of year I can finally change focus. I choose Spy. Read that it should allow me to spy on my own heir and present opportunity for assasination/kidnapping but it turns out to not be true. So 5 more years are wasted :/. Will have to do it good old tyranical way.

    Year 962
    ======================

    Year starts with finally catching rebels (they took more tribes) - if it keeps we will have more and more vassals without levies.

    rdLCo3r.jpg

    Those rebels funny enough are dealing us more casualties that many western european feudal armies could ever.

    After another quick rumble with muslims in Siberia, we are richer in prestige and piety and keep moving towards Irtysh to commence with our plans.

    By March Warcamp I is finished in Yaik but not in rest of duchy. It seems only personally held holdings benefit from my buildtime modifiers. It will take 3 more months for building crews to finish their work in Magnitaya and Or tribes. We will wait. Then next year, we will secure that duchy for good. Just as I say those words, 2.500 Pechenegs start besieging Yaik in order to loot it. Well shoot. All my troops are too far away to react in time. Hope it doesn't demolish that warcamp we just finished.

    As I send half the retinues back to guard, the other half pushes onto Irtysh. Damn - those excommunication wars are paying big amount in prestige - +700! Then chinese refugee arrives at our court.

    FIId2iC.jpg

    That's what I call flawless foreign diplomacy :) Beautiful Chinese-PermoSiberian friendship

    I take my shot to try and deliver him to Emperor Li Sizong. Don't want to lose more of grace we have and any extra would be fine. Also I don't really need most of quality 4/5 chinese artifacts so badly. Then in few days Yaik gets looted but we don't lose warcamp! Both other tribes also finish their construction so they won't automatically lose it. Or tribe is currently still in danger of looting though. Then our chinese situation resolves and we win the coin flip. With that we get 300 extra grace :). Very nice!

    We are also done with Irtysh war (31 July), so our prestige also baloons. With beginning of september our 3.900 retinues are also locked onto Pechenegs trying to loot Miass in Tobol Duchy. Seems they are dedicated to looting as many of our provinces as possible given opportunity (and surely they have a lot of it).

    EzHOVJN.jpg

    Pechenegs put valiant effort in preserving their khaganate. If they weaken us enough, they might have shot at retaking lost lands. And those skilled commanders make it more likely to be a thing

    Ugly battle begins with 2 narrow flanks. At least our center is flanking their. As our concentrated center rapidly chews through opposition, we get informed that county of Vashka in Nenetsia changed local religion from Suomenusko to Orthodoxy. Then after winning in center, bulk of our forces attacks other narrow flank instead of flanking enemy flank. That's bad. We win but lose as many men as Pechenegs, which will cost us in prestige dearly :/. We can and also do start holy war for eastern Irtysh though, as our men moved back into our territory already. Construction of Pracise Range I in all 3 Yaik tribes begins now. We have armies close so it shouldn't be risky choice anymore.

    hHwKJje.jpg

    Sadly we can't send them relief as there is restriction on tribal realms :/ Let's hope it isn't the beginning of their instability.

    Year 963
    ======================

    Another year starts with another children event, that once again displays Emperor Viryay benelovence giving him his 4th trait - Kind. Not really needed or vital (it kind of lowers our intrigue) but hey. It doesn't bother me.

    By February our Irtysh re-conquest is completed. Everything is back to normal - we got rid of empire title and nomadic holding. New chief is assigned there and we have 1 less problem on our hands. Varaka Permyakid also turned 12 years old so we can assign him his stewardship focus. He is turning nicely! Already developed Diligent (but also stressed).

    The search for ideal educator for Varaka Permyakid begins. We need Brave to make de-evolution from Genius less likely. Then I don't care how Affectionate turns out - I want educator who can gave him either Ambitious/Diligent/Patient so needs two or more skills at 12+. Which skills? Diplomacy is neither good or bad, Martial may be bad because it is way to get Brave before resolving Rowdy. Intrigue is kind of bad (Cynical lowers theology events MTTH). So Stewardship (can give Just or Temperate) and Learning (Erudite(!) or Chaste). I find widow to chief of Mezen and bribe her into coming here. She meets all of our criteria on top of being Brawny (I hope it further makes AI less likely to let Varaka become more dull). I invite also young Messalian concubine candidate (for our war with Aksu).

    By March after some more ransoming, another nomad group arrives at southern Mordva high chiefdom. Our infantry retinues are sent there at once. I realise that now that I have Celibate trait, we can take all the concubines we want without any repercussions :). Extra prestige is always nice. Then I wonder - shoul I convert or just try that liberation? It does count all counties within de jure duchy so it should be ok? If anything we still need to wait for cooldown on focus, before letting Varaka reign, so I should have just enough time to deal with any problems that occur after enforcing demands. Let's try liberation CB then!

    tOmQhrG.jpg

    From bad to worse. I just hope we will use our grace before some dynasty change occurs

    Our retinues with Siege expert commanders are already moving into contested area. We throw some excommunication to burn some piety off, and then create some rumours about vassal we spy on. With that in summer Viryay finally reaches 1st level of Schemer lifestyle. Then we take over first holding in Tarbugutai and our grandmother Li Xianhui - Orthodox Han princess offers herself for office of chancellor. Sorry grandma - not going to happen. We miss Chernigov riders in Mordva but after a while, they reconsider and attack our 3000 strong contingent. Do they know something we don't?

    RqaOAnN.jpg

    Chernigov raiders had lapse in judgement. They decided to turn back and fight our response force. It ultimately turns against them

    After mostly missed battle (I have to keep scrolling between western and eastern parts of empire, which is quite a distance from Ukraine to Mongolia...) we lose 400 troops but kill over 500. My concubine also becomes pregnant and my characters has well founded doubts x]. Screw you game! Luckily after employing spies we find out it was some Armenian Sheikh. We reveal it and can go back to our war business with clear consciensce.

    Good opportunity arrives in October - we can choose between shy or gregarious/stressed. The last one interest me, as it can shorten Viryay lifespan. Sadly we get Gregarious only. Not the end of world but getting stressed would be great. We also are done with capturing Saur county and move onto Ayakoz. Enemy main Horde (2.565 riders) also show up. Then as they crush some 130 strong vassal armies, our only Manichean county converts to Mazdaki heresy. It won't spread so I mainly leave it.

    By December we take over Ayakoz putting us at 2 out of 3 (last one being nomadic). Aksu Khaganate forces start retaking Saur, so I move with my over 9.000 strong force to intercept them. I spread my hunting parties 50-50% between left and right flanks, leaving vassal forces in the middle alone.

    Year 964
    ======================

    Our offensive has to stop, because 2.000 more enemies show up and will join main enemy army. I would prefer to avoid big losses so we will wait, as there is at least 7.000 more allies on route to help us. I discover that one of my Cheremisian vassals, beat down Manarids and took a huge chunk of duchy of Vladimir, expanding our realm. Huh. Not sure what to do with it, as I did not expect single county vassal to achieve so much. On the bright side - it puts a stop to creation of Northern Khaganate.

    JqaOpM6.jpg

    Somehow Manarids got bested by our single county vassal chief in Cheremisia, who just increased his controled land by magnitude of 500%.

    We play a little manouver game against 5.000 Aksu khaganate force, amassing over 12.000 troops with another 3.000 nearby. I think we can start attacking now. In the meantime our Patriarch ask for permision to burn some Sunni courtier, which we of course agree to. Then we press on.

    uAGT6Gv.jpg

    Somehow nomadic realms smaller and poorer than Khazars offer more resistance with more competent leadership in battles

    This time it is us, who get countered but luckily in center where only vassal troops are. Left flank defeats their opponents and helps center and soon we win in melee with 1.400 casualties taken and 1.900 casualties inflicted. Also as I omitted it previously - our new gains in Yaik tribe finished their 2nd buildings and thus no longer we are in danger of losing them again. One step closer to dissolution of Pecheneg khaganate :).

    By Autumn I retake Ayakoz and Saur counties and move to meet locked enemies in Ayakoz to beat them again. This time there is only 2.400 of them :). We handily beat them once more, this time losing only 100 men but killing over 1.000. After that another 1.800 of their vassals for some reason keep charging at us. We are over 13.000 strong. What AI is thinking :)"? Great Commanders? Let's test.

    Turned out AI was just desperate. We slaughtered those fools and added another 1.000 to our kill count. With both of those recent battles warscore rised up to 93%. Sadly it will take up into another year, before we can conclude that war.

    In December I excommunicate new high chief of Vladimir, as he will have to be stripped of so many tribes. Other vassal also went for blood as Manarid khaganate desintegrates into nothing. So ends the tale of nomadic incursion into Scandinavia. Varaka on other hand is doing great. His Guardian just gave him Patient (+2 all stats), to pair with his Genius (+5 All stats) and Diligent (+1 all stats)

    Year 965
    ======================

    I observe as all hell breaks lose with our nomadic neighbours. Ex Khazars keep splitting and tribals slowly start taking over. Let's observe if it sticks. In the middle of winter our loyal chancellor dies and we replace him with another, slightly more skilled (14 vs 16 stewardship). Viryay was ruling for over 8 years, so soon he might be eligible to pass some law changes.

    bC9Rz7r.jpg

    We vassalize 2 orthodox feudal Karluks, but get culture set on nomadic province due to modifiers. Everything worked out, now only to excommunicate them and demolish holdings. Or just assign Komi rulers, so they do accept diplo vassalization later.

    With another won war, we now splited Aksu Khaganate as well. Meaning that there is not-slim chance that after their 64 years old stressed leader (that just signed truce with us) dies, we might need to just fight new single duchy Khaganate instead. That will also conclude our wars with Christian hordes. Construction are started immedietely in single county that is at risk of slipping away.

    In March another notification about decadence revolt arrives. This time it was from Spain and Emirate of Cordoba just fragmented. This might be a nice chance for nearby catholic rising power - Kingdom of Navarra.

    In Spring our culture efforts in Yaik finally bear fruit. Just in time to move our steward to Tarbugutai.

    Xi39FJs.jpg

    By settling Komi culture here and there I maximize chances for culture conversion. Only some counties in Vladimir, Mordva and Tarbugutai are not eligible to convert from adjecency. Really proud of my diligency in that area of realm managment.

    Then the months pass on small matters. I do keep looking for Seljuk but he hasn't spawned so far. We do finaly marry off our half-sister Vergava to Bavarian Catholic prince Baldewin. Then during court days we pass another sentence netting us extra prestige. We have over 1.240! Could kow-tow but I think other options might be better than around 200-300 grace. I also procure new Jewish steward and ship the old one to China as Eunuch. That gives as another 375 grace. Just enough to demand something and I do.

    LbmmK6Q.jpg

    He is nice fellow but due to his orientation I can have issues with commencing on my next plan related to him.

    We get kind of scammed, as we get Homosexual. Why does it matter? Because I need to start breeding my own Taoist characters in case of Chine isolating itself from world by the time our empire will look to feudalise. I marry him off and offer him one young fertile concubine for now. I also stay on top of my excommunication game with barons under 2 chief-teenagers in previously Karlukid lands (can't deal with them yet). In total it will take 3 years to sort those lands out.

    By November first building in Tarbugutai is done and we immedietely start other. Just 215 days with all modifiers currently, which is just wow :). Surely our new Chinese administrator is helping. Then month later Yaik tribe becomes orthodox and to my horror after checking MA curiously I see just 59% Orthodoxy moral authority. Still I think it is important to move my Ecclesiarch to try and finally deal with heresies in Nenetsia (just over 9% chance). Heresies have way higher chance to spread, and we so far mono-religion realm.

    Before end of year I remember to give Viryay son - Hulyen a Nun nanny, as he just became able to receive monastic events. We move also Varaka to her care, because rowdy luckily resolved without damaging his inteligence (Uncouth was the result) and I reminded myself that there are extra positive trait for finishing education under monastic mentor.

    Year 966
    ======================

    Giving that we still have more than a year on spy focus, I decide to look up some more investors and characters that usually would not work due to having family. Might as well make some use of that 5 year focus pick, which turned out to be a total flop otherwise. Also funnily enough, our tribal kinslayer (+15 general opinion) really helps with inviting even heretics into our court without favors. I did not expect that ;D.

    cX3WAxh.jpg

    All together 9 characters were invited and there is around 11.000 gold between them. Once again there seem to be a plenty of gold on especially female characters that I wasn't tapping into. Here just most notable from the bunch.

    Gonna spy on 6 of invited characters one by one then imprison them and banish. We can also pick 'See the realm prosper ambition', as my truce won't allow me fighting Pechenegs before 970 anyway. We are about to make some bank domestically in the meantime.

    It takes up to May to trigger spy focus three times (first slandering, second miss and third accusation of tribe). Then I go to wiki to brush off on my spy focus game. Seems any imprisonment reason of courtier allows me to secure banishment without tyranny. Time to once again let our marshal help us with arresting, so in the following year we don't let any gold leave our realm. I imprison and then banish the richest character. It goes exactly as predicted - without tyranny. Onto the next 72 year old women with over 1.900 gold!

    Olb0iXE.jpg

    Over 3.700 gold yoinked in quick manner. That surely makes for some lost time on repeling Finnish Vikings.

    I work on her even after giving her honorary title, because I'm not exactly sure if there isn't a chance for courtier to not pass us their fortune (as it is with artifacts). Her wealth is too big to risk it. Then I decide to start building up my vassal lands in de jure kingdom of Vladimir - 5 warcamps at once (Uglich, Yaroslavl, Yuryev, Suzdal, Vladimir). Let's get rid of bad nomad neighbours + I have quite a decent prestige income at the moment thanks to not needing to reinforce levies - +19.6/month (meaning +229,2/year).

    By June our Gryfita courtier (shout out to fellow ongoing AAR on the forum) dies due to Cancer and I have to invite his son. He will replace our 72 year old target, as now he is inheritable. I also remember to keep excommunicating Karluks to perform massive revocation operation later.

    By August another 1.000 strong nomad raiding host arrives in Mordva. Our retinues from Vladimir take off to deal with them. As we slander another courtier succesfully, I watch as Varaka becomes an adult. Not bad - he is definetely worth the effort

    u6ZbQtJ.jpg

    20 Stewardship and 16 Learning are godlike for prosperity. Fortune builder can be upgraded with trade route event (business focus). Now I want him asap even more.

    In November our forces are closing on Khan Bulcan raiders as our Scholar-Bureaucrat becomes dad of young Yuwen Yueyi - Taoist Han girl. Nice that our breeding efforts are paying off :). Then we swiftly deal with intruders losing less than 200 men but killing over 300. But then Muromian nomads arrive at Vladimir, so we have to treck back.

    Year 967
    ======================

    Suprisingly no spying events fire for quite a while. One of our advisors dies and we replace him with another Permyakid vassal resulting in both advisors being part of dynasty. It doesn't make him loyalist sadly. Still we have 4 loyalist, that gives me 5 out of 8 votes with 2 zealots and 1 pragmatist. When we are on that topic - we can pass some law changes. I decide to push Vassal obligation even further towards taxation for our Churches. So the clergy tax goes from 50% to 60%. I think later it will be more efficient, if the state decides how to use those funds and well - we are already having quite a few building cost modifiers to make those money count more :). Sadly we arrive at Vladimir too late to prevent sacking (thus we lose 100 prestige spent on warcamp there). We can at least take revenge.

    w3mszB9.jpg

    They burned our huts! Time to cut those single county nomad horde to a size!

    Somehow our 3.000 strong infantry retinue is on the roll and it mops up even close to 2.000 nomads easily. We lose just 138 men but kill 743. Feint tactic firing often really makes our life easier. I also started rebuilding Warcamp in Vladimir. With that I'm currently at 14.680 gold, 902 prestige and 709 piety.

    In February Ecumenical Patriarch Eustratios dies and is replaced by Antonios II. I mention it because he was just 50 years old and I shrugged at thought how low our Moral Authority went. But it didn't sink too much - just 55%. Why? Because old Patriarch had whole 4 diplomacy and new one has 12, so while he doesn't have piety yet he will improve. And he is just 34 years old too!

    By May I change my spy target as I have no luck. Quickly we get opportunity to slander, which is succesful but still only first lvl of schemer. Then news from China arrive that Emperor passed away and new emperor Li Xigzong likes wealth and dislikes Iranian cultures. China remains open and under deadly plague.

    By Autumn I finish extracting funds from another courtier (+800gold) and move onto another problematic courtier. I'm behind schedule but I want to clean those courtiers now as I consider the financial gain to be worth it. We still will be waiting at least until 972/973 to finish building up whatever we take from Pechenegs before "abdicating". And there are still 4 courtiers left to deal with. Also Emperor Viryay finally gets 2nd level of schemer modifier (improving his chances and granting +2 Intrigue total). Soon another heresy occurs out of nowhere - this time it is Paulicianism in Qazan. Still haven't cleared those Iconoclast counties in Nenetsia damn.

    Before end of November Viryay learns that his dutch courtier that he spies on, is slandering him. Retribution is swift and financial punishment severe, which is good for us :). We move onto Possesed Werewolf Greek lady with over 1.000 gold coins next (2 more beside her!). In few days one of those targets die, and we do inherit her wealth. So now only 2 targets left, including the one we are working on (the other one being 74 years old lady with 1.900 gold that we had no luck previously). Before end of this AAR I also realise that there was one more county in Vladimir that needed Warcamp, so I ordered it (leaving me at 1.015 prestige). And on that note we end this part
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXV (968-975)

  • RPCKeIN.jpg

    Part XXV (968-975)


    Year 968
    ======================

    Was I waiting for this play session :). Many things are going on with my worldstate so let's discuss it. As you can see from screenshot above - Seljuk has spawned. As I predicted - in Orthodox Sultanata of Transoxiana, which is still held by mercenary Turkic band. From what I gathered, he most likely won't stay Orthodox (there may be scripts converting him, once he starts rampaging) but still this is a boon. At the very least he will increase our moral authority somewhat and we can create some non aggresion pact by offering him our sister Sochynava (14 years old, smart and diligent idolizer). It costs me 400 prestige but I'm an-ok with that in exchange for peace of mind and helping young Seljuk become more prestigious. The more succesful he is the better for us - go young Turk, mess Abbasid Persia up! Then there is that:

    ZpttaZJ.jpg

    Someone else has now to deal with that viking menace. Good luck with that!

    Different kind of conqueror is amassing troops to invade England. While more vikings raiders may be a nuisance, at least taking away holy sites from Cathars may help Catholics establish themself. If anyone has chance of taking over British isles, it will be event troop busted Germanics. So in a year Anglo-Saxons will defend their realm against Saxons.

    On domestic front there are also things to do. First of all the cooldown for extra holding slot event from Great Works in Udmurts is over. So I start a year long construction of second feature - last requirement needed. Why just now? Because of how the event is coded there is a risk of wasting it, if we were to be in war. So I'll try to build it last. Even more reason now while on "See the realm prosper" ambition to hawkishly avoid any conflicts.

    hmxvsj5.jpg

    Even more technology spread! Don't want other book collection to not dillute my chances for book from this wonder.

    After surveiling my situation on previously conquered Tarbagatai, I found different and faster way of fixing things. The whole issue that I skimmed over was one of those Orthodox Karluk vassals being... 5 years old. Meaning that I can't abdicate to Varaka sooner than she becomes an adult. After some time the game recalculated and now it is our ruler - emperor Viryay, who is her heir. So assasination is an option! And how are my chances looking on that front?

    wp6zoPQ.jpg

    Cloak and dagger approach to administration has it's perks. Smoothing succession and associated issues over :)

    Soon after upausing another excommunication arrives. With that there is 5 rulers with such curse upon their name, ready to be extracted after our peace period :). Then in just 2 weeks, we assemble hit team, for our Karluk young vassal. Then a skilled archer fixes our issues. Something weird still happens with those cursed lands - just look:

    2xF1iRc.jpg

    The moment we inherited the county it changed it's culture (noticed by different graphic of holdings). I'm worried that something is broken and this county behaves still like nomadic realm (instantly swapping religion/culture) upon change of ruler

    Well that's one way of culture conversion I did not expect. There are still Karluk barons under the title, but they due to Open succession should in time revert to generating characters of province culture. So it is of little importance. Still want good count of our culture, so if they secede later, there won't be any issues with them accepting diplomatic annexation.

    With Spring, Messalian heresy flares up in Tarbagatai (in process of culture conversion). While I care little for different religion group heretics, it sports an unhealthy 32% revolt risk. Luckily I have 3.900 retinues nearby.

    By halfpoint of summer our Masked High Almoner investor dies, passing to us charitably 700g, which puts me over 16.500 gold coins mark. Our ruler in meantime fails twice at spying.

    On 12th August my hopes and dreams vanish, as 21 year old Seljuk dies of natural causes. Well, so no Turks in this playthrough I guess. So unlucky - he wasn't even sick.

    nTahBwv.jpg

    Well that was anticlimatic. Pretty sure it will also prevent some other horde scripts from firing.

    Month later rebelion happens. This time in freshly acquired Vladimir duchy, it's inhabitants Khazars rised up to fight for their Suomenusko beliefs. There is over 5.000 of them so I will accept vassal assistance. Don't worry - it doesn't mess my prosperity peace timer. Rebels swiftly assault tribe after tribe, after moving onto my 3000 retinues (now up to 4.200 thanks to allies) and are even forcing through a river.

    By start of November more expected revolt fires - Messalians in Karluk lands. Just 2.400 of them so my local retinues there will be enough to deal with them. After they move from that Mountainous province. Not gonna risk extra losses.

    6FnGmiM.jpg

    Newly acquired Khazar lands are unruly

    As our brave warriors trounce Khazarian revolters, a neat little event occurs. Thanks to Emperor and empress sharing the same education type, she offers her health. I accept it and then I can choose option that gives +15 technology points in every category. Will have to remember to check if this can happen more than once.

    Sadly last month begins with Tarbagatai receiving even more rebel troops. Now there is close to 4.500 of them. Before end of month we at least put down Vladimirians. To deal with Messalians we will need more vassals to arrive.

    Year 969
    ======================

    Waiting for warriors, I check on our Saxon invader. He is up to 74.000 troops and there is still half a year for more to arrive. I pity the defenders but well it is what it is. I spot that they also have some of their castles occupied currently by French.

    In February, as rebels take over Tarbagatai tribe my steward is killed. Wait. That was a possibility? I think it never happened to me previously, thus I was totally oblivious to such risk. The problem manifests, as there are no invitable jewish stewards in the vicinity :/. Instead of that I find ambitious candidate and marry our remaining Jew to start reproducing.

    Then some scary looking news arrive:

    8hMEzQR.jpg

    Rebelion spawned Xia kingdom humbles Dragon Emperor. Please don't bully him!

    Nothing changes in China itself - seems like Xia just freed itself from Chinese overlords. I do some extra searching and I do in fact find 30 year old diligent, arbitrary, ambitious ashkenazi jew with 20 stewardship. Had to take a slight gamble with invitation but it paid off.

    Somehow no vassals troubles themself to arrive and deal with other rebelion. On the brighter side I finally (after series of fails to find anything on our 75 year old infirm Greek investor), roll assasination opportunity from focus. I spent 5g and hope as she has just 1 intrigue.

    x6s8d91.jpg

    Sometimes some murder is the easiest way out. Either way that person is out of our court.

    I get deceitful even before the event is resolved. That puts Viryay at 6 traits but I don't care for most of them (Greedy, Stubborn, Temperate, Kind, Gregarious, Deceitful). Then it resolves and due to that my treasury increases in size by around 2.000 gold coins :). With no one wiser to real culprit. Time to move onto last Greek, Lunatic Werewolf with around 1.000 in pockets.

    Then absolutely nothing interesting happens till autumn. Kostroma does converts to Orthodoxy, some raiders arrive from south in Burkasy (Mordva duchy), where I just decided to park my precious steward to install Komi culture. Messalian rebels are up to 35% and my vassals are maybe halfway there. I monitor feature construction to stop it in case we don't deal with those rebels first. Another excommunication is also requested and granted. And then I miss the moment as game lags a little and I don't know whether I wasted my free holding slot event or not >.> Well - we will learn I suppose x].

    At least we succesfully fire 2 spying events and after learning of Werewolf deviancy, we imprison her (100% chance) and banish for that sweet gold.

    Year 970
    ======================

    As I was retaking some freshly lost counties, Rebels caught me. It isn't the end of world but if I waited so long I could deal with them while stronger to avoid extra losses. Now we are basically even

    jK8dKes.jpg

    Little tricky battle, but with smart division of forces we should prevail relatively unscathed.

    Our flanks lose, while center hold enemy commander just long enough to offer great 2vs1 after half the flanks taking parts in battle flee. We win our 20 prestige while I lost less than 120 men. Maybe I was too precautious? Tarbagatai at least got -100% revolt risk but there are still several revolt hotspots in realm and vicinity.

    I start construction of Practise Ranges I in Vladimir, Obran Osh, Suzdal, Yuryev amd Yaroslav tribes. Pereyeslawl Zalensky already has 2 buildings and Uglich has too high revolt risk (23%) for me to risk prestige at the moment. I demand conversion from one last free investor and change Viryay focus to Rulership (finally).

    After ordering 2 more young concubines for our Han administrator (with that he has 4 female companions to produce us a steady flow of Taoist characters) and doing the same for our Ashkenazi councillors I also check on their children (currently 1) and assign education duties onto their parents to avoid converting them away from desired culture/religion combination.

    In May last investor excommunication into banishment is finalised (Perm is at 19.800 gold coins!) and as expected another Suomenusko rebelion in Uglich occurs. That's why I did not start building there ;). Just as our forces are moving to deal with that, peasant uprising in Kostroma occurs. Neat :/.

    By October Kostromians are done with their own home and move in Vladimir to mess those finishing up Practise Ranges I =.=. Even though rest of their de jure duchy is still not captured it feels like AI just specially targets those lands on other side of river, as it sees that they are building at the moment.

    By August after bloody battle (lost and killed around 1000 men) pagans are once again squashed. Have to use my own levies to deal with 4.200 strong Kostromians peasant though.

    Year 971
    ======================

    Next year is initially spent on chasing after rebels. Soon we catch them with our levies down south in Vladimir and after longer fight, we best them in melee with heavy infantry. Turns out it wasn't so bad - them taking over tribes just stopped construction. So now only 2 tribes are still finishing 2nd building and after quick consideration I start missing construction in Uglich as well to fully get rid of "Nomadic" alarm.

    As I was looking around I realised that Saxon invasion didn't start. Saxony still has close to 40.000 troops and truce with England - did they just declare small war? I'm not above farming troops via this method but it seems like missed opportunity to capture one of biggest realms in western europe in one go. Their ruler is still young and has plenty of prestige and piety so he can refire whole event (and keep farming permament troops that come with commanders).

    bgmrNWR.jpg

    I think it was some time since last time we saw this menu. It also good moment to admit that I overstimated prosperity gain for that part of world big time.

    Finally during this year summer we conclude our 5 year "peace" timer. I check my personal demense and to my suprise Udmurts no longer has level 3 prosperity. What happened? We didn't got it sieged down and there were no epidemics. It was previously at maxed prosperity and now it isn't.

    Time to get busy again. After surveiling empire vassals, I begin preparing for some extensive replacement of administrators. We have 9 excommunicated rulers (some are bishops), that were patiently acquired in last 5 years. Then we have 3 Spying vassals and 3 vassals to whom emperor Viryay is heir and they are really flimsy skill wise. Some of them overlap. To not waste several years making them revolt 1 by 1, I decide to raise my own levies and spread them to allow us to besiege more tribes at once. With that we can simultaneously and rapidly progress with refreshing our human resources - the less time I spent in war, the more opportunity for some peace only events.

    Y1VTgnG.jpg

    All the lands, whose rulers we did excommunicate in last 5 years in preparation for huge revocations.

    As my troops are moving into position to begin operations, my own assasination of some heirless counts begins. Another hunt goes swimmingly and soon we become the owner of Narim tribe on our eastern border. Trusted noble is entrusted with it and mission of civilising our Khanty cousins into Komi culture. Next on the list is chieftess Chindyapa of Sarysu in Kazakh. She is spying and has no heir, which makes her double target for me.

    By August Paulicianism appears in Hlynov. Initially I thought it spread from source in Qazan but no - it is closer to Nenentsia. Which is also weird. Yea I know that by having more and more Orthodox provinces I have bigger chances for heresies, but also our Moral Authority been steadily albeit slowly climbing and is currently sitting at not so bad 69%. In few year we will pass 71% treshold putting us in even better treshold for province conversions and even smaller heresy chances. Interesting - Sunni is having some crisis, as their MA dropped to 68% as well and they do hold almost all holy sites.

    Month later Paulicianism in Qazan do spreads, as our collaborators prepare to assasinate Kazakh vassal. Once again we perfectly perform whole operation and ruler of Saryssu tribe changes. Now onto some weak ruler in Nenetsian Dvina (which also has Iconoclast problem).

    With November I start revocation wars - starting with Karluk count in east. He rebels instantly (51% imprison chance fail). Then I move onto weak chief of Ishim in central Syberia, who broke some of our laws and sadly with 84% chance we imprison him. So our Retinues moved there from border in Yaik have nothing to do. No - wait. We are eligible for next excommunication and close by there is spying weak administrator within duchy of Tobol. Will deal with him to kill some time.

    With start of December our Ashkenazi Steward becomes father of second son. Our supply of local stewards in the future seems promising. Of course I do admit them under their father education to avoid messing their culture and religion. Both go towards Diligent trait for higher education trait later. Week after, I finally have all 5 forces on top of 5 tribes in Vladimir and Cheremisia belonging to the same vassal. Time to dismantle his growing domain.

    Year ends with with first news about first Komi Orthodox getting beatified upon death. There is no saints in Orthodoxy yet.

    aSRUpVd.jpg

    First time we hear about it. Not particulary keen on anyone becoming Orthodox saint before us (each saint lowers chance of another person becoming one)

    Year 972
    ======================

    As we besiege 6 (soon to be 7) different vassal provinces atm, for change of pace our another assasination of Dvinian chief goes awry. At least we don't get revealed as mastermind behind whole plot. Halfway through January our sisters get's married to brother of Orthodox Turk rulling over Transoxiana. I also send our sister Schochynava as concubine to Emperor Li Xingzong of China for 335 grace (he likes wealth). With that I have enough to invite Master Engineer and I do. Then I marry him off and present him 3 concubines for the same reason his colleague did receive them. I should invited him first, as his province modifiers also grant +6 prosperity points for affected provinces. But now we have both.

    fn3e9M0.jpg

    What's up with those gay specialist from china? At least this is lustful and Master seducer thus reducing the malus to fertility

    Another sister (Avya Permyakid) also get's arranged marriage, but this time with Catholic prince of Bavaria. And emperor own daughter (Shukshtoroyka Permyakid) is bethrothed to 6 years old King Lothar of Italy. This should build some alliances for future excursion into catholicism and helping them. In just few days after arriving, our chinese engineer builds Blast Furnace in Kudymkar, which we are currently focusing crown focus on anyway :).

    IGawbvr.jpg

    The more counties we hold personally the less those modifiers will overlap. Still hidden prosperity gain associated with those events ain't bad.

    Just as our Retinues finally arrive in Tobol, we are almost done with siegeing down last Cheremisia tribe. We also finish taking over Ayakoz in Tarbagatai. Once again upon revoking county, it's culture instantly changes to ours. Definetely something bugged out with my game, but what can I do now... Bizaire that religion didn't switch and remained Sunni. Just hope it doesn't secede even with those feudal holdings within. Then I proceed to revoke city from still Karluk Mayor. Also local Karluk Bishop has bloodline of Attila the Hun x]. My troops can't start besieging Tavda because local supply is ultra bad - just 1.000 when surrounding places have 10.000. Thus I lose 1.300 out of 4.000 retinues.

    I win in Vladimir and achieve nothing. Well I do revoke their high chiefdom but upon executing him , his son just takes over everything. We at least finish Ayakoz county and leave it in hands of capable stewardship characters, then move onto Saur and replace mayor there. Then at the same day both Kol'va and Pil'va level up their prosperity levels (to 1 and 2 respectively).

    By April we finish dealing with last independent vassal in Vladimir other than Cheremisian we fought before. We also are on our 3rd attempt to kill Dvinian ruler as last try resulted in utter failure. We began revocation of Kerzhenets and city in Tarbagatai.

    Halfway through May we finally get Dvinian ruler killed. He is promptly replaced. One of our currently revolting vassals calls in help from Syrj tribe, which I welcome with open arms. We can replace her too! Soon after clicking fest we also make chief of Tavda in Tobol rebel. For my valiant effort and patience Emperor Viryay becomes known as "the Accursed". Accursed? I will show them Accursed!

    During summer we finish taking over city of Karatal, and thus Tarbagatai is mostly settled (we still hold Karluk Messalian tribe there, but I also use it to spread some technology in other edge of empire. Also Kerzhenets and Syrj get seized and we replace their rulers. We also been slowly accumulating gold as some of those rulers we were able to banish and are currently at over 21.200 gold. So just 2 more chiefs in northern Nenetsia (our troops are halfway there) and we will mostly conclude what we could.

    In August we are for brief period of time at peace. Tavda was seized and rearranged. We are at the moment on 8/10 holdings with that. The news about another chinese loss to Tangut Xia reaches our ears.

    63MERZs.jpg

    Xia is seizing eastern border of map. Soon there might be no Western Protectorate. Depending on how situation develops I might snipe last missing de jure province on border

    Our 5.000 levies that some time ago were directed south, barely didn't make it in time to prevent the sack of Khopyor tribe in Mordva (even with +movement speed commander). But we catch 1.250 riders belonging to Khazar's vassal. Also our Marshal has another critical success in Kudymkar. Nice. That's +12 prosperity point there this year from events.

    In September we provoke both Mezen and Tobosh uprisings. Our troops are in place already so I expect great things relatively soon. That will conclude our huge replacement effort for now. Was checking newly appointed vassals and they are behaving well for now. It takes some time as I'm over 80 direct vassals. Also Paulician heretics in Hlynov rised up in force (5.700 men). Ehh - no rest for the wicked us. I also excommunicate our vassal in Irtysh tribe to replace him with someone better and let our retinues there have something to do.

    In last month of a year we manage to clean Irtysh up and consolidate close to 8.000 troops in Kostroma, ready to dance with heretics.

    Year 973
    ======================

    Another year with us busy bashing skulls. We are at almost 71% Orthodox Moral Authority so winning that religious uprising should just put us at it. Sadly our valiant Ecumenical Patriach in Constantinopole suffers from Consumption - ergo won't be living for long. He is still young at least.

    Unluckily just as we are about to clash with Iconoclasts from Hlynov, additional 7.900 rises up in Alabuga tribe just on Perm doorstep! This will inevitably prolong this uprising,as I don't have forces ready to clear them. Goddammit!

    N5y23TJ.jpg

    I wonder if those rebels get more numerous over time. And if they use local technology for bonuses.

    Just as we slaughter heretics, the other mob pushes onto Perm itself. Quite unexpectedly.

    yHjCNWt.jpg

    Unexpected heretics offensive. We quickly raise local levies to repel them. Still it is initially tricky
    This time it is us, who defends in forest and we manage to secure 3 narrow flanks versus those commanderless hordes. While it doesn't look too good I previously remembered to raise reinforcements. After quickly siegeing Hlynov I disband my levies there and forcefully re-raise them back home. I lose 25% of them but still that few thousand more troops to throw at problem back home. Battle of Udmurts is long and hard, but but securing both narrow flanks and reinforcements we don't lose control even for moment. The result is never in question. Our left flanks wins first and helps center while our thin right flank just barely hangs in there till it gets reinforced. Battle last to melee in which our Finno-Ugric superior Heavy Infantry has a field day with enemies. In the end 800 dead on our side but 2.700 enemies as well. Revolt ends.

    I hope for some peace time for time being. We did some good work on the administrative end, now I think is good time to try again getting empty holding slot from great work in Udmurts. But haven't I said it was already lost? Maybe not. The way wiki phrases it, it seems it is a trigger upon constructing any (not only 2nd) feature. So we can build up to 2 more. Just pray for no revolts :>". Also our Grand Cathedral is coming along nicely (66.2% done)

    bKfef17.jpg

    Keeper of tomes gives us extra court title, which for this AAR means 1 more investor slot. Not bad! More importantly we test, how extra holding slot event works

    In Summer after 5th or 6th failed attempt at assasinating chief of Sibir I decide to just press our legal charges to imprison him. He rebels. I don't particularly care for revocation of his lands but at least we will swiftly deal with danger he poses. The whole problems vanishes before August, and this time as Sibir is both Komi and Orthodox I assign 19 martial commander there with Cavalry leader to boost local levies.

    Remembered to check on our retinues and they are doing fine in Arabia (4.500 coins in pockets). Also I can make another law change so I push city taxes even higher

    i9QsB6x.jpg

    Once again we have as harsh monetary taxation as possible according to our tech level. Just 2 more changes to max both Bishops and Mayors tax.

    I would declare war on Pechenegs again, yet they are embroiled in long stalemate in their civil war. Soon I don't have to worry about it, as we receive info that some adventurer is attacking our realm >.>. Not again! I start assasination plot, as I have 89% without any accomplices. I reach 150% plot power with some bribes but nothing more can be done. We have around 2 years so it isn't out of realm of possibility but doesn't seem likely that we will kill him in time. I try various tricks (some favours to invite him or giving him concubines for extra plotters in his court) but nothing works. Well doh!

    Year 974
    ======================

    Another year begins with our spymasters siring male heir for himself. He is instantly taken care of. Then slowly and with great attention I watch over finishing construction of another feature for Far North Scryptorium. And on 1st of March without any hindrance it is finished! Now in 50 days we should see the event, if it works how I hope it works.

    MkRlID7.jpg

    Trying to fix my previous oopsie and maybe make a ducats on the side. Also this whole project is coming along nicely.

    With that new Court title, I realise that there are 4 empty slots for investors in Perm. Well you know the drill already :). I find another 4 investors that all together amount to around 1.700 gold coins, without having to spend on them. Quite a diverse group this time - German, Anglo-Saxon, Italian and Greek. As I keep assigning them titles upon arrival I realise that I can't make just anyone Keeper of Tomes - the character needs 12 learning. Ouch x] That's quite a requirement for AI characters.

    In March Marshal Pyera starts another massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar so it means another +6 prosperity points there. It is huge, as it is equivalent to 6 succesful years of passive prosperity gain. Which isn't guaranteed.

    During April we get assasination attempt (at just exactly 150% plot power). Before it can resolve we finally get event we were waiting for. Seems I was right as exactly on 50th day we got another holding slot in Udmurts. Such great news!

    Sq0tMgG.jpg

    My Dear Sir Event. Let's become friends that will see others more often in the future. With that we saw both new holding slots events in this playthrough.

    That is for good news, as our collabolator blabs out the whole plot in tavern. Well at least Pechenegs united, so now I can holy war them for whole duchy I wanted - Turgay. It will seperate their lands even further. There might be some temporal border gore but, if it will allow me to conclude our conquest quicker then I'll bear with that.

    By mistake I assumed that my plot being revealed equals end of that attempt but it turned out to be not true. My few plotters in foreign court actually pushed through and mad lads (or in this case girls) they were they managed to kill adventurer Bagge Edmundsson in one big manure explosion. That was really nice, as it saves me a lot of headache.

    On the topic of war with Pechenegs I swiftly take over their capital in first month, as they travel around to defend contested area. Some fellow nomad rulers in the vicinity join to bolster measly Pecheneg forces (less than 1.000 riders). I move both my cavalry retinues there (giving me over 8.000 troops not counting arriving vassals). Sadly Paulicianism spreads to county of Bilyar :/. Our vassals start to become able to deal with nomads after so much weakening they went through (as they defend our control of Pecheneg capital against 1.750 raiders by moving 7.400 of their joint forces). In the meantime for rest of summer I squash some smaller forces from other realms.

    Then my Permo-Siberian Patriarch dies. I think that currently we need skilled realm priest more than corrupt one. So 22 years old Nenetsian is invited to stop the spread of heresy. He is loyalist notheless. I park him in Hlynov, as eliminating that paulician hotspot will prevent many adjecent provinces from risk completely. But even with 22 learning and 72% MA we only have not even 9% county conversion chance per year.

    96bEeCT.jpg

    Pechenegs are so much diminished that now only single army of the steppe is needed to deal with them.

    It is a sad day when one of our steppe armies has more mounted troops that nomads. We swiftly deal with them but it only gives around 5% warscore, putting current war at 69% in our favour. We have fortified whole duchy already and are taking some holdings behind the line (soon to be completely surrounded by our lands). I see some 1.900 allied troops trying to recapture lands we want, so victors from Yaik move to intercept them.

    On 3rd December Hlynov converts by efforts of our local vassal and kin ecclesiarch - Malyy 'the Witch Hunter". Well that's helps there. Now onto more spread Paulicianism in Qazan... Also lack of any Rulership focus events is kind of annoying (I thought that at least stressed and depressed are common so we realistically should have it by now).

    Year 975
    ======================

    In January as I catch some Pecheneg vassal horde, my other force takes over temple in Tobol. With that I can and want to finish the war. No sense in inflicting casualties on their vassals while taking substantial losses myself because the secured narrow flank. And thus another round of Permo-Pecheneg wars cause to a close.

    qsFv4tn.jpg

    Southern border of our realm is secured. I hope some fracture soon occurs.

    Another 3 counties to develop, 2 of which instantly go to new vassal and 1 will be used by us. That put's us at exactly 10/10 provinces. I wish our steward that was quiet for quite some time would start either converting or giving us more technology points. Cause we are developing a backlong of provinces to convert. We start with another 3 warcamps there. Some provinces have negative building modifiers thus construction speed is doubled. Not much time passes and Pechenegs suffer another revolt in interesting way - just look

    xYBRmB1.jpg

    That's what I like to see. Whole potential duchies that rebel, allowing us for swift and clean annexations to minimize number of wars needed.

    As soon as my troops leave their border I will holy war them. This is no brainer. I'm faster than Pechenegs and soon I vie for 2 counties within Ubagan duchy. We first defend in freshly conquered land against revolter main army (500 troops), giving us 56% warscore. Then as our other retinue assault temple in Tobol we reach 100% and even without taking their capital we reach 100%, instantly enforce demand and are thus have 2 more counties :)

    sWEIMOc.jpg

    While it wasn't exactly what I had in mind when hoping for them to fracture, I will take it. Still it is quick and rapid conquest of their lands. And we have prestige to cover those nomad counties.

    That was really succesful and quick venture! New vassals are assigned and warcamps added to construction queue. Meanwhile our emperor dealt with negative province modifier in Irtysh, and our messalian concubine daughter converted to Messalianism :). On topic of why do I even need that I just got notification that our truce with Nestorian Karlukid khaganate in the east is soon expiring. Just in time :).

    March presents interesting choice. As our bethrothed to Italian King daughter grows we can influence her. Normally I would just pick making her ambitious as she will be far away, but now I really would like to pick diligent for her because it makes Emperor Viryay stressed! The sooner my ruler dies the sooner we play our Genius brother Varaka. That's our 7th trait. Please game don't troll me and get rid of that stressed that we just managed to acquire.

    wWTfinq.jpg

    I like when depending on circumstances the desirability of event options changes. Currently we are interested in negative health modifiers so this is fantastic opportunity.

    Also with those 2 quick holy wars our Moral authority improved to 78% and all of a sudden, after assigning Patriarch Kharuchi of Permo-Siberia to Alabuga, his chances of converting rise to 26.6% (!). That's way better than 8.88% he had previosly. Prince Hulyen Permyakid comes of age and turns out mediocre - Dutiful Cleric (+3 Learning, -1 Intrigue), Proud, Patient, Kind and Cynical. Well I hope he will make do with plans we have for his. As soon as possible he will be excommunicated and then forced to take vows.

    In July one of counties in Ubagan already converted to Orthodoxy. Nice! Then we procede with straightening up succession in Perm. Marshal is recalled from Kudymkar to briefly increase our arrest chance (as without him we only have 86% imprison chance and I won't take any chances). Then prince Hulyen is excommunicated, imprisoned and ordered to take vows. He claims to understand and soon we ask our Permo-Siberian Patriarch to lift excommunication from him, as he settles in Bishophric inside Kargapol county, while joining monastic society. Once again Varaka Permyakid is our next character to play as.

    vbLymU6.jpg

    This way his not worst attributes will contribute to realm prosperity and him holding even barony title might add something to dynasty prestige.

    We get visited by 4.600 riders from some Khazar vassal with event troops that started once again carving out Novgorod in the least efficient way. As my local forces are only 3.000 strong I need levies to deal with that, so some Vladimir tribes will take damage. Kind of annoying that even when so weak right now, Nomads still try to have lands next to Finland.

    In december another huge and unexpected news from south east arrives. Another conqueror rises - this time to the detriment of Tibetan empire. Upon inspection no wonder they did them in, with their event troops, as Tibet Empire currently can rise around 20-25.000 troops max. So the Muslims most likely still have a shot at spreading into Indian continent. Hm. I would rather have Seljuk Turk succesfully spread Orthodoxy from Transoxiana instead, thank you... For now Ghaznavids occupy single duchy Multan in Punjab. Also few years ago I spotted another iteration of Liberated Armenia (this time with just 90.000 event troops) based around Azerbeijan. Probably they will now have a better chance against dismantled Abbasid empire, but still they already managed to reduce their army to slightly less than 70,000 troops. And with that I will leave you for another week.

    UD52uW0.jpg

    Another conqueror rises up to a challenge. Not sure how I feel about it, as Abbasids collapsed so Tibet Empire may not be needed as much.

    Comment: Spent quite a while across last few weeks but now by reuploading first 13 parts of this AAR, all screenshots are on imagehosting account thus should survive more than 3 years before being deleted. Maybe someone in the future will apprecieate it ;)
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXVI (976-983)

  • u4Fcb2N.jpg

    Part XXVI (976-983)


    Year 976
    ======================

    We start this part with some human Rresource managment. First I find and invite our first Keeper of Tomes. A Greek with 14 Learning and over 700g to his name. This more than pays for whole feature construction. Then as I was thinking about it between playing sessions I start "breeding" Varaka Permyakid. Time is of an essence. He is 25 years old and it will take us few more years at least to pass emperorship to him. So in the meantime he can start rolling on those Genius heirs. Sadly can't find any Genius companion for him as we can't invite any. But at the very least the born in purple Princess of Byzantine Empire will arrive and become his wife. That will be a neat little thing.

    Or at least I tried. It turns out I can't gift concubines to character in arrest (and releasing him, risks him fleeing abroad- a huge no-no) and even though we can click button for arranging marriage, the list is empty.

    Time passes to February and our Jewish steward dies. He was 37 y.o. and the cause was stress. Gosh dangit! He had 2 sons but due to age they can't take over (yet - they are 5 and 4 y.o.). Replacement is procured from middle east. Thirty years old Jew, 20 stewardship - he should last and take over education of fatherless boys. He is also sent to Burtasy tribe as soon as he arrives to settle Komi culture.

    In March Practise range I finishes in personally held by Emperor tribe in Irghiz. Which eliminates nomadic agitation modifier risk of secession. Soon I order the same for all 4 other recently conquered lands (costing us 400 prestige total). Now only to survive for at least a year and those tribes are secured for our Empire. Oh and our Spymaster generates +50 economic tech points.
    MqM9S3o.jpg

    I wonder how much of basic castle infrastructure will be converted from prestige buildings once we feudalise.

    By end of May we finally catch Khazaria's vassal event stack in Berzichy tribe. I did raise my levies and slowly marched them to Vladimir in preparation. Managed to amass over 10.000 troops to face 4.600 nomads. We get a rather good engagement as well:
    wf6RRYj.jpg

    Feint doesn't cease to amaze me. As long as you can bring hordes of Light Infantry

    We win handily but unexpected technicality saves the AI again >.>. Some other small army arrived and replaced nomads as they were routed, thus I don't see after battle report and probably didn't inflict any pursuit damage. After moving from province I see that we only inflicted around 900 casualties and enemy is reinforcing 250 per month. So it is another of those "Event replenishing stacks". Eeeh! They will be annoying to deal with and probably will leave mark on Slavic North. But at least I catch them again at low morale to make up for last time poor showing. This time they don't get narrow flank and I still roll Feint on my killer flank! After battle report arrives and it claims we lost 200 men for their 1.600. That's more like it! We move onto another event stack in Belo-Ozero tribe just on our western border.

    Things can't become stale as Tengri rebels rise up in Kazakh. Our retinues from Irtysh (further east) move towards them. They should be able to deal with them cause they are quite even in numbers. Sadly Nomads learned their lesson and evacuated those event troops. And we were quite close to actually wiping them out!

    Meanwhile our chinese bureaucrats keep getting new daughters. Our warriors do raid some of Khazarian north as we wait for our retinues in Siberia to catch rebels. It happens halfway through december
    KoehrSa.jpg

    I'm quite liberal with engaging rebels with barely bigger troops but it works so far

    Unlucky one of flanks rolled that 13.9% chance for Gen. Skirm instead of Harass so we took somewhat more of casualties that expected. But still - rebelion is put down before end of year (meaning extra +1% Orthodox MA to reach 70% MA currently and some piety). Our character Viryay also finishes Poet event chain, getting +diplomacy trait.

    Year 977
    ======================

    January stars with Orthodoxy spreading in Khantia (Vasyugan tribe). Time passes as our raiders return. We have close to 1.700 prestige and slightly over 1.000 piety. I think it is good idea to start using those resources. Out of all possible options I like holy warring another whole duchy the most. We can take last missing duchy in Cumania currently belonging to Karlukids. Five counties in one go. We even have enough prestige (5x200 prestige) to cover it, while we still wait for depressed from Rulership).

    First I generate 5 Orthodox administrators beforehand. Takes only 8-9 tries, each costing 6.4 gold. Not bad! Now time to embrace Messalian faith from our Kurdish concubine and onto attack! I think we can even do it without our own levies.

    By April I move retinues guarding southern border with Pechenegs (all constructions finished already!). This will put our forces in Karluk war at over 8.000 men. As our troops march I spot interesting development in Pechengs lands:
    59u8V4q.jpg

    Potential for another sedition and taking even more land from them quickly :)

    Upon unpausing interesting event triggers. Our 36 year old ruler starts to ponder whether or not become immortal. My first instinct was to deny it. But after moment of consideration - isn't it like the best chance to just kill Emperor Viryay upon failure? I think we still can order him to kill immortal with depression, so it is like an extra chance for adjusting plans. Second step fires rather quickly. I have option to rely on my current rather high intrigue score, so I deny it. Let council decide and let them pick something that our ruler is absolutely terrible thus making our chances of failure as high as possible ;).
    hw4lTCf.jpg

    Hello there. I was thinking about doing this run on immortal ruler but decided against it. Would be alot easier though to keep prosperity going.

    In June our Spymaster generates +50 military tech points by utilizing his jewish connections. Karlukids arrive from south and I move my retinues from "fort building" duty in Ob duchy, southward to fight. They will arrive one at the time but I hope that with 2:1 numbers advantage it will be enough.

    Before battle we get information that Bohemia coverted to Orthodoxy. That's massive as it is quite a developed kingdom, fielding around 14.000 troops. They should pose a good limiter to Bulgharian expansion into central europe. Also upon checking majority of their lands instantly flipped to Orthodoxy. That's a good sign. Now that I think about it, they should be able to join Tengri conquests against Byzantines as well.

    Sadly battle in Irtysh tribe turns against us initially so badly that I run. Why? Because there were some vassal troops present and they managed to keep the battle till melee. No thank you. I lose 1.800 men but they soon reorganize one province north (where rest of my retinues are). Now enemy is locked to recapture one of his provinces and we can give them battle at our own terms.
    5rgntyc.jpg

    Probably our last dance with Christian nomads. Still weird that they have so many infantry

    With 4:1 numbers advantage, in open field with no narrow flanks we do engage them. We rout all flanks at almost the same time, which is a good sign for how much casualties and thus warscore we will receive. Around 1.000 nomads are killed but it gives us measly 30% warscore. Well time to take over their capital I guess.

    Chinese emperor Li Xingzong passes away, and his successor disslikes our culture :< (dislikes Finno-Magyar - I had to to make double check cause I didn't know Finno-Ugric was classified as such in China screen). Seems we will have to suffer fresh emperor - Li Jingzong reign for quite a while, as he is just 45 years old at the moment. Immortality event chain comes to an end cause we found no one, who could share the secrets with us. Well not the worst outcome but we could use bigger "failure" for our advantage.

    Year 978
    ======================

    Year starts badly with our 3.000 retinues getting beaten by 1.700 Cheremisian raiders in Burtasy. Damn you narrow flank! My Eternal enemy! Then we lose Temperate due to being way over the trait limit (putting us at 6 traits and 10/9 demense limit).

    Our main force arrives at Karlukid capital in February, fights off local forces and start assaulting fortifications. Meanwhile we get maltreated by Pecheneg raiders but don't loose any structure in surrounding tribes yet. We capture their capital yet for some reason we receive no extra warscore. What's going on :)? Funnily enough we also get Horse mail armor. Can't use it though.

    As we slowly acquire warscore (=.=) more news arrive from wide world.
    ddqFhM4.jpg

    Seems Africa will become the base of Shia muslims. Was waiting for some Muslim infighting

    I allow Karluks to retake their capital, then I move onto them. Beat their 900 troops without sweat and capture capital again. As I thought - something bugged out but the 2nd time we take it, our warscore soars. So now with 100% warscore we can enforce demands, thus acquiring 5 new counties :).
    2YIwvKf.jpg

    This evens out our empire shape nicely. Also we no longer will need to bother on how to take over lands from Christian hordes

    Previously prepared administrators are funded (30g each) and assigned there. Emperor Viryay also takes Catholic women for concubine and instantly swaps from Messalianism to Catholicism. This gets rid of another 250 piety (putting us at 545). Now we can holy war again - Tobol become independent due to Tengri uprising. This way we can help their MA in preparation for future crusade. I don't see downside to this arrangement and we can clean inside of our borders with just retinues that were coming back to Permo-Pecheneg southern border :).

    As we march to spread word of Christ, emmisary of Pope from Italy arrives. Did not expect that. Pope Silvester II offers us to absolve us from our sin of dynastic kinslaying. Wow. I'll gladly comply, I wonder what he want's in return. Any chance he expects us to reinstate him in Rome? Because I was planning on it anyway after this small holy Wwar anyway :). But then I notice a problem. Rome is no longer Cathar. Byzantine vassals claimed it! Gosh dangit! The worst possible outcome as them are the one realm that I don't want to topple.
    Uf4gI5q.jpg

    Why? Thank you! That's very kind of you to offer without us having to do anything

    Before end of year, we catch Tobol chief in battle, enforce demand and put that war behind us. After that we secretly convert back to Orthodoxy again, as there is little to do right now as Catholic. New administrator is assigned but I keep 10/9 holdings as I want to spread some culture first in Burtasy. Don't want to give away single county on Silkroad and Irtysh + Irgiz are important for technology spread.

    Year 979
    ======================

    So while kind of confused on what to do next, we enter the year 979. Don't think I should forcefully wrestle control of Rome from Greeks. It is a double mess upon checking in religion tab, because local Bishop of Rome is still Cathar... So we have Orthodox not even claiming Pentarchy for themself yet.

    By March we get a visit from Cheremisians again. This time I raise my levies in preparation to teach them a lesson. As we march there I do a little check up on our possible imprisonment targets (been throwing excommunications diligently :)) and we can arrest one scheming vassal thus we do. He instantly rises in rebelion and as he is in Syrt, he is just on the levies route to Cheremisian anyway.

    Time passes and it takes us up to August before we can catch those pesky Cheremisians.
    aPnPXsq.jpg

    One of our flanks counters their Harass with Volley Tactics.

    While we don't roll amazingly, it is enough to defeat them and prevent them from visiting our lands for few years. Interestingely one of our assigned in previous part administrators in Chimgi-Turan lands declares war on our newly selected chief of Tobol. Someone has ambitions of becoming duke it seems. Nothing I can do about it at the moment. Kind off annoying as he is worse stewardship wise. But hey - at least one of chiefs in Ob duchy already fully converted his province to Komi/Orthodox, which is really fast :).

    By October I spend another 500 prestige on Practise Ranges I in all 5 tribes of Ob duchy. Also spend 150 prestige on 2 extra Hunting retinues (I'm starting 3rd cavalry army it seems).

    6kYNSuh.jpg

    Empire religion map mode. We are slowly unifying that patchwork of religions

    In November our Ecclesiarch finally converts heretics in Alabuga back to Orthodoxy. Now he can move onto another Paulicianism province in Qazan with 46.8% yearly chance. Let's hope he manages to stamp out those heresies, as we still have 2 iconoclasts in Nenetsia to clean up.

    Year 980
    ======================

    We watch as our vassal wrestle for control of Tobol, as we get the news that Viled converted from Suomenusko to Orthodoxy (it is a tribe within de jure kingdom of Perm borders). It makes for 207th province of our religion. We are doing fine, but the Bulgharian aggresion is of concern.
    19eVZtN.jpg

    Overview of religion state of world. Hope more realms convert to Orthodoxy.

    By April we can start 2nd building in Tobol Tribe (now under dual count from province next door). I also excommunicate him.

    Nothing happens till August when, Catholics claim majority over Cathars. Well good for them :). They have over 60% MA and if they manage to not squander it, the Crusade in 7 years looks promising. Then our Ecclesiarch converts Paulicians in Qazan. Now we can move him onto last province of such heretics in Bolgharia and hopefully be done with them.

    On start of October our Messalian concubine dies after long period of poor health. Well she performed her task rather splendidly. Then month later whole of Ob duchy is firmly in our grasp, no longer being at risk of reverting to nomadic lifestyle :).

    Before end of year I do a vassal sweep to identify any problematic hobbies. Only 2 ouf of almost 90 direct vassals are marked. One of them is our kinsmen in Yugra and we will let him operate. The other is excommunicated.

    Year 981
    ======================

    Having nothing better to do, I decide to enlist Emperor Viryay into warrior lodge. Maybe we manage to duel him to death. We do get wounded on initiation duel, so that's something.

    I start moving my retinues onto 3 excommunicated rulers to start cleaning up. I already executed one other schemer due to succeding in arrest and being his heir (making execution quick solution).
    9cjNtoE.jpg

    Administrative tasks of keeping decent managers in Komi'mpany never ends. The list grows smaller with each sorted out county though

    With that we slowly (using only our retinues) will make desired adjustments. For now - the construction of first stage of our Grand Cathedral finished in Tynea. Now we can boast of having temple as big as Hagia Sophia. So we will name it Hagia Epimoni (Holy Perseverance), thus our Komi people won't ever forget about how much effort went into creating their empire. We at once start building it further - it cost us over 2.800 gold coins though.
    jUObZMW.jpg

    I think it will become taller as we move with stages

    Then few days later our 82 years old Han Grandmother (from imperial family notheless!) passes away. Meaning we have even less in common with chinese empire at the moment. Then we start up 4 provoked rebelions at once :). With our troops already in place to intervene.

    By beggining of August both Romny and Naberezhnye tribes are happy with new overlords :). Two weeks later Tura and Kazakh counties can try to convert under better middle managments as well! Troops are moved onto Chimgi-Turans and Chuvash to finish this round of Excommunication wars.

    Fylkira calls for Holy for Sweden. This will tie Slavic Sweden into fight with Saxony and company. It might have some chance given that Germanics managed to establish their holy order.
    9fCLOEM.jpg

    As always AI Germanic lost most of momentum before year 1000. Last chance perhaps?

    Another chance to end that "Accursed" life arrives. Our bosses in Warrior Lodge enlist us to kill Veteran from other Warrior lodge. Those duels are usually to death. She has -8 personal combat score, but our protagonist is stressed and wounded. We have everything under control, heir in place so why not? Before that I spent 800 prestige on maxing Warrior Gathering Grounds in Tynea and Udmurts to not waste as much prestige.
    ChDU8z4.jpg

    Was quite some time since last time we build anything for ourself

    Before initiating duel I realise I can unequip armor and weapon to lower my Personal Combat score even more. With that it sinks into -12. That's the stuff! We fight and lose. But don't die. We are short one leg and get "severly injured" for our effort. That's -4 to health from visible modifiers, which should sort us out in short order. Brilliant!

    In November king Lothar of Italy demands our promised daughter for him to become his wife. We agree and send Shukshtoroyka to his court, wishing their catholic Italian realm best of luck. Then our spymaster generates 50 military tech points, and we start extraction of Tobol and Chuvash tribes.

    Year 982
    ======================

    Awaiting death continues. Did you notice, that all those years not a single rulership focus event fired? I really was counting on getting depressed. Lack of depression is kind of... depressing.

    We recover from regular injury but day later our duel injuries kill us.
    Y4tgLKP.jpg

    Finally. Took few years longer than expected but it isn't a tragedy.

    Before proceeding let's commemorate our late 3rd Emperor reign. Didn't realise it at the time, but Viryay was quite a succesful conqueror and with help of some of his vassal he expanded Permo-Siberia borders a lot. Here is the overview:
    cRLjPvD.jpg

    Steppe wars almost at the end. We eliminated most of bordergore and dealt with most of nuisances
    Finally time to play as Varaka Permyakid. Quite a lot of vassals seceded. That said we are still at 70/35 vassals. After we finish current 2 wars we can diploannex them, so there is little worry. Shouldn't take long as we are more than halfway done with sieges. Our superior stats instantly increase our holding limit to 10/11 removing penalty our predecesor suffered. We start with Scholarship focus to quickly acquire additional lifestyle trait to boost prosperity together with Fortune Builder, Diligent, Genius, 22 Stewardship and 18 Learning. I also start purchasing favors to invite some Genius Concubines to start our "breeding" program.

    Before end of January we conclude inherited wars and start diploannexing. First I had to click through 90 notification about whether vassals stayed or went independent. Well, that one drawback of my approach I suppose. After counting - 17 chiefs went away only to accept our vassalization offer days later. At the beggining of February whole empire is reunited.

    I think about prosperity focus. But it is tricky. If we start now we can barely make it in time, if tooltip for Catholic crusades is to be trusted. Currently it is 1st February 982 and Crusade can be called on 18th March 987. Let's gamble on it. Emperor Varaka also starts writing book about managing realm. We have no other option given he is already 31 years old. Finger crossed it doesn't kill him too early.

    Out of 3 tries only 1 woman arrives at our court. New Empress is lowborn but of great beauty and quick wit. Currently there is a lack of young girls with good genes sadly. Few attempts later I manage to collect 2 concubines who are quick but depressed. We also convince them to convert to orthodoxy faith upon arrival.
    tJZbp7K.jpg

    Please provide inteligent offspring. We've been starved of those throughout this playthrough

    Our Council upon having to be rearranged (no real changes, just some councillors resigned temporarily to be assigned again), is once again sent to their respective tasks. In July our Marshal fires recruitment drive event modifier in Kudymkar thus extra 6 prosperity points are accumulated. I could now embark onto travel to China but losing 1.000 prestige now would sting and we most likely won't get best modifier due to being of disliked culture. Instead I can join Monastic society - while it will lower Varaka Fertility somewhat I will offset it will "Groom Heir ambition " in 5 years.

    In October our resident chinese engineer upgrades Irgiz Tribe. While I would prefer getting something inside duchy of Perm that modifier isn't half bad.
    JVUUSjf.jpg

    Not sure if those economic points go towards shared pool for purchases or are applied locally

    Week before December we finally get rid of Paulicianism within Perm. Right now Patriarch is still on cooldown in Bolgharia but as soon as possible he will be sent into Nenetsia to tackle 2 Iconoclast provinces there. Orthodox moral authority is going strong (100%), so let's make use of that. Yearly chance of converting heretic province is at all time high - 63,5%.

    Year 983
    ======================

    Some raiders try looting Kazakh but our border troops chase them away. Wrongly concluded that, it is possibly better to set Steward on administering the realm instead of settling single province. Thought that because our current ruler has actually better than decent Stewardship (22 and conversion chance maxes at 15) so lowering MTTH of events for several counties is better than adding single instance of 9% yearly chance. I had to calculate it later because wasn't sure:

    Conversion by spread from adjecent province is around 3% with 15 Stewardship of owner but only if province is Orthodox in our case and there is Komi culture nearby. Conquest culture flag should modify it by 0.75x, if the province in question is already of our religion and there is source nearby (rising to around 4% chance). Otherwise it should (I think) be 3% chance (explaining how some far away provinces were converting). Then comes our Steward, who while administering the realm provides another 0.75x MTTH modifier (to around 5/4% yearly chance respectively). Two events while seperate aren't eligible at the same time - regular spread requires religion which disables conquest conversion. If Conquest conversion is eligible then regular isnt. For comparison "Settle the Tribe" mission has above 8% yearly chance and is also seperate event. So with settle the tribe we still have 2 instances of events (with 8% and 3% yearly chances).

    During second month of a year, our Ecclesiarch manages to achieve critical failure (increasing revolt risk by 10%) and Warrior Gathering Grounds IV are finished in Tynea and Udmurts. Doesn't take long for angered heretics to rise up in Dvina. Our troops are sent there, as it is a small contingent (not even 3.000 troops). At least before spring we steal another +50 technology points (lucky roll this time).

    As season changes, one of our concubines informs about being pregnant. That's great to hear as we currently have no heir. We march onto enemies and Community of Saint Basil sends us request. They want us to make donation. I'm all for it but check just in case whether the cost of that decision scales up with rank - but no it doesn't. So I can spend 100g to receive extra society currency and positive modifier for piety and temple vassal opinion. I gladly accept.
    vy3KdwP.jpg

    Easy deal. While not free it helps quickly and permamently

    Our prestige gain is really solid (+21.35/month) so even after losing around 200 for marrying lowborn wife we are back on track (595). With that modifier from succesful mission piety also is rising quite quickly (+4.29/month). Now that I think about it I didn't think joining monastic society through. I will have to convert for Crusades, won't I? Well maybe I manage in this quick period to get some permament trait like Erudite.
    Ag0G4Mn.jpg

    Ok - we get it you are angry. But it is time to return home and accept defeat

    We catch heretics and trounce them. Varaka has 20 Martial, so our levies now balooned to over 12.000 from personal demense. Soon first heretic uprising is put down and all are made to known that new Emperor will not tolerate such nonsense. Getting modifier for recently crushed rebelion will help a little, but Dvina still has 35% yearly rebelion chance.

    During autumn there is change on the seat of Ecumenical Patriarch in Constantinopole and Orthodox MA sinks by 15%. Well that's how it goes whenever religion head with better stats (especially anything above average in diplomacy) get's replaced.

    Another step in writing the book occurs and I have a dilemma. I can ask our steward for help, but because he has lower stewardship (20 vs our 22) it possibly will lower the quality of book. So I instead opt to take stressed (we will switch for Business after scholarship so Stressed is almost guaranteed).

    Daughter is born to our ruler. Nulzyava Permyakid is sickly though. Before end of year she is succesfuly treated by our Court Physician (and Ecclesiarch at the same time). And on that note, we will end that part. While it seemed uneventful, we finally managed to switch rulers and now bright times are ahead.
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXVII (984-992)

  • fq2KL8W.jpg

    Part XXVII (984-992)


    Year 984
    ======================

    Finally a part that starts with genius ruler ;). First thing we do is leaving orthodox monastic society. Why? I thought it through. If we are to take part in upcoming crusades, we will lose progress anyway. Also it lowers fertility (-15%). So let's leave now, and then join Catholic Monastics ;). Problem solved.

    Xdvw3Tv.jpg

    Another batch of investors. I really would like to get my grubby hands on that ex-mercenary captain funds. Will work towards it diligently.

    Before unpausing I do a little of character searching and find some replacement for vacant court positions (2), as well as catching sight of probably retired mercenary captain with over 16.000 gold coins. Can't invite him, but I can at least try to help him sire children and then invite them. It is a really longterm plan and might take over 30-40 years easily but is definetely worth the effort.

    DpXkHq9.jpg

    It seems we are not allowed to have nice things. Our MA took a nosedive.

    Ecumenical Patriarch changes once more and this time it is a "Wicked Priest" with no Diplomacy and almost no piety gain. Tough times ahead, as our MA currently is at just 71% and he is just 38 years old. I decide to do something to remedy that by starting assasination plot. It seems promising, as we have on base almost 70% plot power and we can bribe up to 300% :). Misbehaving really makes people hate you it seems.

    lkmDVl5.jpg

    Hello? Constantinopole? I would like to submit an error - my religious head is a really bad boi and I would want a refund...

    Doesn't take long for first attempt to fire. Meanwhile Khazarian event troops are sacking one tribe after the other in Vladimir high chiefdom. Can't do anything as we are still waiting for reinforcement but once they arrive, we will hunt them down. Also sent Steward (as he came off cooldown) to settle tribes in Burtasy (because as I checked in last post it is better option).

    At the end of March Ecumenical Patriarch Ioannes VII dies due to poison in wine and is replaced by Ecumenical Patriarch Nilos. Who is much better at his job - has 9 more diplomacy, 5 more Learning and 4x his predecesor piety gain while being just 35 years old. With that MA jumps from 71% to 85%. That's better :). Just look at us. Hundred years ago we were baptised and now we are playing politics within Orthodox world and general public is oblivious to our meddling.

    With spring comes another Arab rebelion of Shia enthusiasts. This time in Egypt with 40.000 troops, while locals have only 19.000. That's much more promising. Will monitor it from time to time, but now I'm more occupied with accepting King Alberich of Bavaria offer of bethrothal between him and our niece.

    During summer some small (500 strong) nomad band tries to raid Yaik tribe in southern Cumania, but our border patrol catches them almost instantly. Then our mother complains about our observatory activities that eat into our sleeping possibility, spymaster steals 50 mil tech points and we finally catch pesky nomads.

    ARYWBKP.jpg

    Let's see what can be done to eradicate those event troops. First engagement seems promising.

    Battle goes well and we lose only 150 warriors but kill more than half (2.700) of enemy forces. That should leave a mark. Immedietely our forces are sent in pursuit of nomads in shattered retreat. I want to completely obliterate them and prevent them from harming local tribes. I definetely don't need huge new khaganate just south of Finland ready to pounce on Nenetsia in the future.

    County of Annuy in Ob duchy converts to Orthodoxy and one of Sunni provinces turns into heretical (Zikri). Sunni's are hurting as they current MA is whooping 9.5%. That's gotta create some mayhem in middle east ;)". More small nomadic raider bands arrive on our western edges of empire but we have retinues parked just in province next door so nothing will come out of it. Beside newcomers being not exactly gently turned away.

    We catch up to nomads in Novgorod but they just stopped being flagged as hostile. I try raiding Khazars to start again but it doesn't work. Small (1.000) contingent is sent to raid their base near Uglich. Damn they got away again. But at least we know we can delete them.

    Year 985
    ======================

    New year starts with us raiding, a little and taking a lot of attrition damage. Tough luck without lodge commanders even further west. I'm still perplexed how did I lose sight of those event troops. It seems like they teleported away upon checking associated commanders and where they are currently.

    In April 3rd concubine (took Catholic lustful girl) becomes pregnant. Let's hope for genius heir :). Then we get news about end of famine in China.

    jLJdqN2.jpg

    Middle kingdom seems to slowly recover from recent ill fortunes. If current emperor wasn't total d*** towards our culture we might considered renewing diplomatic contact.

    Our troops come back and as there are no event troops in sight I disband them (also to reinforce them quicker as we lost half in Novgorod to (you guessed it) severe winter. Our Marshal fires recruitment drive in Kudymkar at least. We also deny opportunity to get +1 Martial icon. Could take it but I would prefer +Stewardship instead. Just to be on safe side in cause of some negative modifiers.

    We receive embassy from monastery on Mount Athos and well let them take some of my money. Religion is worthy cause and I'm curious if something happens. The same month population of Yaroslavl tribe becomes followers of Christianity.

    ieM5VcP.jpg

    This seems different that our previous excursion there (which provided us with chance at +1 Learning). Ok I'm curious - let's try it.

    Simultaneously Dvina and Kerzhenets tribes convert to Orthodoxy. First was a Iconoclast county so that's nice. On other hand we still have 2 heretic provinces in Nenetsia to deal with, because other county converted away from parent religion. It eluded my attention, as I remember it being Suomenusko so it was quick switch towards Orthodoxy followed by rapid flip to heresy. Then we catch and kill to the last man another small 500 strong nomad band visiting Syrt tribe, while also chasing away other in southern Cumania. While in background our scholarship focus progresses, giving us +100 military technology points soon to be joined by another +50 culture tech points being stolen from Constantinopole.

    In November twins (daughters) are born from Emperor concubine but neither Sanal'ka nor Chitska have any other inherited trait. At least our Marshal for small fee ventured into Irgiz tribe and dealt with local bandits, removing one of negative province modifiers there.

    Year 986
    ======================

    Years starts with angry letter from Ecumenical Patriarch. He demands for us to stop our astrological pursuits. Fat chance of that. We just ignore him

    0suToku.jpg

    Sure had to be exciting getting complaint letter from our assasination plot target. If only he knew...

    Our recently invited senechal dies, so I replace him instantly with some spare character marked previously. Upon checking Permian mercenary band is still alive (almost 6.000 coins in their pockets) and my longterm investor refuses to sire an heir. Maybe giving him random women wasn't the best idea and should have searched only high fertility concubines.

    During spring many dynasty members and some councillors die. Thus we introduce 3 new members to fill gaps in council positions. New Ecclesiarch quickly proves himself - in just few days he converts heretics from Kuloy tribe in Nenetsia back to Orthodox mainstream. That leaves just one heretic county :).

    Our hunting party keeps waiting near capital of event troops owner but he doesn't return. On the flipside - he is constantly taking attrition in fights as he sits at just 2.200 out of 5000 event troops. More raiders from Nestorian Karluk khaganate arrive, I check Catholics MA (39%) and then in October another peasant rebelion fires. This time consisting of Orthodox Pechenegs from Kartaly-Ayat county. Our border troops are dispatched, as there is only 2.700 rebels against our 4.000 retinues.

    5IR7aIp.jpg

    Lately been under impression as our retinues are dealing with rebels better than previously. Way less casualties sustained.

    Peasant doesn't prove much of a challenge and are quickly put to rest. Some more excommunications are thrown around and all of a sudden this notification pops up, making me freeze:

    keWzOWa.jpg

    The next generation of Permyakid cookbook, updated by many recipees not present in "Modest Measures". Just you wait - I will (probably) write what I want x]

    Initially I freaked out assuming, that we didn't get Quality 3 because we are not on any stewardship focus right now. But that turned out wrong. While we didn't got what we wanted, it still 1 less book of quality 3 on the list. We swap it for "The Hymn to Gods" (+10 Temple Vassal opinion; Quality 2). Extra Stewardship isn't bad, but we won't benefit more from having 2 cookbooks at the same time. There remain 3 different Quality 3 books about administration in the list as well as Quality 4. Those Q3 books include yet 1 more cookbook ("Feeding the Realm"). This also leaves us more option. No longer we need to visit stewardship focuses, so after scholarship we can focus our character on either health or extra fertility. Which probably prolongs his reign and thus prosperity prospects within personal domain.

    Scholarship also comes to an end. We decide to make our findings public to the chagrain of clergy, but we don't care as soon we will embrace catholicism for that sweet "Deus Vult". Thus Emperor Varaka get's Scholar trait and... nickname :). It also bumps his Learning up the way to 25(!), which is more than enough.

    Year 987
    ======================

    New year goes with another bang - this time Sunni uprising kind of. It still within south-western Cumania, so our men are on the ground and ready to tackle the problem immedietely. I also don't tempt fate and convert to Catholicism already. It is sitting at around 40% but as we painfully learned last time, it might not matter. Better safe than sorry. Will my Ecclesiarch still convert to Orthodoxy though? We will find out. Also we join Benedictine order.

    rH9nwOm.jpg

    Turns out he does. So we can keep converting with Orthodox Ecclesiarch to Orthodoxy as Catholic :)

    By 1st of February our realm truly prospers. We instantly pick "Groom an heir" ambition for that +20% Fertility and swap scholarship focus to Family (+2 Diplomacy, +25% Fertility and +1 Health). Why? Cause if crusade fires I'll be quite busy and such rather passive focus will do just fine.

    So now we are ready to Crusade anytime Pope wants. Cooldown is off. For the time being I think I'll tackle some small holy wars to help with MA. At the same time we declare for last missing tribe in Vladimir and single Pecheneg county inside our borders.

    As our troops march on, our Marshal fires another recruitment drive in Kudymkar thus further increasing prosperity. Still no final level of prosperity. We are kind of blocked atm because only max level prosperity county is developed already. Before end of August, Gorodets tribe fells. Now I can't create Orthodox Komi character, can I? But we can work around it. One reason for which I created so many single county vassals was to have source of courtiers. And with over 90 single county vassals I find 38 years old steward with 21 stewardship, that just experienced social upward mobility :).

    OirKec3.jpg

    Luckily taking advantage of Pechenegs before they can join their forces. Thus defeat in detail commences - first of their regular riders and then event infantry.

    On other front we catch main Pecheneg host (1.750 riders). We swiftly win but they keep reinforcing. Then I see that they got infantry spawn from event that marches onto us. Luckily we ended previous battle that lasted to melee before they arrived. So we can beat them without substantial losses. And when they arrive not only we quickly crush their small flanks but in center we also counter them for that +200% damage modifier :) Battle ends with us losing 70 men and them 1.300. As first battle put us at 40% the second bumped us to 70%.

    Meanwhile our Anglo-Saxon investor died, giving us his fortune. With that Komi treasury shows 17.200+ gold. We already fortified missing county so probably it will suffice to just take over Pecheneg capital or trounce them again. But more importantly:

    t0M6WIs.jpg

    Bloody finally. Seems there is none MA requirements after Holy Fury DlC. Finally opportunity to get our grubby little hands on western riches.

    We join as 1st ruler, and it alone put's Crusaders at over 300% target strenght x]. That said I want others to join because at the moment there is only 800 gold in the war coffers. We want to be paid handsomely for our help. So let's hope for catholic rulers to pay the bill. Rest of year is spent on moving west - first to Pecheneg capital and then towards starting point of Romagna venture! First catholic rulers also joins and gold pool increases to over 1.800.

    Year 988
    ======================

    Taking over Pecheng capital doesn't instantly end the war. So I have to engage Pechenegs one last time in province south of where my troops are. Soon our almost 14.000 troops engage their 3.000 army.

    dkm5gVC.jpg

    Our last dance with Pechenegs. We really did wrestle back control of Siberia from them and kicked them to just Ponto-Caspian steppe.

    Even though shrewd enemies secured narrow flank they couldn't outlast 2 other wings that were outflanking them. Thus they lose most of their troops and war is over! On that high note we say goodbye to Pechenegs (probably!).

    sB6M6n7.jpg

    Last conquest for our own empire in this AAR. The biggest our Komi'mpany will be. What can I say - it looks neat.

    After assigning local rulers, we can focus on different task. While there is still some time, let's not forget that we have quite a walk to Italy. So we will have to move out now. Think we will go with Levies. Might take some attrition but then after everything is done, we will be able to quickly return them by disbanding. Can't keep raiding after anyway (it requires to be in own lands).

    It takes us around half a year to travel from Perm itself to southern Volga-Bulgharia from, which I intend to march (don't have time for detours by baltic coast). Slightly over 11.000 troops. Will have to do. Sadly I don't have any organiser commander nor can I invite one.

    I don't give up and after some time I find 2 organizers that provide +30% and +41% movement speed. This will come in handy, as crusade starts in 416 days and we still haven't left Perm.

    iSzGs4z.jpg

    It quite a treck and is a challenge itself. I hope we don't take too much attrition or that Crusade might take a long time.

    We pick up the pace and as we traverse Khazarian khaganate lands, they lose big chunk of their lands due to previously subjugated Polish kingdom of Galich-Volhyn going independent. Our Emperor mother dies of cancer, and Crusader's war coffer amasses over 8.000 gold coins and 11 artifacts.

    We have to resupply in Chernigov tribe during december because we started taking nasty attrition (1.500 men in one tick). Our invited commander also vanished so we replace him with worse (+30% movement speed). We press on towards Bolgharia.

    Year 989
    ======================

    Year ends with remaining Bolghars in Belaya county rising up. We still have retinues and can call vassals to deal with that so it isn't an issue. We come close to Carpathian mountains but have to refuel again. Some monastic events fire for +1 Learning but more importantly another child is born to Emperor family. And this time it is a boy!

    Tw5PKK7.jpg

    Finally a Genius. Now Court physician cure him Goddammit! I refuse to lose him.

    Let's hope my Court Physician manages to save our Kezhay. Also I want to point out that something is bugging in my game: during first week of 989 all the notifications from december 988 pop up again. And also lost another organiser commander to the void :<. We resupply at Lvov tribe, but it isn't enough to sustain us (limit 8.250...) so we march on.

    With 200 days till start of Crusade we enter the empire of Bulgharia. Our Court Physician performs well and outright removes Sickly from Kezhay! So now we have heir in place (also gave him Cupbearer to start prestige accumulation). We will personally tutor him, so he can receive those juicy +stats from monastic events.

    In April we get choice between Proud and Humble. I opt for 2nd and get it. It is our 5th trait and it does increase our monastic currency gain (currently at +16.2/month). We are secure for now but will have to turn down any further traits. Two weeks later Bolgharian rebelion is squashed.

    Traveling through Bulgharian lands is safe and easy, thanks to high supply limits. So as we entered with 9.000 troops, we left it with 8.900 (mostly due to single resupplying action). There are still 141 days left and we will make it in time to be first to siege Romagna. That turned out better than I expected. Just hope we don't eat any attrition while in Northern Italy (with whose ruler we have non aggresion pact due to marriage ties between our dynasties).

    We fend off some more small nomad bands and are halfway through northern Italy before autumn. Also tinker with crusade settings and not sure if it was wise but appointed Emperor sister as beneficiary. I don't want land nor bloodline - just gold. Getting kind of paranoid of Crusader bloodline ruining this AAR.

    Unlucky by trying to forage in Byzantine own county of Ravenna, we walk straight into 5.400 retinues of merchant republic. We routed their center quickly but couldn't finish before melee so I fled. We lost 600 troops to byzantine 900, so no great harm but we still have around 20 days without supplies before crusade starts. Still better than trying to win against almost pure Pikemen army. Unfortunely they have organiser and hunt us down so we have to fight them again in italy own province to the north but this time, we win. Killing close to half of them, while losing further 500 troops.

    3uNsl2Y.jpg

    Been waiting for it. Time to access those pope funds and invest into future kickstarters :)

    Almost instantly huge Romagnan stack (7.450) moves to contest our siege of Firenze. We have over 5.000 troops there so I consolidate them into single flank under direct leader (+41% leading center). Sadly we roll shieldwall and after routing their center get rolled by their superior heavy Infantry so have to run towards rest of our units in the north ;/. we lose 1.800 troops to their 1.000. Really bad start to Crusade. At least it gave us (initially) 80% war contribution.

    Year 990
    ======================

    Takes few month to reorganize our fleeing troops. After rejoining we move onto Ferrara where one of our allies fight 1.000 Romagnans. We arrive in what's initially seems like good battle to enter straight into melee with narrow flanks against us >.>. We win, but contribution doesn't go to us but to whoever started the fight and now we only have 3.900 troops left. Damn Permian warriors melted away quickly.

    bPLBylc.jpg

    We jump onto some smaller fight to reduce number of enemies in vicinity. Also fight against game systems of determining commanders in allied forces.

    We at least win that battle with almost no losses as we conclude it in skirmish, killing 2.000 of Cathars. But fighting those will get us nowhere, so I start siegeing with our Siege Commanders. We are lacking in siege technology and even after boosting it to 2nd level we progress at 9% per tick pace. So we will rot outside Bolognan walls for foreseeable future.

    Back in Perm our Catholic concubine cheats on us with one of our vassals, which results in unwanted daughter. Emperor doesn't do anything in that regard, as it doesn't create any legal repercussions. It doesn't also take long for this news to arrive:

    sZCBkCx.jpg

    Doesn't get boring, does it? I would hate to lose all our prosperity progress =.=

    By October we take castle in Bologna, just as some Nomads try to loot us in Or tribe (south-western Cumania). Anglo-Saxons also show up with 10.000 men army but for now they remain passive. Meanwhile #teamPope splits itself and for example 2000 Italians are stranded in Venezia (after war with them). At least our siege leaders after recalculating tick begins to apply his bonus. Thanks to this in record time (2 months) we take over city of Bologna. By December we put our flag over local Bishopric as well.

    Some bigger forces are moving around but luckily plenty of smaller Catholic armies joined us (to be honest not the worse idea as currently only we are progressing the Crusade by siegeing down Romagnan counties, while rest of Crusaders are running around and killing themselves against Cathar death stacks).

    Year 991
    ======================

    January starts with advancment in Benedictine Order to the rank of Oblatus (will allow us to pick Celibacy!).

    PtKa4Yl.jpg

    Extra stewardship, some piety but also one step closer to getting Celibate trait. Which also gives extra society currency.

    There is little time to celebrate, as over 8.000 Romagnans march into our besieging army. We have over 10.000 and there is 7.000 allied troops nearby. I hope it goes towards our war contribution at it plummeted to just 6%. Big Cathar army marches into us.

    fH0KAfj.jpg

    For the love of Jesus, Italians reinforce us! We can beat them with numbers or get defeated in detail :/

    Unfortunetely our good commanders don't get to command and we end with mediocre tactics, but at least we have heavily concentrated center. We lose because Anglo-Saxons (10.000) reinforce while our Italians friends nearby (13.700 troops) just patrol the border instead of helping. Good thing we were not the owner of that, as it will be someone else (I think) that will be associated with that loss. We are down to 1.500 troops. Also plague travels through silkroad so we get this notification

    rOQNUgW.jpg

    OMG it's here! I'm really uneasy because we have some feudal province near already infected county and well single county on silkroad as well

    Back in Italy - Italians decided to now trounced slightly numerically superior Romagnan-Anglosaxon force, probably thinking that the morale damage enemies suffered (thanks to us) will be enough. I won't help them and instead will focus on killing smaller Cathar forces and if they are about to win - moving to start another siege in Romagna itself.

    Italians actually do win, so we move onto Firenze to take ownership of all holdings there, but will have to defeat some 2.700 Romagnans moving to relieve city. We also take mission from Monastic order to go on Pilgrimage. Sadly leading troops in Rome doesn't count.

    FQiIiWB.jpg

    Seems our Empire is really respected as while not even half the army is Komi, it uses our culture 3d model.

    Before battle (cautiously) I moved my troops onto right flank deducing that one county armies won't have anything outside of center thus we will have command over whole wing. I am correct and we can fly under our own banners and generals. We win not easy battle (without casualties) but it keeps going as locals keep feeding small (<1.000) contingents into battle, thus giving us free kills.

    By Summer we reasume siege, as 2nd most contributing participant with 14% (behind 17% Italians). When it comes to black death it doesn't spread to our realm, while it already reached Persia in south. Maybe tribal goverment will make us immune to catching it ;). Then we have to repell another 1.400 Romagnans which we do without suffering casualties ourself. Crusade with that shows 15% warscore in our favour. Italians finish fully capturing Bologna and then move around, as we blocked other entry. I will happy let them chase Cathar armies, as I take over more holdings to accumulate more passive war contributions with my token forces.

    By November we take over Firenze capital - barony Frisole. That bumps crusade warscore by full 10%.

    Year 992
    ======================

    Another year in Italian lands start with us being halfway done with capitulating city of Firenze. Meanwhile Italians let Cathars pass them and start recapturing Bologne, as they move onto them to relieve previously captured by both us and Italy holdings. Even though they had numerical advantage they in the end lose, and 6.000 Cathars start besieging (but it is somewhat slow). I don't intervene as we are already too few and I think the most I can help is by siegeing down Romagnan lands to prevent them from reinforcing their armies. That said their ruler has over 1.400 gold coins, so he can keep going with mercenaries for a long time.

    In June our longterm investor - Shidao with over 16 thousand gold coins dies - without heir. So his mercenary company retook funds that we wanted to extract. Well - we tried. Also another nomad visitor with 1.000 friends is welcomed by our retinues in Southern Cumania.

    Vw2Q0p4.jpg

    Let's gamble on strategy of reducing enemy ability to reinforce instead of tackling his armies behind our lines.We hope he and Italians will keep engaging while we with rest of Catholics will progress crusade.

    Cat and mouse continues in Italy but I think we are going to prevail this way, as Italians deal with Cathar main forces while I and few others small crusaders are taking over their realm. It will be slow though =.=. We also lost 2 holdings in Bologna as Cathars started assaulting. Interestingely in October Black Death arrived onto frontlines! Jokes on locals - we are not receiving any reinforcements anyway, so it should equalise the field. Maybe it will weaken garrisons? I do remember that it will slow replenishment.

    By December we take over barony in Siena, but Romagnans start taking back Firenze. Italians wander around doing mostly nothing, and other 5.000 army (currently there are 2 such in vicinity while Italians don't take on them with their 8.000+ troops) moves onto us. I check and it turns out, that 3/4 of Romagnan forces are consisting of mercenaries. On one hand we really put a dent into their forces - on other they will fight to the last mercenary :/. Turns out enemies evapor and only 400 engage us. Where did rest of that 5.000 force go? No one knows. But the 5.000 Romagnans who were besieging Firenze now move onto us.

    2dexHGf.jpg

    Rare picture of Finno-Ugric Heavy Infantrymen fighting Italian Heavy Infantrymen. Not gonna lie - those battles make me nervous

    We get not bad initial engagment but the fight goes towards end of year. As Skirmish progresses, allied Italians join us, thus transforming this fight from near parity between forces into 4:1 numerical advantage for us. Our skirmishers are also halfway done with routing enemy center and right flank. On that cliffhanger I'll end this part as it won't end anytime soon (42% warscore in our favour) and this episode is long enough already.
     
    • 1Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXVIII (993-1000)

  • WRex5a4.jpg

    Part XXVIII (993-1000)


    Year 993
    ======================

    We continue during battle that we just left off. Cathars are persistent and they endure it till melee where one of our wings gets to counter they slow advance with regular advance for that sweet +400% damage bonus. The meatgrinder continues but in the end we score a huge victory, losing less than 500 men to kill 3.600 heretics. That puts Crusade score to 45%.

    Meanwhile I was marrying off 2nd generation of our Jewish and Han councillors. Also did a search for new Senechal, Master of Horse and Hunt. This time remembered to focus on finding young lustful courtiers. With upcoming Death Plague I suspect the supply of many desired characters might dry up.
    YCeCWVt.jpg

    More funds for our empire. We need still more!

    Our elder Master Engineer builds another improvment in Irghiz. I would definetely like it to be somewhere in high chiefdom of Perm but hey, at least we new have +1 technology points income of all kinds in Irghiz. Not sure if our chinese friend will live long enough to fire it again. I also remember to pick Celibate trait from options offered to us by being Oblatus in Benedictine Order. We have not bad currency income there = +20/month.
    92GodeE.jpg

    Our Han Engineer goes wild!

    Back on the frontlines, most of Romagnan force are destroyed and Anglo-Saxon armies melted. So now beside Holy Orders there shouldn't be many who oppose us. Perfect for us to continue siegeing down more counties. We have still slightly over 1.000 Permian troops there, and 7.100 levies replenished back home.

    March greets us with Sunni Khazar uprising, in province adjecent to Irghiz tribe - where our local retinue force reside. There is only around 2.700 of them, so I attack them at once. Not gonna miss that opportunity to lower Sunni Moral Authority even further. Before month ends, barony of Montalcino is ours.

    Weeks pass on siegeing down more holdings and black plague taking Pope to heaven. Our Emperor decides to visit one of local benedictine monasteries. Crusade starts swinging more and more in our favour. Without enemies, AI Italy finally starts taking some counties within contested territory and soon by middle of summer we are looking at 83% score in #teamPope favour. I move to get some more holdings that actually will give me contribution (currently only 15%) because county we just took over doesn't. Our Ecclesiarch converts our single slavic tribe to Orthodoxy (love that we can be catholic and still convert to Orthodoxy!).
    YUNKSVK.jpg

    Between playing session I did some graphs Victoria 2 style. So progress can be measured better ;)

    Once he is off cooldown I'll move him to last wrong religion county within de jure Nenetsia :). Then we will be one step closer to give Nenetsia away and not having to worry about some wrong religion uprising taking over. Our visit to monastery goes well, as by engaging in discussion with some monk I choose military option. While we miss +2 Modifier, by spending some time with him our Emperor losses Stressed trait, which is really nice. It saves me chosing any focus later to correct it. It also means I'm back to 4 traits.

    In Autumn news about another Western Protectorate failure arrive. This time they lost against some Bengali Tribal ruler. Means probably Bengalis took over something in Tibet. On the side - Hindu Tribals are pretty metal, as their elephants scale nicely in tribes levies.
    Black Plague spreaded to western europe as well and not sure if it affected our troops but we are down to 615 men :)". Thus our siege pace slows down to 5.2% every tick. China recovers a little and somehow subjugates not small Xia kingdom. Our forces are late to lift siege of Syrt by Pechenegs, but we at least can catch them while they are leaving.

    Before end of year due to dimishing supplies most of allied crusaders leave our army, making us unable to continue siege of Arezzo county. Black Plague makes thing difficult - who would have thought? I keep my 600 troops to not lose 67.8% progress we already did there. Saddly it does reset anyway :/. Not sure what now I can do to re-attach others to my stack. And hey - Asia Minor gets ravaged by plague!

    Year 994
    ======================

    Crusade isn't progressing and it stopped at 83% score. While our fellow Crusaders have forces to continue they are not doing that, and now I can't guide them forwards. Our forces that were to avenge Syrt tribe, got themself caught against enemy narrow flanking them down with just 600 troops. But it isn't the end of it, as Bogomilism shows up in Kerzhenets :/. Right in the middle of Orthodox provinces. Will send Ecclesiarch there asap but probably 1 or 2 provinces will turn away from Orthodoxy.

    In February I spot first character within our realm that dies due to Plague. Upon checking it hasn't officially spread to us. Just look at how it spread so far
    Hun6djd.jpg

    I like how it didn't affect central europe and us. On other hand Crusading amidst that is painful.

    Some smaller crusader armies rejoin our banner, giving us around 1.300-1.400 men. Can try siegeing down at least personal baronies of Romagna king with that. Back home, our 4.000 light cavalry force from Southern Cumania is recalled to Burtasy tribe to deal with Pechenegs. Our Emperor laments death of his catholic french friend to terrible sickness but by visiting tavern he forges new friendship with Kind Komi Catholic - Setyamka.

    I move around my troops to get ownership of siege and thus we begin trying to take over Spoletto county. We have only around 100 troops more than defenders so it is really risky. Then supply there goes so low that it is impossible to siege it without attrition so we lose some troops more. More importantly as expected - Bogomilist rebelion occurs. And it is the biggest we've seen so far
    eB0Aha4.jpg

    That's actually concerning.

    As I'm marshalling troops, another rebelion occurs - Sunni in Kazakh. More concerning is that Bogomilist received (not even) 2 months later reinforcements of extra 12.000 troops :/. Given all that I have now to disband my levies in Italy, casue we will need our Permian levies to deal with those 22.000 heretics.

    Monastic education events fire for 2 out of 3 emperor's daughters. Nice to have extra stats on them. Then in quick order we fight both rebelions - beggining wth Sunni rebels in southern Cumania
    U5xHkrX.jpg

    Luckily even with unexpected peasant reinforcements, our warriors beat them seperately

    Slowly but without great losses we best initial wave of muslim peasants. But as you already noticed I said initial losses. They do receive reinforcements giving them another 2.500 troops, that will join this fight. At least we manage to route their initial army. Second battle goes for some reason even easier on defense despite worse tactics. By paying attention to it I miss the beggining of huge battle against Bogomilists in forests of Votyaki.
    SSrQK9w.jpg

    Not sure how did we best them so decisively with them having defensive positions in Forest but this is reaaally good.

    I think our better commanders assigned there allowed us dealing them so many casualties, that we quickly routed them from one flank to other in quick succession. 210 casualties per day is quite a number. That defeats 2/3 of heretic forces leaving us only to hunt remaining 9.000. Sunni uprising also meats it's grizzly fate.

    Year 995
    ======================

    Year starts with us catching rest of heretics, who try to destroy some smaller vassal forces. We enter the battle in melee already which works to our advantage, due to portion of our army being Heavy infantry, while they field exactly 0 melee dedicated troops.
    y4i7yg2.jpg

    Last chapter in bogomilist uprising history!

    As always something bugs out and we start with Pursuit aka no tactic. It doesn't prevent us from absolutely slaughtering those fools and in just 5 days we chew through red forces. With that both rebelions that flarred up last year are over. Kerzhenets even gets -100% revolt modifier, which will make work of our Ecclesiarch more safe. Sadly in few days our realm priest dies and now I can't assign Orthodox character there because we are catholic. Meaning no conversion for time being.

    If you wonder what happened in Italy - the answer is not much. Crusade progressed whole 2%. I'm preparing 2 out of 3 retinue forces to send there. My levies took attrition hit and nose dived back to around 5.000 troops. But there is no time to lose, as 2 more religious uprising fire up at the same time in our eastern part of realm.
    W1qxUFF.jpg

    Ehhh. What's up with them? Why are they angry their religion has 0% Moral Authority. Ain't my fault!

    Black plague interestingely already passed eastern parts of silk road and Persia, leaving everything at level 2 depopulation level. Rest of world is either at the same level or getting there and the sickness is still going on. We luckily dodged it entirely. Our retinues traveling south trounce some Bolghar independent host that thought it was good idea to raid us. Then for some reason we lose Humble trait due to being over the limit I guess? I picked Zealous some time ago, so we are still at 4 traits (Diligent, Patient, Content, Zealous). Does Celibate count for it? I think it shouldn't.

    Pursuit of rebels continue. In June Sunni uprising is dealt with and we travel further south-west to catch tengri dissidents. Emperor Varaka also claims another rank in Benedictine Order. Something goes awry in Italy and we lose 4% (and one of our Permian controlled holdings there). But on other hand our contribution ticked up to 18%, giving us claim to around 3.000 gold coins out of crusading price pool coffers (we are 2nd biggest contributor). I start marching our retinues there. They will reinforce on the way and should allow us to more reasonably conduct further military operations there. Should have sent them initially. Lesson learned!

    We get gifted some christian artifact upon advancment within Benedictine order. Mentioned because I don't remember it occuring always or even often.
    8K81IPO.jpg

    Ain't much but hey it is something!

    Out of nowhere plague strikes. It didn't arrive from east, but somehow it reminded itself about us and circled arround world to arrive in Cumania from west... Ok now we have a problem. As tribals we have no hospitals thus characters will drop like flies. I can't even seclude myself.
    aJTQHCv.jpg

    Did we just become victim of Nomad conspiracy? Bloody barbarians hit us where it hurts :/

    By August first monastic tutor event fires for our 6 years old son&heir. It marks him for Learning (it always does) and Martial. He gets +2 Martial and +3 Learning, which is one of the highest possible rolls (we could only get +1 Martial more). What's more it fired when he was just 6! Meaning we have realistic chance at it firing again before he turns IRC 12. Those are also basic attributes thus will (I hope) carry through generation leading to slightly better character over time.

    In September we inherit Turgay tribe, as it last ruler (little girl) dies due to plague. I instantly give it away to some courtier to keep it away from my own court. By October we finally catch Tengris that were dodging us persistently. Our son also becomes Fussy, which is outside of his current education focus but can lead him to being Patient. Great result overall.

    By the third week of November, Black plague spreads through Cumania and reaches Siberia. Our vassals start rapidly dies, and tribe of Turgay goes back to us. At the same time our "another crack at Crusade" reaches Carpathian mountains, which mark the border of Bulgarian empire.

    Year 996
    ======================

    With dread I watch at the beggining of every month Black plague jumping onto another county within our realm. So far only eastern part was affected but the crucial counties around northern gap in Ural mountains are not affected. Once it spreads west, our own high chiefdom of Perm will become decimated prosperity wise. It tooks us 200 years to build those level 2 prosperity counties...

    Once again trade caravan visits us. It also happened late last year and it is a suprise there isn't any cooldown to prevent it from firing. It does presents us in quick succession with 2 +Movement modifiers courtiers that make for ideal commanders for currently traveling retinues.

    Once February starts all of de jure Cumania and Siberia are infected. But also some random counties within Nenetsia become sick. There seem to not be a clear pattern of line of spreading. Vassals die regularly, as we have over 90 of them. I think it would be prudent to expect my carefully crafted division of power needing readjustment later.
    mvJQ7OJ.jpg

    I'm fearful x]. It seemed fine and then the game told us: "Hold my beer".

    The only saving grace is that Romagna is already severely depopulated giving them a nice -60% levy and garrison sizes as well as taxes. Great equalizer.

    In March sickness crosses Ural Mountains. Goddammit. Well it also rapidly spreads in north-western Nenetsia. There is no avoiding it. I decide to change focus to hunting, as getting dog and training it with diligent can give us up to +1.5 health extra health in case things become dire. Sadly there is nothing, that can be done for security of our genius son I think. Or is it :>? I check sicknes map mode and Byzantine empire is already not affected by plague. I could sent him there to be tutored to avoid getting him infected. Also some Greek counts are happy to take hostage from our Empire.

    Our Spymaster (who somehow survived being parked in Thrace and forgotten) steals 50 economic tech points. Then with advent of spring Black Plague arrives in capital itself. Decision is made instantly to sent our heir to court of our Niece Queen Shukshtoroyka of Italy, under tutelage of Dominican German monk. It doesn't take long and our Empress becomes the first to suffer plague!

    Our retinues reached safe haven in some not affected by epidemic counties of King Lothar of Italy. We are down more than half our men due to forced march through sick lands. This is the only place that has more than 1.000 supply and we slowly (200 men per month) are recovering. Our spymaster once again steals technology - this time cultural kind.

    In 2nd week of may our empress dies. Beside her only one other courtier (one of 2nd generation jews) is afflicted but around 10 characters are developing the same symptoms :)". Soon our 10 year old daughter Chits'ka gets sick. In few weeks she dies, leaving her twin sibling alone. Also our Crusade beneficiary dies, getting rid of at least some problem.
    W7Fod5N.jpg

    Game starts culling our dynasty. We are not small so danger of getting wiped out is small but it can throw us into totally unexpected ruler.

    Crusade almost crawled to a halt. Romagna have some peasant uprising and abysmal supplies prevent any sensible progression of that conflict. Basically all of our empire is under the reign of sickness. During July our Komi friend we made some time ago, passes to us hunting dog... While being visibly affected by Black Plague. Wow xD. Can be phrased as: "Sick gift!". I decided to start Emperor Varaka military career and assign him to troops in Italy x]. Thus he is evacuated from his home frontier.

    As days pass other twin daughter gets sick, but she gets only mildly affected. Our court doctor gets to treat her, and soon he becomes Renowned Physician. Turns out Sanal'ka Permyakid treatment was succesful reducing penalty from -7 to just -4 health.

    Accompanied by sound effects of everyone dying, I check on Italy. Locals have huge problem as rebels multiplied and now there is close to 17.000 angry peasants, who I have no idea how will be dealt with. Scrap what I wrote. After I finished writing, there is 30.000 of them. Luckily they lay claim to duchy outside of our Crusade target. Also Black Plague passed through south and central Italy already making it possible to siege again. If we somehow managed to avoid hostile rebels.

    By November oldest daughter of Varaka becomes sick, but at least is succesfully treated. She is also sturdy. If you wonder my dynasty so far lost 25 out of 59 living members :)". Also everyone beside spymaster Baruch died in my Council. As did most of investors and sadly several funds got away to some siblings in far away courts. So far I did not experience prosperity loss in Perm.

    In December Sanal'ka Permyakid recovers from black death. My new council also doesn't allow me to pass titles away and number of characters within empire dropped so low that there isn't many candidates to choose from to get nod from them. Thus we start accumulating negative penalty for going over the limit :)".

    Year 997
    ======================

    New year is spent on inspecting troops in Italy. We are over 80% replenished, so soon we might be able to start actively participating in Crusade again. Crusade went from 85% warscore to 68% in our favour, while our own contribution slowly tickled up to 19%. One thing I forgot to mention is raising our levies before plague could affect them. Now as long as I avoid attrition we should retain them relatively unscathed.
    rzVxe3Y.jpg

    Somehow territory of Poland and Eastern Rus escaped Grim Reaper scythe.

    As I was checking for possible monk/non tutor for Kezhay Permyakid I realised, that the whole benedictine order is in the process of switching to Catharism. Means probably we will be kicked out as Zealous Catholic soon(tm).

    In February our oldest daughter recovers from plague. I reorganize our retinues in Northern Italy - center and left wing consist of 1600+ Light Infantry/Light Cavalry mix under our Emperor (+11% Morale Damage, +44% Defence, +27,5% Light Cavalry/Infantry bonuses) and Direct Leader vassal (+40% Leading the Center) leaving right wing with our Light Infantry/Archers under good command of another vassal (+35% Light Foot Troops, +43.7% Pursuit, +17,5% Morale Defence/Damage but -2.5% Defence). We move out while still reinforcing around 180 men per month to deal with peasant rebels in Romagna, because they target lands within Crusade scope. It works out because other rebelion (for county of Firenze outside de jure Romagna) just ended, halving amount of enemies we have to deal with on behalf of local ruler. Also Black plague left those lands, and rebels did take over several castles, leaving them with barely any garrison and now rip for taking.

    Things play out nicely for us, as fellow Crusading Genoans who starts siegeing (what we want to do) get ambushed by over 9000 peasant rebels and trounced. Thus they will be allies, who weaken enemies for us, leaving the credit only to us :). After watching our rivals getting slaughtered we move onto tired peasant troops ourself. Unlike them, we are capable in Skirmish so we will be more evenly matched with red horde. Emperor Varaka finally gets "Crusader" trait (took us long enough).
    slmFSuf.jpg

    While not exactly safe, leaving our Emperor back home or not progressing Crusade is even worse. So he has to embrace the role of Crusader for now.

    Their center routs instantly. Then our center after slaughtering their retreating center, helps Emperor wing (that was winning anyway) and soon the whole battle ends as our infantry right flank dealt with their enemies handily. Three hundres Permian warriors for two thousand four hundred rebels. We basically deleted them and helped our war target for our own future gain. During battle we got one crusade event I haven't seen so far. Could get humble but we recently lost it to what it seem like being over the trait limit so instead +10% morale for 2 years is picked. After that we split our forces to not only start carpet siegeing but also better manage supply limits.
    t3lSyP4.jpg

    I made sure all of those counties are within war target limit so we can start ramping up that contribution meaning more gold later.

    During all that time I do keep replacing our vassals. Epidemy is going strong but at least thanks to it our council slowly filled up with loyalists that just recently were granted lands by us, thus making whole process easier. Then as I split my infantry in half to start besieging 4th province we have to chase away small heavy cavalry force in Arezzo. And what would you know...
    SnXnm7e.jpg

    Hello there! Not expected at all. Well it kind of spooked me, but I instantly ransom him

    We could end the crusade right there and then. But it doesn't profit me. If we prolong it I can squeeze more from crusade coffers by having higher % contribution and maybe some catholics donating more. So I'll take that 250 gold extra now. Sadly capturing enemy leader gives us exactly nothing in contributing to winning crusade :/. Would be sweet if it gave us bunch of war contribution to avoid scenario, in which you win whole Crusade by capturing enemy leader but someone else gets majority of prices.

    So after repelling some smaller Cathar forces, we proceed with siege of 4 counties at the same time. I do a little check on prosperity and notice that Kol'va, Pil'va and Udmurts dropped 3 whole prosperity levels to Minor Depopulation. While Kudymkar, Perm and Tynea did not lose a single prosperity treshold.

    In December we get another crusade related event. Our protegee picks up some italian girl. I think why not - we have prestige to spare and getting more pious traits increases the danger of getting sainthood bloodline. She will nicely cover our lack of intrigue as well.
    uspm1Vv.jpg

    Giovanna seems to cover our ruler weak intrigue nicely. Maybe there are some hidden events related to her in the future?

    Sadly Bogomilist heresy spreads first to Vetluga and then to Udmurts tribes. As we are currently tied to being Catholic not much I can do about it. Overall all religions moral authority right now is hurting. Orthodox holds best yet it is still only around 55%. Around 1.500 Romagnans go to Italian controlled Rimini county and start recapturing. This works ideally, as it will lower our allies passive contribution gain, while we work on increasing our.

    Year 998
    ======================

    Beggining of yet another year in this sad world, is spent on splitting our eastern steppe army into 4 parts to park them inside our lands to avoid attrition (all the counties are down to 1.000 supply). Fun fact - we spread black plague back into east, so it made the whole circle. Originated in Xia and at the end went back to Xia.

    In Romagna our warscore sours to 80% after we take top holdings of each of those 4 counties. Heretics start amassing some forces, but it still doesn't pose real threat to us. I also check and we are getting around 1/3 more contribution each tick that Italian. We are currently at 20% contribution, which gives Permo-Siberia claim to around 4.000 gold coins. Italians get almost the same but with 32% warscore. Kind of weird calculation.
    Gl9S5ah.jpg

    We striked directly into Romagnan king domain, allowing rest of included sides too brawl on the other side of mountains. Isn't quick but will definetely lead to us winning in a way providing most benefits for Permo-Siberians

    Something changed because I'm no longer getting assaulted by all the notification about vassals dying. Sadly plague is still here and Perm dropped from max prosperity to 1st level of depopulation.
    wajR8Gg.jpg

    Interesting choice. Killing cats gives -10% revolt risk. Not sure what is the downside. Not interested in finding out either.

    I have to stop besieging, as before summer arrives we look at 97% warscore already. Also our new Italian wife dies. Then we get notification about eastern europe being ravaged. Once again crusader event with comet fires and I discover that taking the same options improves modifier from +10% Morale to +15% Morale and +1 Martial. On top of prolonging it by another 2 years. Now I wonder what the other modifier - Taskmaster upgrades into. I like those minigames like with prophet modifier in Hermetics. I watch as Romagnans and fresh Anglo-Saxon contingent simultaneously besiege Bologna and Rimini. Waiting for them to lower Italian contributions and make some room for us to conquer more. Meanwhile our army is resting in Orvietto that can sustain up to 28.000 troops. We also lost our Master Engineer but not thanks to current trending topic worldwide but just old age. Current Chinese emperor is 65 years old, so maybe soon that Komi-hating douche will go "ride a dragon". Kudymkar tribe dropped it's prosperity as well. Kol'va and Pil'va tribes hit 2nd depopulation level already.

    In September our subjects petition us with most urgent matter:
    RpWqhte.jpg

    Having wise and educated leader in such testing time sure is handy

    I did not spot it previously but with so many titles inherited... We were passed jewish loan from one of our vassals. He spent the money, we will have to pay it back. Not ideal.

    During november our loyal councillor Baruch, the Jew we sent to Thrace dies. He lived for 73 years and died due to old age. We can also resumme siegeing down Cathar holdings (but just limited to acquiring 2 targets). Our war contribution rised to 21% and it seems that not everyone is passively increasing their score, so the longer it lasts the more cash we will earn. Our peasants also forget about cats being culprits behind disaster that struck our realm.

    Yet another Crusader event fires for our character. At first glance not great but after some deliberation I see the potential for some investor inviting with options we chose:
    LTpNc5q.jpg

    Possesed gives us chance at hearing voice of Jesus/Satan, which can be fun. Opinion penalty reduction is fantastic for our inviting courtiers playstyle, so it is kind of shame it happens during plague.

    Year 999
    ======================

    In January Cathars finally retake Rimini from Italians, giving us yet more room to besiege their heartlands without ending the Crusade. That said they reinforced up to 6.500 troops in the whole theater of war. Soon we might need to start tackling that problem. We have numerical superiority for now. And hey - it wasn't that we were just watching while twiddling fingers. We did took a majority of Romagnan holdings, which means they not exactly can reinforce their standing forces anymore.

    Locals assault rest of Bologna and thanks to that our Italian allies are down to just +10 point of war contribution each tick, while we get around twelve times that. Then they press onto their occupied capital and we give them battle:
    ttVTGFv.jpg

    Risky defence of Alviano pays off. Not only we decisively beat Cathars but also finish taking over few surrounding holdings nearby, before reinforcing our troops in Orvietto.

    What's initially looks not great soon will improve. Already was moving 2.000 extra troops from Spoletto and other 6.000 troops in Arezzo will join after finishing siege there. With reinforcements we get numerical advantage (6504 vs 4625) and new wing joins on Harass tactic. Bloody Cathars make it till melee phase but we receive another chunk of help from another 6000 army, which put's us at 3:1 advantege. Before we can fully relax and keep chasing stragglers our emperor Varaka get's challenged to a duel during battle and we take part. No better choice and luckily we win, cutting assailant hand off. UFF! In this battle our infantry wing with their commander really performed well on Feint tactic :). That tremendously affects, what defenders will be able to throw at us in the near future. Also jumped Permian contribution up to 23% of warscore.

    In spring first few provinces in southern Cumania stop suffering black plague. Sadly in just a month huge almost 12.000 strong italian peasant revolt sprungs onto our besieging Spolleto troops, that were just divided to avoid needles attrition. We have almost 7.000 troops and are defending in Mountains (+100% LI Attack/Defence, +50% Archer attack and +100% Archer Defence) and well we do secure 2 narrow flanks. Turns out our men slaughter those clowns :D. 400 lost for 6000 killed is good ratio.

    After killing some more Cathar forces enemy consolidates close to 6000 troops in Orbatello . We can't allow them to get even stronger, so we move our 12.000 strong force to contest their siege.
    eUFwGaL.jpg

    Plain old regular battle without any suprises. Lack of commanders on enemy wings also eliminates risk of our Emperor dying in duel.

    Fight seems to be going without any hiccups. Soon we paint the plains red with heretics blood but some other 2.000 strong cathar army shows in Bologna. We are up to 97% warscore though. No other choice that to let them be for now.

    By November all of Cumania and Siberia recover from epidemic. But we have another problem as our peasants (no doubt thanks to Bogomilist heretics) in Udmurts rise up demanding... Independence. Oh boy!
    uiNKOdf.jpg

    That's an issue! Seems like most of surviving population rallied under that banner

    Rest of year is spent on frantically manouvering around that huge peasant stack. What's worse they are immune to attrition and currently Perm itself can't support more than 1.000 troops. Making conentrating forces to oppose them a little tad difficult. Back in Italy I was squashing some small Cathar forces and by Mistake reached 100% warscore. We got up to 25% of warscore and probably soon all of that investment will end.

    Year 1000
    ======================

    Change of Millenium greets us with small Suomenusko uprising in north-eastern Nenetsia. Just 700 dudes unhappy with life. They ain't much of a problem. More importantly our Italian adventures come to an end.
    njhUv9H.jpg

    Not bad. Not only did we earn catholic gold and prestige but also were presented option to evade black plague. That Artifact will also prolong our life a little

    Our retinues are packing their toys and starting march home. We probably won't have them back home in time to deal with current problems. Severe winters once again attritions us terribly. Just my luck. This is the worst combination - epidemic + most harsh climate :/.

    With March Black plague passes. It stopped affecting de jure Nenetsia and Perm - just remains south in counties of Volga-Bulgaria. I won't go back just yet because we can become victims of rebels capturing capital. One of our councillors comes upon a rumour regarding artifact. Nice but I don't have high hopes - both our emperor is not exactly young and I will have to do some digging how to max the chances for success in that endeavour.
    GNrIpzt.jpg

    Potentially can generate us quality 4 or 5 religious artifact - not bad!

    Takes up to May for winter to go away and sickness to fully leave our realm. That gives us around 5.000 supply in our provinces. We retake Udmurts after which we can consolidate our forces there (as it gives us 10.000 supplies). Rebels realise that and at once push onto us. Joke on them - Udmurts has Forest making defending easier.
    4gGFeqZ.jpg

    Many defences of Forests around Udmurts tribe. We do sacrifice some allied forces south from here to get those advantageous battles.

    Enemies lock onto us, as we move from Udmurts to Tynea to intercept 4.000 rebel contingent. Meanwhile some of our vassals (2.000) get trounced by other 7.600+ rebel host. We roll decently and I realise we don't exactly have a lot of Heavy infantry. Still is enough to win without much losses. We then have to prepare for another round of defending again, that smaller army that locked already, trying to help their friends that are already eating dirt. The second engagment goes even worse for enemies. Before the battle ends, the rest of uprisers show up into melee. Not intentionally I asigned leader capable of performing Clever Ambush tactic and thus we spring that on them. It's good as we mostly have 2.000 Infantry in center that get's boosted by +120% from tactic and further 40% from leader. Slaughter is great and thus at once dangerous rebelion is dealt with.

    I order my vassals to hunt remaining pagans in Nenetsia. Not gonna bother with such petty task and spend my attention at managing logistic of such venture. Now onto more pressing matters. Time to convert back. But before that we could use some of that devotion we had. We can teach virtue to our heir. It has 50% for both Patient and Diligent. Kezhay Permyakid has childhood traits that could evolve into those. If we give him Diligent then Conscientious could evolve into Temperate (+2 Stewardship). If we give him Patient then I hope we can just not pick Greedy/Paranoid. I like that plan. He becomes Patient.

    Then we convert. Back to Suomenusko. Because I've read something interesting and want to try it out. Additionally I have piety to spare. Would want to go under 1.250 to avoid becoming saint. Currently we have 7.314. So what I'm cooking you ask? Well Defensive pagans have unique fortification structure in tribes. Heard you can retain it as other faiths. Let's try it
    T3Ug3Li.jpg

    Read on internet that if you construct something before converting to feudal, you can retain extra building from tribe in Castles. Wondered if it works for religion depending structures, so we start Defensive pagan fortifications and then convert.

    Funnily enough converting to Suomenusko, instantly forced to end that small pagan uprising. Not intended but will happily accept it :). After converting back to Orthodoxy it turns out my exploit doesn't work. Maybe I needed to finish it first and then start upgrading to keep it? Doesn't matter. We did preserve something - we still have Crusader trait. That's a nice bonus I guess. At least we burned some piety. We also leave Benedictine order to start our 90 days cooldown of not being able to join other society. Appoint new Patriarch (21 Learning, Genius, Erudite and just 28 years old) and sent him into Udmurts to proselytize Bogomilists (11.25% chance yearly).

    Till Autumn I keep changing, who the guardian of Varaka's son is. He ends for those few months under tutelage of Orthodox Nun from Community of Saint Basil. I decide to also repay jewish debt and rebuilt lost forts in Perm. Who knows - maybe they will come in handy later. Our retinues enter Khazarian khaganate and will probably be too late to prevent sacking in Mordva high chiefdom by our rowdy neighbours. Bogomolists pops up in Bilyar (Bolgharia high chiefdom). Our Moral Authority sinked so low (35%) that we can't even use excommunications. Goddammit - we go crusading for 11 years and our original religion hits rock bottom.

    We can't go hunting because game sees one of our positive health modifiers as penalty :/. But at least in November we start the Feast. It will give some prosperity in capital, which I hope might help getting rid of depopulation even if barely faster. Our levies are totalled - only 1.400 out of 13.000 remains. Good thing we still have retinues. We finally join Community of Saint Basil. Taking our guardianship over young Kezhay for ourself.

    As preparation commences and guests are invited, our battle hardened crusaders come home and deal with 2.000 Khazarian raiders in Mordva tribe, killing 500 while losing 100. Infantry is split and sent towards Irghiz to take over as border guards. Supply in Mordva are really great (12.000 troops), so I leave hunting parties there. Feast proceeds but absolutely nothing happens. And with that festivity I will bid you adieu!
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Economic Summary: Permo-Siberia Year 1000
  • uDmNivR.jpg

    Economic Report: Permo-Siberia Year 1000

    Realm size: 133
    Yearly Income: 4,52
    Treasury: 20.214(+1.982 in currently held investors, +6.851 in mercenary band)
    Number of Cities in Realm: 2
    Number of Cities in Personal Demense: 0
    Number of Prosperity Province Modifiers: 7
    Number of Holding Slots Generated: 5
    Number of Great Works: 2
    - Far North Scriptorium in Udmurts (Great Library; Stage 2; Keeper of the Tomes, Scribe Room, Architecture collection)
    - Hagia Epimoni in Tynea (Grand Cathedral; Stage 1; -)
    Global Construction Speed modifier: 64,6%
    Global Construction Cost modifier: 76,5%

    5 Highest Income Realms (Yearly Income)
    1. Tibet Empire (326.66)
    2. Byzantine Empire (282,84)
    3. Ghaznavid Shahdom (Shahdom of Sindh)(282,08)
    4. Kingdom of Italy (214,29)
    5. Lambakanna Kingdom (157,15)

    Honorable Mentions: Republic of Amalfi (813,35)(the richest Merchant Republic, under Byzantines), Sultanate of Egypt (150,16), Kingdom of France (133,16), Kingdom of Maharastra (131,63),

    5 Wealthiest Counties Worldwide (Province Wealth)
    1. Amalfi (304)
    2. Baghdad (294,33)
    3. Cholamandalam (219,7)
    4. Hamadan (209,2)
    5. Dunhuang (194,77),
    Honorable Mentions: Goa (190,6), al-Iskandriya (185,6),

    Additional Comment on worldstate: Black death swepped everything beside India&Poland. It gave rise to huge religious turmoil but will probably help stabilize bigger players and delete many minority cultures. I wonder if it will push AI towards feudalising? Ghaznavids keep expanding but met good resistance in Tibet empire. Western Protectorate fortunes are up and down (currently they subjugated not small Xia kingdom). Abbasids reconstituted themself in Persia after their catastrofic collapse due to decadence rebelion, but Armenians from Caucasus keep pushing them further and further from Anatolia. Even after splitting into 2 kingdoms (Armenia and Hyrcania). Generally Miasphytes are doing great because of all holy sites between them and Abbisynians. Egypt on other hand tackles common problem of many religious and peasant revolts (they also got stuck at 0% against Shia pretender who had 40.000 troops). They either collapse or remain in current limbo of being unable to win/lose wars. Byzantines aren't doing much better in Greece, as they kept losing counties to powerful Tengri Bulgharian Khaganate that just started splitting. On other hand their Merchant Republic took Rome and keeps reconquering Italy. Italy in which we are currently with rest of Catholics, displacing Cathars in Central Italy. Kingdom of Italy might take another kingdom and they already ate Bavaria. Other than that there are catholics in Kingdom of Navarra, that should watch out for Lollardian Leon that consolidated 1/3 of Spain. Waldensian France can't break through towards great power status. England started collapsing. Central europe starts centralising with 2 Germanic kingdoms of Saxony and Pomerania, Orthodox Bohemia,freshly independent Poland and also Polish Galicia-Volhynia. Big Slavic Sweden also disintegrated. Closer to us Suomenusko Finns finally started taking over their lands, Tengri Russian broke away from Khazars as both Khazar and Pecheneg khaganates thanks to us are shadow of their former self.
     
    • 2Like
    Reactions:
    Part XXIX (1001-1008)

  • 78kCkRj.jpg

    Part XXIX (1001-1008)


    Year 1001
    ======================

    Once more we go back to our post-pandemic Permo-Siberia. Long period of recovery begins. While our ruler is 50 years old, he still might need to do some work before passing throne to his 11 years old son Kezhay.

    But first we need to rebuild our court. Investor search is arranged and to my suprise there are still great fortunes out there, which managed to prevail over plague. I do invite them (and their heirs if needed). I also find new Jewish Steward (15 stewardship and ambitious 29 years old so he can generate us additional 500 g!) and fantastic Jewish spymaster (27 intrigue).

    o1dWS7u.jpg

    Back to business as usual. Luckily our goldmine didn't dried up. Maybe later we will encounter problems, as they are delayed in time?

    In March our Marshal fires (you guessed it!) another "massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar". Given, that there is only around half of possible levies it will help. More importantly it gives +6 prosperity points there, which should help getting rid of Minor depopulation. At the same time our sick (Rash+Headache+Fever - I hope it isn't black plague) Spymaster is sent to both Thrake to acquire new technologies as well as is ordered to arrange search for that artifact we heard rumours about. Why him? Because according to wiki (which I studied) he is currently the best candidate for that task. He is Genius, has 18+ attribute related to his council office and most of his other attributes are above 8 as well (beside learning). He is Greedy and Cruel which might help in his kind of search. I can't deduce what kind of artifact we are searching for so it might take between 5 to 10 years. Fingers crossed I guessed. We might live, as we are still on Hunting focus (+1 health), got dog (+1 health), can still train dog while diligent (for extra +1 health) and are eligible for becoming Brawny event (even more - +1 health).

    Community of Saint Basil offers us another task - donation. I take it. Even with fantastic devotion gain (+20/month) extra currency might prove useful. For our effort, game rewards us with Charitable trait. And then for succedding in mission, emperor Varaka "the Scholar" becomes humble as well. Here I have to note that I was wrong in avoiding Saintly Bloodlines. Turns out they don't prevent us from being able from picking "Forge Bloodline" ambition. Thus I was worrying over nothing and now I only have to spend that 10.300 prestige in the bank, before current ruler dies.

    Our Spymaster informs us about making steady progress in the search at 11th of April. That's fast. Well we should start our work too. We switch our capital from Perm to Kol'va tribe to the north. Why you ask? To forcefully push technology there. Extra level of Improved Keeps (to reach 4th). With that we can start building another Great Work, which is urgent given our plans of feudalising in around 100 years. So we start making Great Walls in Kolva (I like that idea as it is close to northern gap between Ural mountains and Siberian taiga). But that is not all - we also start building Magnificent Gardens in Pilva to the west. You heard me - we start 2 at the same time. And we are still upgrading Grand Cathedral in Tynea :). Plenty of work for architects.

    MO863uu.jpg

    More wonders of the world in our own lands :). They do start taking considerable funds though.

    I was shrewd and thought I could just reverse my capital choice after that. Turns out I was wrong as Perm isn't the capital of de jure Volga-Ural empire. Bolghar county is. Thus I might be stuck with Kol'va for quite some time >.>. Which is not optimal. Still I had to do it. No way around it. I hope that this decision with it's cooldown (600 months = 50 years) is tied to character. So as next ruler we might be able to switch it again.

    Our Ruler doesn't get to dwell on it for long, as May greets him with another Bogomilist rebelion. This time in Bolgharia but it is tiny (3.500 troops). Kinda weird after getting those huge rebelions previously. Well it isn't threatening so my retinues will deal with it.

    During our retinues long march from Mordva to Bolgharia, another merchant caravan visits us. This time we are presented with not particulary great Greek Spymaster. Still will take him. Our troops of course don't make it in time (even with Organiser commander) and Bilyar tribe gets captured.

    Month later our spymaster steals 50 diplomatic tech points. Soon we catch rebels and kill them, thus ending another religious uprising. Our heir turns 12 years old, so after assigning him stewardship education focus we pick this option from our ongoing ambition:

    oUPZW5l.jpg

    Rarely do I get occasion to use it. It will help offset short reign penalty for Kezhay so it ain't too shabby!

    Soon we start his first interactions with Permo-Siberian vassal horde (currently 87). Orthodoxy icon event pops up again (at least I have that impression) and I take +1 Martial to not lose Zealous. Also given more than enough in both Stewardship and Learning it doesn't hurt to have slightly more levies ;).

    Some marriages take place, as two oldest daughters come of age. Nulzyava becomes wife of new Romagnan Catholic King Berthold "the Pilgrim". Sanal'la Permyakid is waiting for Prince Folkhard of Bavaria to become an adult (14 at the time). With that all children beside our heir are already matched with really nice dynasties in Europe :). I also did bethrothed our Emperor to young cousin high chief of Ural in bid to take over those counties for ourselves.

    We end the year by throwing another feast. It does increase prosperity a little, so why not :) I check up on my spymaster and he is suffering from Great Pox. Well... That's less than ideal. He has only mild case of that sickness (+1 health) and was succesfully treated (+2 health and stats) but he is realistically one bad treatment away from dying and wasting artifact search. Well I'll pray for him :)".

    Year 1002
    ======================

    New year coincides with change in china. Previous Finno-Ugric hating Emperor passed away and once again our prospects are looking up.

    C4fZ4j4.jpg

    While he doesn't like us, he at least doesn't hate us. Meaning we get regular amount of grace from interaction with him.

    As I watch our heir (who sadly developed temperate instead of diligent), another uprising occurs. This time previous Suomenusko lands in Nenetsia is the hotspot. Because it was finally converted away from it (meaning whole of Nenetsia is Orthodox). Seems my festivities are once again cut short. That's another small army to deal with - enough for my vassals to manage, after ordering them to. Sadly it does cancel introducing heir to realm decision.

    During spring our spymaster steals another 50 military tech points, our vassals try to figure out whole war business on their own, and I start spending some of my prestige. Decision is make to upgrade all weaponsmiths in Perm high chiefdom to at least 3rd level.

    08wVKIG.jpg

    Four tribes get that upgrade, removing 1200 prestige for us. That's a beginning :) Will also help with replenishment.

    By Summer several 1.500+ strong vassal hosts are marching towards rebels. Our Marshal once again rolls critical success in Kudymkar (+6 prosperity) and upon inspecting our retinues are mostly fully replenished. Orthodox Moral Authority started recovering and reached 45%, which once again makes us capable of requesting excommunications. I have already 3 targets, who are actively scheming via focus to get rid of. On top of that, some vassals due to plague craziness acquired more land that I would like them to have. Thus our game begins once again :)

    By November our loyal vassal deal with Nenetsian rubble. I also succesfully imprison local ruler from the rebelious county, as he was one of scheming vassals. It goes smoothly and soon I can give it away. But to whom do I give it? During check up on vassals I got some idea.

    SOkuYNk.jpg

    One of our vassals has nice combinaiton of ambition coupled with his hobby. He really has great chance of fulfilling his objective and thus helping Orthodox Moral Authority.

    Given, that we are constantly changing rulers we might grant Zealous Learning educated characters fiefs in order to improve Moral Authority without holy wars. I like this and I'm curious how well will it work. If it does work it might be heck of an option to manage state of religion when playing far from holy sites :). Thus I generate Zealous character by spamming 25 piety decisions. Sadly it is still, a chance and he instantly takes scheming, even though he is content >.>. Maybe it will work better with Ascetics invited from Monastic communities?

    Year 1003
    ======================

    Some minor depopulations already vanished in Perm high chiefdom. Udmurts has still minor depopulation and Tynea significant depopulation. But heck, let's help it even more and organise great tribal festival. We haven't had one of those in ages.

    XWYGVCr.jpg

    It doesn't stop to amaze me hiw many different steps this event chain has. Also it being localised for Christians, which is not common combination.

    In February another update from our artifact hunter arrives - he want's diplomats to help him. We are happy to provide him with them, as that -15 general opinion might not matter anymore on this ruler, on top of that event providing 5 years worth of steady progress. The same as our Councillor asking for money. Festival proceeds and we go hunting for some extra health :). As our ruler visit local shops and his eye lands on strenght potion, small nomad band visit eastern reaches of empire.

    Soon they are beaten and we can focus on tribal festival once more. Some excommunication flies in the background and there is eating contest! Before it proceeds our ruler has PTSD from memory of Orvietto battle. It is no biggie, as we can just once again pick Celibate trait. We don't win but at least have some fun. Also I'm suprised that this event was also customised for Christian tribals!

    In Summer our Ecclesiarch routs out heresy in Udmurts. Then he is sent to Tarbagatai to convert local population, so the county becomes eligible to converting passively. Because Massalianism there has weak MA, we have 10.68% yearly chance of success. Not sonner do I end that sentence and yet another peasant rebelion occurs - this time in Belaya (the only remaining Bolghar county).

    CYws1SJ.jpg

    We slowly convert steppes to our religion. Which is a prerequisite for culture conversion. Still heresy outbreak slow down that process considerably.

    I get rid of another scheming vassal, simultaneously moving infantry retinues from southern Cumania to deal with rebelion. Final intervention for our heir (14 y.o) is presented and I spent a while to decide. We can either make him Diligent (he already is stressed so there is no drawback) or Ambitious. Diligent will gelp with education trait, but he most likely has a really long reign ahead of his and while being genius he might end with level 3 education anyway. So I take a gamble and pick ambitious that is much more tricky to get. With that even before getting education trait he has Genius, Patient, Temperate, Ambitious, Stressed with 2 more child traits giving him 12/14/16/10/16 attributes already (Dip/Mar/Stew/Intri/Lear). Let's hope he doesn't roll absolutely terrible on his education.

    xAuK4W5.jpg

    Pacifying countryside. Will they ever learn? One would think that after what they just been through, they would behave.

    Dealing with rebels goes terribly inefficient, as they make it to melee because of total clusterf*ck of tactics rolled (hit 5.2% chance at Gen. Skirm twice...). Soon our Permo-Siberian Patriarch dies and I invite one of our vassal councillors to replace him. Sudden case of Dysyntery. In the end we win, but boy we definetely did not need to lose over 100 men for such minor battle.

    As our Weaponsmith III are finished, we continue upgrading towards next level. Costing us another 1.600 prestige (which leaves us at 7.825). I add Practise Range I in Burtasy (Mordva duchy in the south) and two Training Grounds I in both Irghiz and Tarbagatai. That's another 300 prestige well spent.

    With the advent of Winter - we reach second rank within Community of Saint Basil (not that it is particulary great this time, as we already are Celibate but at least can bestow virtues we have on others). Now we are once again mostly barred from advancing sooner by "at least 3 years as previous rank" requirement. At least next level in this Society will give us option of inviting Ascetics for our "Get Holy scheme". We also get rid of that not grateful clergymen we made chief in Nenetsia by feeding him to bears (execution). Bigger (1.000) nomad host arrives in Syrt (Bolgharia duchy). We move our 5.500 light infantry/light cavalry retinue to greet them. And show them exit.

    Year 1004
    ======================

    New year starts with another good news from "Artifact search" department of our Komi'mpany. Once again we can give Councillor some leverage, which means additional progress points. It is going really nice as within 3 years we made (IRC) close to 11 years worth of steady progress. It becomes more and more possible that we do end up with that artifact and soon.

    UXAbXxf.jpg

    Any artifact news that isn't critical failure is good news. Also anything we can do to speed it up is welcomed.

    By the end of March we catch those pesky nomads from Syrt. They tried to get clever with us by retreating. So we're waiting to ambush them alongside border and killed over half of them in process. That will make them think twice for at least few years, before passing our border.

    After dealing with nomads we can enjoy tranquility. Some excommunication is thrown, one of our vassals Realm Priest converts Zaysan tribe in Eastern Cumania. After Burtasy concludes building Practise Range, we immedietely follow it with further upgrade.

    In August our infirm and cancer suffering Italian sponsor dies. He is instantly replaced with one spare courtier I procured earlier. Then finally after much waiting this event fires:

    J9Tepco.jpg

    The prerequisite for this is to be at peace, so nice that we got it. Let's hope we manage to actually acquire further building discounts :)

    Finally that Economic Collection in Far North Scriptorium does, what it was build for. I send our Han courtier as she has slightly higher stats. Let's hope nothing goes awry, because I really need that book to stack cost reduction even more.

    By November we keep up with our Excommunication game alongside continued buildup in Irghiz and Tarbagatai trbes. After they finished they previous assigment, we order them to make Training Ground I. That leaves us with 7.262 prestige. Upon inspecting military tab we can observe partial recovery of our armies might - 10.000 out of 14.000 warriors are once again at our personal command.

    5kEpx6j.jpg

    Small price for how little that book will save us in the future upon Feudalising.

    We get an update on that Architecture book. Gladly will pay as by not paying we are making sure to not get that goodie. Sadly before end of year, Bogomilist heresy pops up in Buqtirma tribe within eastern Cumania. So we are still at 5-6 heretic counties throughout empire. It might keep being an issue, as Orthodoxy keeps fluctuating between 40 and 45% moral authority. Before end of year our spymasters returns with... Minor artifact :/. Well that's dissapointing. Was thinking we are at least on track of some quality 4 artifact.

    Zn5uszm.jpg

    I know I shouldn't keep my hopes up buuuuut... I really wanted some nice quality 4 christian artifact x]

    Year 1005
    ======================

    Still being dissapointed by how much research went into obtaining such a minor artifact, we flip the calendar page to 1005.

    In February our Han courtier sent to retrieve book is spotted abandoning her cause. She found herself a place within some Arabic court and book is nowhere to be seen. Well that's quick 1-2 of failures in regards to artifacts in succesion. At least soon our son&heir comes of age, so we are ready for any sudden transfer of power

    82EfK4R.jpg

    Well he is genius and we rolled absolute minimum in regards to his education to be able to get most modifiers for prosperity (but after upgrading it once via Business focus). Lack of Diligent doesn't sting as much thanks to us needed to rebuild prosperity D:

    In May we continue building structures. After Practise Range II, Warcamp II follow. More Excommunications are issued and then we hear about not small Norse realm in Norwey converting to Catharism. Well that definetely won't help future crusades. England did make up for losing allies in Italy. Then Catharism once again flips to being mainstream religion. It doesn't stop being exotic as with 0% moral authority some of it's provinces keep flipping to Catholic heresy. While for us on menu there is medium sized peasant rebelion erupting in tribe east of Perm itself - Thisageta.

    More building up - Practise Ranges II in both Tarbagatai and Irghiz. That drops us finally below 7.000 prestige mark. Our Ecclesiarch converts Tarbagatai. I pause to think where to send him next. We have still 2 more counties that need converting before passively converting their culture (Burtasy and Irghiz). But this event is tied to character so as long as I have 1 county it's optimal. So I sent him into Bolghar county to eliminate that heretic hotspot and prevent spread from it. We still have over 11% yearly chance of converting it, so it ain't bad.

    It reminds me that I own tribe in Irtysh. So make it 3 more counties that need converting. Also neglected building there, so we remedy this by starting Practise Ranges. Gotta get those archers to improve our tactics chances.

    By December we finally arrive 1 province away from rebels. Securing prosperity of our capital duchy.

    Year 1006
    ======================

    In January big round of constructions ends in the heart of our demense. Weaponsmiths are maxed within Perm High Chiefdom. Kol'va and Pilva then proceed with Maxing culture building (boosting Heavy Infantry in Komi case), while Udmurts and Tynea start working on Training Grounds 2. That leaves us at 5.641 prestige. Slowly we are getting there :).

    byVPp6O.jpg

    Another chance at proving our retinues can deal with peasant rebels. While it doesn't matter with our prestige gain, it matters for my sanity that I don't have to let them rampage through our lands, before amass troops.

    Reckoning comes for uppity peasants in Thisageta. They do manage to secure narrow flanks in hills with Feint tactics. We still roll them over but it kind of depressing that we have to rely on pure numbers to win. Then our border guard goes on march back to Mordva. Which will take around 11 months :)".

    After that I start working on my administration issue with double (thanks to plague) counts. There is 5 of them, holding between them 10 counties. We have excommunicated all of them, so we can start readjusting. I start with count marriage. In the meantime we get another donation mission from Community of Saint Basil, so we give in to our charitable nature, getting Honest in return. This Emperor sure looks saint material more and more. Then I proceed with rest.

    Mistakes are made as I accidentaly skipped over 1 character in the list in the overlay and he was not excommunicated but I moment ago just imprisoned him. So now we are the tyrant :/. Well Woopty-Doo!

    BEqZmue.jpg

    Cleaning up administration mess that occured due to plague instigated inheritances.

    After ordering all 82 vassals to besiege enemies, I start moving my own retinues in Eastern part of realm to hasten the whole process. Also noticed that our religion MA went down the drain again - down to 30%. What's weird those are mostly lost holy wars but Byzantines are doing better than usual, fielding some 27.000 troops and having several one county victorious greek rebels around them. So much for more excommunication in the foreseeable future.

    uxf5nBG.jpg

    We are diligent and can train for even more health. So why not. This reign might be quite a longer than expected.

    Udmurts loses depopulation in May while, Tynea tribe goes from significant to minor depopulation. We also do bribe our son into converting to Orthodoxy. Even if he takes part in some secret Catholic cult, we will see it and be able thus to exterminate it upon succession. What's more I want to start giving him Spiritual guidance and then gifting him virtues. First we get rid of Greedy. Putting Kezhay down to 5 traits.

    By October we are done with excommunicantes in Bolghar and Kazahks duchies. That leaves us with just marriages to deal. I did kind of derped the AI by getting into war against already called vassals, thus AI for big chunk of that time was confused on what to do, as some rebels are still tagged as allies. Irghiz, Irtysh and Tarbagatai tribes continue on building up, as soon as they finished previous constructions. Giving us only 5.114 more prestige to burn through. Also our Moral Authority got nuked down to 14.8%. Forget about converting anything soon, as our Ecclesiarch chances went from 11% to 1.25% yearly.

    In November our Spymaster steals 50 culture tech points, our vassals consolidate and start progressing our last 2 wars and we move retinues back onto border. Then my subjects manage to terribly overstack their armies on one of rebel tribes. Year ends with us having just 1 rebel county, 1 being besieged and 2 not even started.

    Year 1007
    ======================

    I did check and our vassal with holy ambitions changed them before achieving his goals :<. That's not great. Our spymaster is also waiting for another treatment, as his previous ended it's duration. Emperor Varaka on other hand is ranking up in Monastic society.

    zsYRrNs.jpg

    This time both new powers are interesting and of use for us. Slowly improving vassals, especially barons might be underestimated.

    Soon we force Excommunicated husband count to surrender, which leaves only his wife in war with us. She is down to single holding close to Siberian taiga in duchy of Komi. But this is nothing to lose head about.

    tCFjIaM.jpg

    Our predicted life duration prolongs once more. Not sure if I will be happy or not in the end.

    Now we are only waiting for chance at brawny to be ready to have the oldest ruler to date. With start of March another religious uprising occurs. Good. At least chance for extra Orthodoxy moral authority. Sunnis took arms this time if you wondered. Not suprised, as they are at abysmal 0% MA and are looking at becoming heresy within few years, as Zikri is keeping pace of conquering Islam world. While most realms are still nominally Sunni. Also Shia pretender in Egypt finally started getting warscore :)". Our unhappy muslims spawned in Karasor tribe. Such a shame that our border patrol is just province north-east. Sadly soon Bogomilists pop up in Saur county, next to silkroad in south-eastern Cumania. Also all counties beside Irtysh, recovered from depopulation.

    With Spring we put behind us excommunication wars and start administering justice. Revoking exactly 2 counties for betrayal put's us at 19/12 personal demense. While I have the option to Invite Holy Ascetics now, it cost 300 devotion (meaning 15 months of passive income) and currently we have none. So we will have to do with regular "Invite Holy Man to Court decision". After some clicking I reconsider. Among counties to give out there are 2, which are orthodox with non-komi culture. So I get 2 Stewardship courtiers for them (to help conversion). Then I keep clicking button for "Holy Mans". I also decided to give away Tarbagatai county to some other administrator. He should so A-ok with that and it gives me some more breathing room. Thus once again I not passively culture converting.

    fHaxexI.jpg

    As we were discussing in previous week, I finally encoutered it. I also kept getting double Lifestyle characters - for example Scholar-Mystic

    Just as Sunni rebelion ends, Tengri rebelions replaces it. But it occurs in Mordva tribe. Where my 5.500 retinues is. So their 4.000 troops instantly ambush us, but we beat them with ease (losing 300 men to kill over 2.000 rebels and completely deleting them). Thus easy +2% MA is achieved in quick succession. Putting us at 18% MA.

    By June Warrior Gathering Grounds IV are done in Kolva and Pilva tribes, so they mimic tribes in southern Perm and start working on another level of Training Grounds. That removes further 400 prestige and put's us at just 5.000. No wait - Tynea, Udmurts and Burtasy ended their construction queue as well, so 3rd levels of Training Grounds and Practise Range III follow. That leaves only 4.100 prestige :).

    I continue with last excommunication war left till now - this one is different. It revolves around that single Cheremisian vassal who previously conquered much of Vladimir duchy. We need to decentralise him :). Luckily he is closa to Mordva tribe so we can jump at him quickly. At the start of July I push another level of Practise Range in Irghiz (making border county more difficult to siege is beneficial) and remember to check Tarbagatai. It turns out our new administrator already culture converted it :). We order him Warrior Gathering ground in reward.

    We proceed with siegeing Cheremisian vassal down. It goes smoothly. We get another donation request from monastic community and happily pay for that extra devotion. We are also rewarded with Temperate. That's 5 virtues already on top of Content, Zealous and Honest (well Possesed too). Our newly appointed Marshal also increases prosperity in Kudymkar by +6 from critical success in Training troops.

    We conclude extraction war, diminishing our vassal from 6 counties down to 4. But we also execute him, letting his son succeed. With 2 extra counties I'm willing to try our "Invite Holy Ascetic" scheme. Well it quickly turns out to be not possible. We can't give out titles to Monks/Nuns :/. So we are back to chance rolling with Learning courtiers. Dammit!

    So I try working with those Clergy-Courtiers that can be granted holdings. Some of them do pick Theology focus and if they have "Become the Councillor ambition I fulfill it by granting them temporarily Chancellorship. Sadly often they pick up "groom and heir" which basically removes any opportunity of change for at least 15 years. But I will keep doing it - this way maybe some of them after getting adult heir will decide to pick "Become Paragon of Virtue" ambition with already not small amount of Piety. By the way - our MA crashed again to 10% because of some smallpox epidemy in Constantinopole forcing Ecumenical Patriarch into hiding.

    Year 1008
    ======================

    We are down to 4 investors, which allowed us to not diminish our coffers too much so far. While actively building 3 Great Works at the same time, we are losing -186,93 gold coins every year. Our saldo currently shows 21.713 coins, so it isn't yet an issue but will have to think about investing more.

    In February our son-in-law king of Romagna dies due to severe stress. Somehow Catholics are doing better than us. 53.5% MA and Pope managed to snatch for himself county next to Rome (Orvietto).

    With May Zikri finally dethrones Sunnis as mainstream Islam. They have close to 92% MA and well are on great way to accumulate power further. Then we spend another 1.000 prestige on building upgrades in Pilva+Kolva (Training Grounds III) and Burtasy (Practise Range IV).

    ZujEcuZ.jpg

    As Emperor Varaka already has lifestyle trait I'm suprised to see this occur. But sure we will.

    Seems like one of our ways out arrived. I keep juggling Chancellors, while our MA raches 1.9% I don't know who keeps losing holy wars. Bohemia converted to Paulicianism, Byzantines are actually recapturing Anatolia and are probably waiting for Serbia to split upon succession into 3 before attacking. Yet we are looking at -60% MA from lost holy wars in the last 20 years. Well at least this happens

    MkG3Sg7.jpg

    Forgot how quickly this type of wonder is built. Well no harm in it. We upgrade it even further. Also means extra holding slot sooner.

    By November we keep building (Final levels of Training Grounds for Tynea and Udmurts tribes and 3rd level Practise Range for Irtysh) almost depleting our prestige (we are left with 1.387). More importantly we are notified that our great beast was spotted. Our Emperor rides out.

    Last month in this part starts with another Bogomilist uprising in Buqtirma. There is 5.000 of them so maybe I should wait for some help from vassals. So as my vassal keep marshalling their troops, and our Emperor embarks on great hunt I will end this part :).
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXX (1009-1016)

  • jVnMiL6.jpg

    Part XXX (1009-1016)


    Year 1009
    ======================

    We sit to toil again for the wellbeing of our people in Permo-Siberia during those taxing times. Turns out one of our vassals took dealing with peasants into his own hands, and using his 1.000 strong army defeated 4.000 lightly armored rebels before we decided to intervene, thus saving us the effort. That's +1% MA, which currently makes 1/3 of our religion MA :]".
    7z2xzwq.jpg

    Acquring new investors never truly ends. While I still managed to catch some interesting characters, it took way more time that usually and I think the "after plague lag" finally hit that "market"

    After sending invitation, we also start family for our heir. He can take his time before taking over Emperorship in procuring suitable heirs. It almost goes without hiccup, but one of concubines turns to be daughter of local ruler and thus even with bribe refuses our invitation. Well 3/4 is still not bad and that includes Greek Genius relative of Count (so no huge prestige penalty).
    bvW5OX0.jpg

    Once those start, these hunting events fire quite frequently. Let's hope for something beneficial.

    February starts quite eventful. First we have our Great Hunt proceeding. We drink some potion and even with hopeful description I notice no permament difference (was thinking maybe it will give us strong/greedy/lustful). Then in few days our Grand Cathedral in Tynea county finishes upgrading to Stage 2. There is not much of visual difference but maybe upon comparing both pictures there is more than I remember. But more importantly we finished previous stage in year 981, which means, that in year 1031 we will become eligible for "New Town is born" event here. We still need more features there (as it is currently completely feature-less).
    vVUvdzo.jpg

    As the name of that most holy place suggest, we prevailed and persisted. From now on this will remind us the hardship Komi people had to deal with so far.

    But waait! There is more. Our Marshal returned to us with yet another rumour. This time is marked as more significant. So I start breathing heavily and my excitement is drived by thoughts of acquiring quality 4 or 5 religious artifact. We obviosly thank marshall but send our previous artifact hunter - jewish spymaster Achunai of Plyos for this task. He has great pox, developed Lunatic behaviour but still this cruel, greedy Genious is man for this kind of job. All of sudden living few extra years as current emperor became really important :).
    UKIlOjc.jpg

    Not exactly the best to hear such rumours once your ruler is close to 60 years old, but hey we will try anyway. Maybe we just manage to find it before Varaka Permyakid croaks.

    I raise our levies (around 15.000 men), as I found some use for them in the near future but it still will make some time for them to march all the way to our capital. Retinues that were protecting the borders are moved onto few selected 'scheming to kill some courtiers' vassals, as I want to replace them with probably better candidates to speed up culture change. There is also our ungrateful clergymen, who after getting tribe started scheme focus (from our experiments in previous part). For him though I start my own assasination plot (seems we can get up to 400% plot power), as we are still his heir.

    With coming of march our 75 years old Keeper of tomes dies, and our treasury refills instantly after recent investments. I quickly exchange our master of hunt position and invite some spare courtier I wisely booked in reserve, giving our investor pool another 343 gold. Our Spymaster at the same time informs us about his progress in artifact search. He demands 50% plot power defence and power. That's a lot just as we get informed our ungrateful vassal will have an accident. But decision is made to make that significant artifact search progress. Soon our scoundrel vassal dies in manure explosion, without trace of our complicity. He is replaced with commander (19 martial and 'Leading the center' commander trait) to boost up levies that tribe provides.

    Spring start with another Chancellor (no luck so far with anyone deciding on "Become the Paragon of Virtue ambition) and capable one at that. I send him to Tortosa county in middle-east to fabricate claim. Why? Because if we are to live for a moment, maybe we will want to generate some claims to costly pass them to Kezhay. But maybe it won't be costly even? I was thinking about intervetion in vicinity of Jerusalem for some time now, after Abbasids collapsed. It might be a nice task during our next ruler reign. So for now let's start working on it just in case. We also try to imprison Chieftess Litava of Osha tribe for her involvement in some assasination plot. Just to replace her as her county needs more administration oriented ruler to help with assimilating locals. She evades our guards and rises in rebelion, but our 3.900 strong retinues are already there so her 300 strong force is demolished instantly. The siege begins. Our western retinue had to give up, as one of vassals reconsidered his schemes on his own and now they are moving up all the way to Kargopol in Nenetsia to deal with last target.

    To my suprise before May, our target chieftess called to war 3 other chiefs to her defence. First of them is considered stupid but later one of our better commanders joins. It won't help much as probably they will surrender after we extract her from her tribe walls but is annoying.

    During summer we instigate the same manouver in Kargopol but sadly catch local chief with just 38% chance. Can't imprison him again, as he isn't excommunicated. The war is prolonged as even after taking all the holdings of main target, we are at just 97% warscore and opposing side refuses to surrender. So we move out and hunt one of Chieftess Litava allies in the field, which finally forces them to peace talks. I only revoke her tribe and leave 3 other traitors free (one has quick heir, second has already converted his county and third is fellow Crusader commander).
    ihKT6O4.jpg

    I keep revoked tribe, because it is strategically located in the middle of our eastern realm. Also has temple holding, which will help technology spread :). With that we can evenly feed technology into previous nomadic lands, as they count as being adjecent to rest of our personal demense

    That leaves me at 11/12 holding limit. As newly acquired Osha tribe was partially build I continue that by upgrading Practise range I into II (-200 prestige). Time for our other scheme. Remember that raised levies? They gathered. Now I sent them west towards rising Russian Tengri kingdom on our borders. Why? Because they have plethora of Temples to loot. Gotta help clergy spreading good word ;).

    So as Autumn approaches and our raiders move out, we get issued another mission from our comrades in Community of Saint Basil (Orthodox Monastic society). This time they don't want money (weird as we were asked donations like 3 times in a row?) but want us to do some seclusion and penance. Happy to oblige!
    76O9hDW.jpg

    With over 600 devotion and yearly income of +288 we surely want to speed up gathering 2.000 devotion for last rank in this society. Also I still don't have Erudite trait and this is occasssion to earn extra +2 Learning.

    We start besieging 4 counties of 4 different realms. Doesn't help, because in meantime our MA reached 0%! Our emperor sure will have to ponder on that while meditating, thus leaving realm managment in the hands of his son and heir - designated regent Kezhay Permyakid. Pilva and Kolva tribes finish Training Grounds III and Irtysh completes Practise Range III. I will wait till new year to start another round of buildings as Burtasy tribe will finish it's construction by then. At the end of month we lose our hunting dog. Not great for longevity - expected him to survive few years more.

    Our Chinese ward comes out of age frail and cynical with diligent being only redeeming trait. She is ambitious but soon stops thanks to our succesful Monastic intervention >.>. We at least arrange for lustful husband for daughter of our Scholar-Bureaucrat to keep Taoist characters alive in our court. Meanwhile our 5.600 strong cavalry retinues raiding Suomi (on the border) will have to fend for themself in local forest against slightly numerically superior Finns (6.150) Troops are arrenged into center and left flank under capable commanders. Our Varaka finally fires event for interpreting Bible and we have 75% of success on our own compared to 65% on option to ask our Ecclesiarch. Yet we instantly fail. Damn!
    mf9oNmh.jpg

    We repel locals after sacking their temple. Due to how many things kept happening I didn't realised mistake during taking screenshot :)"

    Battle doesn't go well. Yes we are slowly winning with 2 Volley Tactics and Shieldwall against their Inspired Defence and Harass, but for once it's they who have Heavy Infantry to use in what seems to be a battle reaching Melee phase.

    Year 1010
    ======================

    Battle prolong itself till the end of January. Mostly thanks to our goofy Suomenusko warrior lodge commander on the flank that kept firing defensive tactics. It ends with us losing close to 1.000 men for 2.200 locals. Ouch! It wouldn't be an end of world if we lost it, as I don't intend to keep raiding Finland but would prefer our force to be more intact before moving them for use in Vladimir. Well we will move them anyway. Additionally on 16th of January we get informed that Spymaster is making steady progress on search of artifact. That's great. Back to tribe infrastructure - we spend 2x400 prestige on final Training Grounds in Pilva and Kolva, 100 prestige on Training Grounds I in Burtasy and 400 prestige on Practise Range IV in Irtysh. Which leaves us with just 365 prestige. Amount that won't hurt in case of unexpected sudden death. Our Raiders also manage to open up 2 out of 3 holdings behind border on the Silk Road. Decided to try it as Tibet Empire (current owner) is in the middle of civil war.
    MIVsAfY.jpg

    Many temples nearby might help us recover some morality for Orthodoxy. If needed we are close to replenish our numbers too. And we are hitting Tengri MA, which is also beneficial.

    Our Levies after looting temple in Yegoryevsk move onto Moskva. In February interesting fatherless girl is born to one of our Vassals. She is Genius. I will gladly take over as her teacher to mold her into suitable partner for our Heir later. Also my Genius spymaster fires event that let us choose between +10% arrest and plot power. We take arrest as it might be usable but only for a year. It also increases prosperity in Kolva capital by most likely +6. Our raiding forces in Aylik (Tarbagatai duchy) are also done so we move them northwards towards rest of feudal type counties in the vicinity. We keep getting around 40 gold per holding looted on border so it ain't bad. We also extracted several prisoners (first time in ages) from Nomadic descendants holding Tengri holy site in the south. One of our Vassals embraces some heresy but we persuade her to convert back. Still we suffer 3.8% Moral Authority.
    vKE1bxn.jpg

    Took us little less than 12 years after epidemic to recover from depopulation and reach 1st prosperity level as arctic tribal capital x]

    As we celebrate economic progress, Vladimir'ians move onto our raiding retinues located in north. 5.300 of them versus 4.800 of us in Forest. Not bad. I replace defensive oriented wing commander though. Just as I prepare for that battle, huge 10.000 strong Zikri uprising occurs in Irghiz tribe. I evacuate instantly my steward from there (to not let the mob kill him) and call for help from vassals, as retinues nearby are only 3.150 men strong. That one thing I really did not really needed right now.
    IpQNPy6.jpg

    Facing Off most of Vladimir's event troops in their on Forest

    The battle against Russians is long and bloody thanks again to goofy tactics of army wing. We win but lose 1.100 men for their 2.300. If it keep going that way sooner or later we will be forced out. So now marshalling troops to deal with Zikri's begins. During all that my Emperor kept being secluded slowly recovering from initial failure by small amount of progression. This will take waay longer than usually. At least future Emperor now can earn some firsthand experience at running realm.

    On 27th of May our ward Wang Mai comes out of ages. He is Midas Touched Taoist Han steward candidate with 17 Stewardship and ambitious. Currently rival but we will not intervene and hope he retains ambitious for use under future emperor. We keep looting and after dealing with Moskva and moving province away, supplies are finally good enough to split our 14.000 strong levies to start siegeing 2 counties simultaneously.

    During summer we find a key to old, dusty locked chest from God knows how long ago. Of course turns out the coffers war completely empty x]. Good to know this event pops up even without warrior lodge.
    byfQOG3.jpg

    I Wonder if not being eligible for other Norse specific sacking events and having already found "+2 Axe" we are more likely to found those Strange Chests. We went from previously best outcome to worse outcome this time.

    Just as I manage our raiders, news from China arrives. Turns out previous Emperor died and there is new one - Li Xuanzong. He likes Iranian cultures but dislikes /Buddhist. Which reminds me that I probably should prepare some gifts to his liking. But not now as our character is in seclusion.

    Bu Autumn as I move our 3 armies through Vladimir Kingdom in hunt of Temples, our MA recovered to arround 11%. Mostly thanks to 12% Lost Holy wars timing out. I've seen that Byzantines managed to loose against both rebels (losing some counties in Anatolia and Hellas in Greece) while having over 20.000 troops still =.=. Due to probably that we have -30% from 'Rebel victories'. Russians once again charge our retinues but this time it us who have numerical advantage on top of Forest defensive bonus.

    In September we finally end seclusion and reach 1.150 devotion. Nice. Less than 5 years till last Monastic rank. My previously raiding south of Cumania retinues managed to circle back while avoiding Zikri rebels back to our lands. Now we start getting those vassal armies and soon we should be able to deal with non-believers. Both Tynea and Udmurts finish their last prestige based buildings, meaning now we are ready to start putting real gold into our tribes.

    Russians once again bounce off our retinues (200 men for their 1.700 exchange) and now we have to pay attention mostly to rebels. It takes quite some time to convince our vassals to follow us, despite orders.

    Year 1011
    ======================

    I recall my retinues from Tibetan Empire. Why? Because I realised I was raiding my own religion temples =.=. They still belonged to those Orthodox Karluks, we accidentally spawned by past sheningans with Horde title claim wars. Which definetely wasn't helping. I also lock onto Zikri rebels but my reinforcements are behind. Thus we start battle badly outnumbered (3:1).
    cd22NnH.jpg

    Costly initiation of battle against Sunni rebels. Our retinues took majority of casualties so our vassals could tackle those Pechenegs in melee.

    Battle goes horribly for Emperor personal troops, as they are sacrificed so the rest of vassals finally decides to join the fray. We lose 1/3 of our retinue force and they route, before more allied armies feed into battle at melee phase. We win in the end and put down whole Rebelion (+1% MA) but daaamn... was it not needed to lose so many men. In the meantime we inherited Tarbagatai tribe again (and gave it away). Raiders are working in Novgorod, Vyazma and Toropets counties. Also on 28th of January we received another progress in artifact search. With that I finally have time to find perfect gift for new Chinese Emperor.

    By March I procure Persian Sunni, Grey Eminence. He should give us some grace upon doubling for his culture. But I didn't check and thus he turned out being not eligible to being send. Then after several minutes of looking through I finally find candidate. Monophysite Persian with 20 Learning, Mastermind Theologian, Architect
    tptq0Th.jpg

    Chinese emperor can enjoy Iranian architecture and we can enjoy Chinese Master Engineer

    With extra 700 grace I can once again afford to replenish vacant office of Master Engineer. This time we get a women! How progressive of China :) I can marry our newly arriveed Di Xinyue to Wang Mai (grandson of previous Master Engineer / son of Wang Hong that betrayed us during search for Roman architecture book). Thus keeping our Permian Han population growing. Also he is presented 3 concubines with at least some bonus fertility (as his wife is 30 years old already).

    Di Xinyue ironically fires her first province modifier for Irghiz again. It is also something we already seen - Administrative outpost (+1 Economic/Cultural technology points income). We progress with sacking more Tengri temples in Vladimir, recovering up to 19% of "Faith" into Orthodox religion. Then I look onto my prestige situation and see many tribes not working. Pilva and Kolva are finishing their last prestige buildings, which leaves us with just outskirts. I decide to spend 300 prestige on Warcamp III in Burtasy (to make it tougher to siege) and 200 prestige on Warcamp II in Osha tribes. Also another 200 goes towards Irghiz tribe and second level of weaponsmith. Upon checking our Permian Mercenary band is still alive with 7.700 gold coins in their pockets.

    As we keep improving our religious status, our Emperor once again goes on great hunt. Russians keep attacking fruitlessly. That said after repeling them in Smolensk I do notice, that my once 7.000 part of levies without winter specialist diminished to under 4.000 warriors. Well we will still continue, as locals can't dream about beating even that. We are also replenishing troops decently back home, so if we have we can "refill" our forces. Also there are so many temples here that by the time we probably end, we might be not too far away from looting initial temples again (1013 year is a timer for those east of Moskva). By August Irtysh finishes Practise Ranges. Sadly I have -6 prestige income, as we keep reinforcing 2 damaged retinue forces.
    DWrfGSc.jpg

    That's second sacrifice for the search. I'm really hoping it keeps happening to speed up the whole process.

    We get unexpected update on whole hunt for artifact. That's second such event, each giving +5 progress and we had 2 regular updates. That means so far we secured 12 points of progress. I have no idea whether this artifact rumour is medium or major but we will learn in time. Medium requires 14 points of progress, while major 20. So if we get it within 2 years it was middle quality from possible outcomes. It is possible to get Bones of Saint Peter from Quality 5, which reduces both build time and cost by 10%. From Quality 4 Seamless Robe of Jesus is nice (+10% National Tax), but Crown of Thorns ain't bad (-3% National Revolt Risk). The whole hunting activity goes without much thrill. We get some event but fail at 20% Chaste chance.

    It ain't the end as in December Megaloschemos ask us for another donation. Two hundred devotion for 100 gold isn't bad. It put's us even closer to being able to rank up (1.700/2000). Once we reach last rank we will get several great powers and modifiers. We soon also get one of the last missing virtues (Chaste) and now our devotion income rises to +312/year.

    Year 1012
    ======================

    Yet another Anno Domini starts on managing logistic. Was moving our raiders around. I keep ransoming prisoners that kept showing up. Sometimes for 130g sometimes for 340g. Note that we are not members of Warrior lodge and thus lack amazing passive power increasing our chance of procuring them. As I was waiting around I noticed that somehow Italy-Bavaria managed to snatch kingdom of England for itself. But it was passed to one of Cathar sons of previous king. So we start assasination plot (one of our female relatives that was married into their dynasty is still there), as we can easily reach 160%. Killing current king Lodovico II of Italy, would pass the crown to his father - Prince Lothar "the sword of the Lord" and fellow Crusader :). And then to his son Giuseppe von Kufstein. Both are Catholics, which is what we care for. Their Moral Authority is doing really well (62%) given that now they have partial control over holy site in England. Turns out Lodovico has claim on Permo-Siberian empire, because he is son of Varaka niece (daughter of emperor Viryay "the Accursed"). Also he is possessed (thus making whole plot possible % wise) but also celibate. Meaning this can sort itself out on it's own.
    xoEXUbV.jpg

    Catholics start making moves, after getting help from us in Crusade. Nice. If they somehow convert England to our cause, it will make for valuable ally against France.

    Spymaster generates +50 economic tech points. No update on artifact search. Seems those ticks are irregular. Decided to move our previously battered retinues away from Irghiz. Local county has 24% revolt risk for 2 more months and it would suck to lose whole retinue army due to rebelion spawning on top of our troops. During April also our assasination plot fires. we hire some bandits and carry out hit run on the road. Everything goes smoothly and soon our fellow Crusader (which actually contributed to winning war) is once again on throne of 3 kingdoms. Let's hope he won't lose against rebelion forcing him to abdicate again.

    With coming of spring I decide to sponsor Summer Fair. Why? Cause it also increases prosperity in Capital slightly. Get used for us to keep both it and Feast up, to speedrun that prosperity gain. At this point having any province at max prosperity is priority to not waste years without chance for extra holding slots. Also Warcamp II finishes in Osha tribe. We are out of prestige though (14 atm) due to reinforcing retinues. We proceed with unboxing Tengri temples in Vladimir, keeping our Orthodoxy at around 21% MA.

    Alongside long summer heat, I confirm that Vladimir is big enough for us to keep constantly looting temples. That's neat. That makes for easily accessible raiding across border. Still I have to return one levy army that is halfway depleted to raise them again in full strenght. We have the men, who kept replenishing in the meantime. Additionally our upper limit of levies raised to over 17.000 :). That's a force! We have to deal with some raiders too. In Southern Cumania 1.000 khazars tries to rob Or tribe (that still suffers from significant depopulation), but our almost fully replenished retinue force in the region beats them. Then our returning levies are moving onto 1.900 enemies besieging Mordva. Not raiders - enemies. Why? Because local chieftess decided to holy war Ryazan. I could not help her and then wouldn't have to extract those tribes. But that is another -3% MA for us. Ehh!
    6QIhs7h.jpg

    Once again we are eligible to pick it up. I forgot that it also gives +1 stewardship upon completion. Let's hope we manage to live long enough to find artifact and get that extra prosperity (+35 points for every county in realm)

    It doesn't matter, as they take over her tribe before we can arrive, giving them 100% warscore. Thus she surrenders, as next vassal declares holy war on them >.>. How could I not love my morons? We still beat those event troops down, thus making our biggest Vassal in Vladimir war easier. We kind off achieved the worst possible outcome, without fault of our own :/.

    In September we get the pop up that this world is dangerous place. It's a red flag! I check plots and turns out our daughter and rival Sanal'ka Permyakid, currently residing in Italy is hiring goons in our court to kill us! We send her our demands to stop that at once - plot power is at 89%, so it shouldn't be too late to talk it through! After that our subjects notice us about spotting of great beast, that Varaka was on trail of.

    Levies were reraised and and slowly marching down to Burtasy tribe. Not everything is up to maximum but still 5.000 troops is way better than 3.000 troops out of 7.000. Then on 23th of October we get notification of Spymaster making steady progress with artifact search. That's 13th point in that event, so probably next year it will end with quality 4 artifact or not (meaning we are on hunt for quality 5!).

    On the first day of October we can push towards final rank in monastic Society (Megaloschemos). I was thinking of it earlier whether it is wise to spend 2.000 devotion on rank up or wait to become new leader upon succession. After consulting member list it seems inheritance of that rank is no-go. We are losing in society score against way younger candidates, who are monks/nuns. There is another thing to consider though - missions. I'm not sure if being at final rank but not the leader, prevents us from getting further missions. They are a nice source of extra devotion every 2-3 years. So we could not rank up now and gamble on accumulating devotion to instantly use several powers upon ranking up at once. But then again we might be receiving missions or die in the process with unspent points. So I think ranking up is the choice, so in the worst case we will learn how it works.
    R0Z8tSh.jpg

    Decision to rank up instantly instead of stockpiling more devotion.

    We get rewarded for our choice with extra devotion income from reaching highest society rank. Which just works out to be worth more currency than missions anyway and comes without any requirements! I can't organise a feast cause we miss prestige (90 out of 100 needed) and our emperor is out in the wilds hunting. By the end of year we reach 21% Temple Looted in Orthodox MA description (from 4% base). Sadly we are still mared with -54% Holy Wars lost and -30% Heretic Rebel Victories =.=. We also get rid of negative "Out of Patience" character modifiers, which baloons our attributes to 25/28/26/5/28 (Diplomacy/Martial/Stewardship/Intrigue/Learning). Just few days before end of year we manage to return to court and start organising feast at last possible moment.

    Year 1013
    ======================

    As preparation for feast are ongoing, our winter-resistant levies are making their way back to starting point of our 'Vladimir campaign', as soon their looted cooldown will vanish. Then we get this notification:
    uFiQR9f.jpg

    Turns out I was right and as long as I'm not a leader, we still get the benefit of missions on top of getting extra society currency.

    This is working better and better for us :). Then we slowly watch as our levies trod back (and cause casualties thanks to issue with supplies when passing through county with our retinues present).

    With advent of spring we once again start summer fair, while our raiders re-start the whole Vladimir raiding route again :). Then in May our Spymaster steals 50 military technology points - I forgot to keep mentioning this success also generates +6 prosperity points in capital every time it happens, so now Kol'va is getting some extra prosperity out of blue :). Then as month changes we get notified that Kudymkar (county that we are targeting with both Crown Focus and Marshal mission) reaches 1st prosperity level.
    U6WSmmF.jpg

    Wow. Either we are extremely lucky or currently there is a tremendously high chance of this event happening for some reason. We bribe our courtier before sending her.

    Summer greets us with 2nd opportunity at finding lost Roman book about architecture. This time wisely I examine, who will be sent. Sochava (1st option) likes us quite a lot and is diligent. We bribe her (before she becomes unavailable due to being in travel) and off she goes. Really nice that this event isn't limited to firing once per ruler. We will monitor her but in the meantime we get some work to do.
    uMwpiDT.jpg

    Thanks to huge discount from final rank of Community of Saint Basil (-50%) we can build several holdings for basically free.

    One of the reasons for my advancement towards Megaloschemos rank was an opportunity to cheaply build many temples. Not only will they help our religion authority but also are not too bad of financial investment. By appointing skilled stewards (or spare sons) as Bishops there, we could easily double our income. If it was not for 'over the limit vassal penalty'. But even with that, they will retain those money, making it possible to extract it from them later. How profitable it is?

    ====================================
    Base temple - 8 gold yearly income
    Temple cost - between 50 and 80g (depends on how much Construction tech we had in county)
    Time to pay for itself - between 7 and 10 years
    Time to pay for itself if we were paid 60% Temple taxes - between 11 and 17 years
    ====================================

    This isn't even counting holder stewardship (and we have few Bishops that increase it by around 30% or more) and technology. Both of those modifiers are multiplicative instead of additive too! And I didn't even mentioned that, temples have possibility of building Monastic School to speed up technology spread across realm :). So as you can see it is very profitable (as a tribal) to build, if you delay your feudalisation at least for around 100 years. Won't build more for now, as I still have not figured out optimal use of building slots outside personal demense. So filling counties with at least 3 holdings slots for now.

    In the wider world, Byzantine Empire holy war'ed back one of lost duchies. At the same time Basilea vassals are reintegrating some counties that got away, improving cohesion of empire in process and taking back chunks of Greece. With that we are up to 26% MA. I really wish, for most of negative modifiers to time out.

    As some of our eastern levies are still marching to Burtasy tribe, 1.250 strong Uyghur raiding host shows up on the border. Our retinues in Irtysh (3.900 light infantry/light cavalry) that didn't had anything to do for long time are thus moved out. By mid September we beat them, killing 750 of them but only losing 75 men ourself. I made the decision to switch Emperor Varaka focus from Hunting to Theology to fulfill monastic mission. While Hunting can still give us prestige from hunting great beast and Brawny from pulse event, the first (IRC) can kill us and second isn't highly likely to begin with. Theology still retains passive +1 health and might increase our piety gain. Also it enables us to go on Pilgrimage!

    By end of September we get another notification about Spymaster making steady progress in search of artifact. That's 14th point. So unless in days to come the whole event wraps up, we are onto some really epic artifact. Our Councillor so far used Intrigue and Stewardship special events (and at least for a year he can't use Intrigue again and even longer for Stewardship). At this point the worst thing is for him to roll usage of his Learning (only attribute below 8) and failing. It is 1/3 chances (if the roll is before intrigue cd wears off), as he will be rolling from Diplomacy/Martial/Learning options. Eventually he can ask for gold I think (haven't that in a while).

    In October Sochava returns with empty hands. Turns out event failed but at least we get paid back most of our expenses. Maybe it fires 3rd time, as I have feeling that due to exhausting most possible events, those artifact related ones are firing more often now. Later that month we get notified that our acquaintance King Lothar "the Sword of the Lord" got assasinated. Most likely his Cathar Anglo-Saxon nobles. His titles are all inherited by his other 3 years old son, that fought off "Sickly" trait. Ok I lied. Upon checking, someone else inherited Kingdom of England but he is king of it, while having no holdings inside it. Thus England fragments into Dukedoms.
    SexjwmF.jpg

    Different type of failure is reached this time. At least we got back some funds back.

    Then we get offered from our re-admitted Chancellor opportunity to get claim on County of Tripoli for cheap price of 33g and 150 prestige. We take it. To make it inheritable, we might need to press war and surrender. I'm just worried how much will it cost. Is it based on our treasury (bad outcome) or income (great outcome).

    On 1st of December we start theology event chain (for now +20 piety for wanting to read scriptures) and another feast.

    Year 1014
    ======================

    Year starts with awful choice pressed upon us. From Theology either we lose Zealous or get 100 piety with 30% chance at depression. That negative health modifier is a killer at rip old age of 63. I will part with Zealous I guess. Maybe we get it again later. If not, well I'm not in huge need of many seclusion events. We continue our sieges in Vladimir and our other force is finally assembled. Force just numbers currently the same, as the army under our winter commander. Before end of first month our Jewish Spymaster thanks to his contacts generates further 50 military tech points. No prosperity though.

    With February our prestige income is back. We move our western retinues to sack single county realm inside duchy of Vladimir. Also I spot that there is new emperor of Romans - Basileus Theodotos. And he is all business, as he instantly began his reign by retaking county of Constantinopole. Also his nemesis kingdom of Serbia-Epirus-Bulgharia under female ruler Khanum Sibel, now has 4 male heirs in line of succession. Byzantines have also close to 30.000 troops to use and reconquer, as currently their eastern border stabilised and nothing is happening.

    In May we start yet another summer fair (getting extra 12 prosperity points/year from event's will slowly add up). We also get presented interesting event from Theology focus, which allows us to become Malnourished with chance of becoming Diligent (we already are) and maybe Zealous. No I won't take Malnourished as I'm afraid it might lead to some health complications. Instead I will lower my stats by taking "Hard Diet" for that +0.25 health.
    3hBxKEl.jpg

    Hard choice but better safe than sorry. We need to buy time for our little artifact hunt.

    We work on sacking Vladimir temples and slowly accumulate up to 30% MA. Probably will have to help because contrary to my belief our Qazan-Vladimir vassal is losing his own holy war. It's concerning that "Heretic Rebelions" are not vanishing, which means they either occured in one big lump at the same time or have a really long duration. Another repercussion of our theology choice occurs and now we either risk 50% depression chance to keep Hard Diet or we remove hard diet. Well we said no to Emperor Varaka being depressed and we will say it again. While losing that small health modifier isn't great, at least we get rid of stats penalty. Hoping it exhausted that event chain avenue. If we get depression anyway... It won't feel great.
    mWyEQh9.jpg

    Turns out we have to babysit our vassal in Vladimir high chiefdom and eliminate his opponents to preserve our religion Moral Authority. Lose-Lose situation no matter what we do. Argh!

    As we finally catch and trounce Ryazanians, our Spymaster informs us on 20th September about another progress in artifact search. That's it. We are on track to get one of rarest artifacts and it is our 15th out of 20 points required. Any special event occuring might basically finish the whole artifact hunt, as they provide +5 progression points. We finish enemies and kill 2/3 of their force. Maybe now our derpy vassal will manage to not lose another Holy War.

    This way we finally reach November but I'm again a week late to host feast early enough, that we can host 2 such events during single season. Got distracted by 5 temples finishing constructing. We assign capable administrators there and then we get interupted by our raiders, who found another key to strange chest. This time it give us +200g. Nice! We sent our Marshal to hunt meat for feast (weird it didn't happen so far) and then upon game updating I check on how profitable those temples are. The only downside is that by removing empty holding slots I removed +50% to base levy value across demense, moving our Levies from 16.000 (After losing Zealous) to 15.000. It takes me 10 tries for 7.9 gold each to get satysfying Bishops. We also start Building Church Town I everywhere to accelerate investment. I also spot some visual bug - not all of my modifiers are visible as upon deciding to construct instead of I pressume his 138g price I pay 61g.
    qgqSdU9.jpg

    Initial not-recalculated by game return of investment on those Economic Bishoprics. Their

    With all that (temple in Burtasy finishes as I write it and in 2 weeks temple in Irtysh will be completed too) Orthodoxy MA rises up to 38%. Now we are starting to get somewhere. With few more % we will regain ability to use Excommunications (I know you are missing it dearly xD). Also it seems that barons update less often than monthly, as those newly assigned didn't double their state stewardship (as the Bishop of Perm does). Maybe it is with new year? It will increase their income by a ton! Given that we accumulated some prestige (700) I push final level of Warcamps in Burtasy and Weaponsmith II in Osha tribe. Emperor Varaka also accumulated enough Devotion to instantly convert single province in realm to Orthodoxy. The power is spent on Buqtirma in eastern Cumania to get rid of Bogomilists spread in the vicinity. It does increase revolt risk from 8% to 15% for 2 years. But after that it will diminish to just 5%. Or even 0% because upon inspection county has will lose "Heretic Stronghold" modifier upon change of month.

    Year 1015
    ======================

    With year 1015 arriving, sadly our new bishops state stewardship doesn't update :(. So it seems maybe year after they got landed? I will keep you updated and check from time to time. At least our Marshal increases prosperity in Kudymkar by +6 via success in his mission of training troops.

    By February we get our ability to request Excommunications back. I use it at once on Chieftess of Turgay (province east to Irghiz). Why? Because that county has 3 holding slots, meaning if we hold it, we could build Temple there to speed up technology spread on the reaches of our empire even further. But we don't press the issue now (cause we are diligent and remember about our "See the Realm Prosper" ambition). As we move beyond 41% MA treshold our Patriarch conversion chances once again rise by around 4% to 13.33% yearly chance. Next such increase over 61%.

    In April we get issued another monastic mission. Easy one this time - another attempt at Seclusion. As you remember last time we fumbled our chance at getting Erudite. Let's try it again. But before that let's wait for May to throw Summer Fair. Our Ruler can do penance during summer.
    LMe3GIR.jpg

    We help our Vladimirians with their Zikri uprising. Cool to see our altaic army model (loyalists) again altaic rebel model.

    After intervening on behalf of our neighbouring victim, we get informed that Varaka's wife became pregnant. Well I don't believe it :)". Not with Celibate character. So the investigation begins.

    We return the longer raiding force back to replenish them, swapping commanders to the army that will remain and keep looting. Summer fair concludes and we start our meditation. By doing that, we get awarded Malnourished trait anyway :)". Why do I even bother... x]? At least I keep up with moving our raiders from one target to another. I also moved our retinues onto southern nomadic land to loot 3 temples there.
    lDTyBeG.jpg

    We finally have success and obtain Erudite, which further increases our devotion gain, which now stands at +481/year. With some mission that's county converted every 2 years. Not bad!

    After progress showed above our Spymaster rolls once again Intrigue special progress event, and we gladly will give him support and take that negative penalty for just few months most likely. According to my math this should be +5, putting whole event chain at 20 progression points - meaning next tick it should end.
    pGJl48c.jpg

    Safe Intrigue based event progress. I'm more than happy to grant it! Seems the star are aligned for success.

    Out of blue we inherit Tribe of Balkhash together with Chinese Ceremonial Robes (+0.5 prestige gain/month and +1 Diplomacy). Holding is located in Kazakh duchy (southern Cumania) and interestingely it is already culture converted but not religion converted. I spend two-three clicks to generate commander and assign him there with some cash. Will keep artifact for ourself thank you!

    During October we beat down some old visitors from across border in south-western Cumania, then get audio spammed with sound affect of children dying. Due to some peasant uprising our granddaughters in Italian kingdom get killed. Three out of six children of Queen Sanal'ka of England (Varaka daughter) die. I check on our Economic Bishops and they finished Church towns so Church Walls I follow (pre-requisite for many buildings). Also they still haven't updated their state stewardship.

    We keep making progress in seclusion twice (and I'm suprised it didn't end already) keep managing raiders and rebuild forts in high chiefdom of Perm. It might save us some prosperity in the future by delaying any rebels just few days more! We can't organise feast, as we are still secluded. We also manage to get ultra unlucky, while helping Vladimirians deal with their peasant revolt, angry mob gets reinforced from 9.000 troops up to 18.000 troops. And our northern levies that were recapturing got trashed big time. We lose 2.600 men for their 180. Well can't say I didn't deserve it as some of that revolt risk in those lands is probably thanks to us.

    Year 1016
    ======================

    On 25th of January "iffy" daughter is born to emperor Varaka. Well that ain't the worst but it probably isn't his kid. Also we end our seclusion, neting us +200 devotion (putting us at 800), which means by mid year we will be able to convert yet another province.

    Our levies get routed close to Baltic coast, where I started opening up Latvian temples. It still means we are down to 2 sacking armies at the moment (one in Latvia and one on Pontic steppe). I watch as new young Basileos takes over Greeks. While he is dumb he might be just a man we need, as he started by Holy Waring single county Muslims in Anatolia with his 30.000 troops. Bizairre what it takes for AI to start doing stuff :)". Similarly little more to the east Kingdom of Armenia took over Baghdad and is shielding Greeks from fracturing remnants of Abbasids fighting against rising Zikri realms. That reminds me of my Chancellor to re-sent him for claim fabrication in case he got bribed. I realise something. He was the same chief of Non-Komi cultured county I excommunicated half a year ago to replace him, thus diminishing his nice and high diplomacy by -5 to just 17 x]. Oops!

    In April I did check my capital duchy temples and finally the state stewardship was recalculated. This doubles the bonus from attribute when generating income - just look at best example:
    mp8m8MW.jpg

    This is one way to play tall - by managing characters. The same can be done for levies or technology generation on Dukes+. This also makes use of extra sons on stewardship :)

    Will keep utilizing this method to even greater extent with city vassals. Sadly temple vassals lack ability to marry for extra 1/2 of spouse attributes contributing to state stewardship. But that's in the future and currently we have Zikri revolt to deal with.
    fZQRYFX.jpg

    Our Vladimir chief makes his damnest to make our life difficult and annoying.

    Will have to call-in vassals to deal with that, as I'm not moving my raiders back to just deal with little 3.500 unhappy locals. In the meantime surveyed my 91 vassals and found one scheming enthusiast to gift him most valuable excommunication notice. I trounce local khazars to unlock last county containing feudal holdings.

    In June our marshal reports another success in Kudymkar and emperor has just enough devotion to convert another county. Upon some consideration I decide on Burtasy tribe. Not only would it be nice for locals to visit temple we just build there, but also that will give us county to culture convert passively and strenghten garrison on border. Also last genius concubine we had in mind at the start of this part, for our son&heir becomes eligible to be invited. We don't even have to use favor we still have on her.

    Month later huge news arrives. Our spymaster returned with artifact. This time he fulfilled all expectations - quality 5 artifact in shape of... Bones of Saint Peter! The best possible outcome from artifact pool for that event (it also includes Staff of Moses and Harp of David). Wow just wow. That's perfect find to store in our Grand Cathedral - Hagia Epimoni. It removes a lot of work for me, as I not longer need to keep my Taoist breeding program going. I was planning to convert to Taoist, as one of religion specific schools offers -10% Building Time and Cost. The same as Bones of Saint Peter (which require being Catholic). That's really nice. Now we only need to collect remaining 2 books before feudalising (Lost book on Architecture from our Far North Scriptorium event and "On Komi Architecture" that was eluding us thus far). Also Pope Nicolaus III "The Wise" will be suprised, as he no longer is the sole owner of that artifact in world :).
    umAynKP.jpg

    Event chain outcome was far better that I was wishing for. The best artifact we could use in this specific playthrough in just 3 (!) attempts.

    By August even our vassals manage to succeed at something and concentrate 2.900 troops against 3.600 rebels giving them shot at (with help of river crossing) winning. That's nice change of pace. We have to chase off some nomadic predation in eastern Siberia with our retinues though.

    By September Burtasy reach 1st level of prosperity, temple in Turgay is finished (we assign there 15 stewardship Bishop) followed by construction of Church Town and temple in Izborsk falls. Our Patriarch manages after many years to convert the heretics in Bilyar tribe to mainstream Orthodoxy (lowering amount of heretic provinces in realm to just 4). Then he is moved to Mordvin Bogomilist in Kerzhenets (14.99% yearly chance). Things are coming together nicely.

    By October our vassals deal with Zikri uprising. Which further boost Orthodoxy to 56% of our beloved statistic in this game. This is workable + will persist longer than Heretic Rebel victories. Church walls are also finished so I decide to built Monastic schools in each of recently build Bishoprics. Our reductions are crazy as real cost varies between 60 to 62 gold coins per school :). Those buildings will help turbo-spread technology to different parts of empire. Forgot to build anything in temple within Osha tribe so now I have to make up for it.

    At least I finally remember to slow down before 1st November, to try getting 2 Feasts during season. And we succesfully click that decision on exactly beginning of November. Burtasy tribe max their warcamps so 300 prestige is splurged on Weaponsmith III, while Osha focuses on getting Practise Range III. That leaves our character with just 144 prestige and 8.522 piety.
    MmeXAGP.jpg

    Finally we experience positive results of our efforts into upholding our branch of Christianity

    Between last months of year we have a "situation'. Our detoriated by time raiding levies in Luki tribe, are on route of 10.000 strong khazarian army. Spotted too late to escape. I consolidate all forces into center and prey for Narrow Flank. Turns out only fraction of them fight us (1.700 Cheremisians). Thus we easily trounce them but still we are left with less than 4.000 troops here. My retinue force raiding Pontic steppe is recalled as they finished their mission. Probably will tag them in to take over sacking duty. Two weeks later our Patriarch Shyrpuzh informs us, he converted Kerzhenets already. Well that was fast. So fast in fact, that he has to remain there for at least 3 more months, as we can't recall him due to cooldown. Well that leaves 3 Bogomilist counties to convert.

    That leaves us to feast and celebrate. Thanks to beginning it so early, we end event chain by 29th of December and thus can throw feast again (doubling our prosperity gain from this event alone). But that's a story for another part, as during this week I probably already hit some personal peak ;).
     
    • 1Love
    • 1Like
    Reactions:
    Part XXXI (1017-1025)

  • Part XXXI (1017-1025)


    Year 1017
    ======================

    Another year to forget traumatic plague, that occured at the end of first millenium. Finally some last few lagging behind counties recovered from depopulation. We most likely are on last few years of Emperor Varaka reign (he is 66 years old). Our successor is more than ready to take over, so for now our objective is to tie few lose ends. As our court is still almost full I just need to invite single investor to take over Senechal office. Found 62 y.o. Anglo-saxon Cathar and member of hermetic society - Aelle, who is willing to joins us in Perm (together with his fortune of 1.600 gold coins). He might take over as Keeper of Tomes later, as he is more than capable enough for that role (16 learning). Our jewish steward is also replaced because due to stress he no longer can generate +500g extra and was failing at his task so far. Now Baboi of Mena (whom we personally tutored into our rival takes over) works for us instead. Ambitious fortune builder with 19 stewardship and jewish contacts. He is sent to Osha to settle tribes there, as we currently can passively convert Burtasy thanks to spreading Orthodoxy there in last part.

    As we are preoccupied with feast preparations, our Raiders loot Slavic temple in Luki by mid January and then move onto Pskov. Our returning from pontic-steppe retinues are directed into eastern Vladimir to start third round of looting temples having misfortune being located there. I also realise that now our eastern neighbour on silkroad, fully replaced local Karluk Orthodox rulers with their own Buddhist Tocharians. So now it is a free real estate for our forces nearby.
    MrrGzqK.jpg

    Cool. Never seen that event. I have a suspicion it can end badly and continue our tradition of brutally dying. But heck - I will bite

    At this point I'm ready to part with Possesed trait. Was hoping we might start hearing voice of Jesus, but at this point it won't really matter much. So we roll on that 40% chance and we exorcism ends in success. We replace previous trait with Zealous thus making us probably slightly more likeable across our vassals. When it comes to other religion characters we still have 'Harvest festival of faith' modifier granting us -30% penalty for different religion from Crusades.

    By end of February all festivities are done. We still are on - 'no wars' ambition, so instead I decide to sent Emperor Varaka on pilgrimage. It might help our devotion gain now that I think about it. We have around half a year before we have to start thinking about another feasts. I'll skip summer fair though. Hmmmm. So maybe let's fire summer fair and then go? Ah dangit! We go now and avoid scenario in which we are stuck. Why change of opinion? Consulted tooltips and both summer fair and pilgrimage have the same requirement of being 'not occupied'. Have to spend a while deciding where to go, while Constantinopole is closer and safe it is kind of waste. Do our ruler pushes his luck and aims for Jerusalem? Probably. He already made it all the way to Rome during Crusade.
    llt0boG.jpg

    Probably last grand adventure of our wise ruler. After getting to know Constantinopole and Rome it is time for Jerusalem.

    In march we buy another claim in Levant. Our chancellor (from whom we liftem excommunication) is then moved on other county located in different duchy belong to the same ruler. Thus we won't need to holy war him twice for 1 county each time. I also encounter troubles with raiding on our retinues in Vladimir. Did I somehow lost a battle and are thus on no raiding-timer? Probably due to some revolters winning? Not sure. Then our Permo-Siberian scholar goes on his travel. I'm not sure what events might even occur as our ruler is already Saint candidate.
    fa2jpvL.jpg

    Turns out most events are not beneficial to already Saint quality character. Seems it is better to start the reign with pilgrimage that end it with one.

    Soon I find out. Many events that just offer either paying the cost or losing positive/getting negative traits. We proceed from those straight into meeting some holy orders riders. I don't think I have anything to worry about as we are recognised as one of Catholic Crusaders. Things proceed accordingly and soon our old ruler reaches Jerusalem. Our Genius Permyakid is quite happy with that travel.
    yoFMgWt.jpg

    Luckily the whole travel goes without any major hindrance. Our protegee is quite happy with his decision to visit Holy Land. Now Varaka can boast not only being Crusader but also Pilgrim.

    After first spring month of 1017, our chinese scholar-bureacrat dies. Yuwen Zhenglun was 81 years and for around 35 years he was working on Permian infrastructure.. Not bad for one time transaction with Middle Kingdom. Few days later our Emperor comes back to his home, just in time to throw summer fair and share his stories about pilgrimage. The trait itself does increase our devotion gain but only by +1/month.

    Our retinues find target finally, but rest of our initial levies take so much attrition that we are left with just 2.000 warriors in Pskov. Our Kezhay becomes father of his first child - daughter from concubine Styaka Permyakid. Good to see him starting prolonging our family line. We do get also another request for penance from monastic society, which we will happily perform, as summer fair just ended.

    As our MA fluctuates around 55%, one of our vassals manages to convert one Germanic province to Orthodoxy (Gorodets). That reminds me to move our off-cooldown Patriarch onto another heretic province in Vetluga. Chance isn't bad - 20% per year. Our keeper of tomes dies, and our funds rise above 21.000 again. The vacant office is filled with Aelle and new senechal is procured.

    Across summer we continue looting and after finishing Church town I in Turgay county, we proceed with Church walls I. Ransoms are arranged for any prisoner having any worth. Our spymaster steals 50 military techpoints from Thrace as well as increases prosperity in our capital.

    Then on 6th of October we finish our prosperity ambition. Nice! That's another task accomplished. Having spotted some bigger Tibetan rebels (our neighbour is in civil war) I evacuate my eastern raiders for now to not engage those border patrols. At the same time our raiding expedition in Pskov get's slowly but constantly eaten by attrition and as of now there are only 980 men left after sacking the tribe.

    We do keep progressing at penance and then we are offered another event with extremely tough choice to make.
    ZosR4VT.jpg

    We had dog, we trained dog for pernament +1 health and are currently at Theology which also grant's +1 health. Should I prolong this ruler reign?

    I don't really know what to do. While old rulers are usually powerful, there isn't as much to do. As I see it by prolonging our life we get maybe 1-2 conversions from monastic societies more and probably can make some bigger initial push into holy lands. Well let's try it. Maybe being greedy won't be as terrible.

    Because of ongoing prolonged seclusion we aren't able to throw a feast. Our raiders aren't able to raid Vladimir so we go back to repel some 500 nomads that arrived in Burtasy. Our son-in-law Miaphysite king of Daylam dies and now our Grandson rules there. Finally our most western raiding party attrition rapidly with winter specialist to 500 men. Not sure why. Osha tribe finishes Practise Range III but nothing is ordered next, as we are low on prestige. Our Retinues in Cumania are re-sent to raid Tengri holy site and Tibetan Empire rebels counties on silkroad.

    Year 1018
    ======================

    Year starts with celebrating marriage between our 28 years old son Kezhay and genius Kyra Kanakaris - daughter of Greek doge of Amalfi. It fulfills our heir ambition of getting married. Also our master of hunt dies, so we invite another Waldensian Lombard named Gundoald - 60 years old with 800 gold in his pockets. Emperor manages to finish his penance, while his trusty marshall adds another 6 points of prosperity to Kudymkar through event. To my suprise we once again are eligible to organise great tribal festival, so we do. There won't be too much prosperity for quite some time to come.

    Levies were raised again (sadly only 9.000 troops) and started marching onto another raiding expedition. We also thanks to bonus devotion for mission, are able to instantly convert yet another county. I spent that power on Osha tribe to make it count for event conversion. Our MA went down a little to 53%, because some Transoxianian realm keeps losing holy wars :/.
    oVZasMc.jpg

    Haven't noticed that Bogomilist pop up in northern Nenetsian penninsula. Luckily it was already culture converted so it is less of an issue.

    In April we chase off nomads and sent our cavalry retinue into Novgorod to continue raiding temples and check if we can outrun bad co-religionist ai decisions. Our monastic schools are done and we proceed with Church Towns II to maximize return on investment. That's 6 times 80g and we will have most likely to forget about building monastic schools outside of our core demense as technology is not there yet (Towns and Temples category).

    Our tribal festival goes with Poetry contest this year and some courtier wins it. What I care is extra prosperity on top of being able to organise summer fair after. Some raiders from Mongolia itself arrive in eastern Siberia, but our local forces are busy raiding themself. They won't pose much threat as they are too few to overcome local tribes garrison. We keep raiding in the meantime.

    I have difficult time deciding what to do with Southern Cumania border force (3.300 light infantry/archers). First I was wanting to use them to raid Tibetan empire but by the time they arrive there, we probably will be done. So I move them towards Burtasy tribe in southern Volga-Ural. We might use them somewhere in the west after all.

    In autumn our spymaster steals 50 cultural tech points. Not bad. Then all of our counties beside capital (Kolva) and Kudymkar (which we target) level up their prosperity, reaching 1st rank Prospering. Meanwhile our capital reaches II rank (Flourishing) and in Kudymkar our quick-shrewd marshal fires special event for extra military points that also increases local prosperity by 6 points.
    8j4wTOs.jpg

    Most of our tribes accumulated exactly 100 prosperity points, capital reached 250. Third level needs 500 prosperity points though.

    Our Raiders finish another Tibetan county, and move onto next one. Given that we stockpiled some prestige (almost 700) I start final level of Weaponsmith building in Burtasy. Should help with levy replenishment there. Feast as always proceeds throughout december.

    Year 1019
    ======================

    We keep low intensity raiding and just watch as various civil wars reck kingdom of Vladimir, thus making us unable to sack their occupied holdings. Meanwhile in Tibet locals mustered over 7.000 troops to oppose us and we are too late in making our exit. We consolidate forces into single flank under Direct leader and prepare for desperate defense.
    ojXmSiG.jpg

    Initial battle goes well. Seems like they did not cordinate well enough to oppose us as single army.

    Fight goes really well as we completely beat first army before bigger force arrives. That's increases our chances of being able to keep raiding and maybe even going further into Tibetan empire. Then we repel other army despite things initially not look promising due to rolling 13% chance of generic skirmish (with only other tactic being Harass at 87%). Still thanks to weight of numbers we route 2/3 of enemies in skirmish and then trample last segment of Tibetan army in melee. We pay 400 lives for that victory but claimed 1.400 enemies. Together with first battle it is over 2.500 enemies killed.

    Unexpectedly quickly we culture convert Burtasy tribe. That means my previous decision about spending our devotion on Osha tribe was well timed.
    dG8MNvq.jpg

    We keep spreading our culture. Nice to think that the game started with around 20 Komi provinces and currently we are making good progress even in Cumania, which was conquered less than 100 years ago.

    In 2nd week of april first grandson of Emperor Varaka is born. Kudym-Osh Permyakid did not inherit Genius trait from either of his: Komi father or Norse mother. On topic of Norse - Germanic head of faith just called great holy war for Norway, targeting Cathar duke there. Both sides are too weak for me to care.

    In may our new Patriarch Setyamka (the old one died some time ago due to old age) managed to convert heretics in Vetluga thus proceeds onto last Bogomilist county in the vicinity. He is still rocking that 20% yearly chance of converting province, as we are keeping our MA above 50% (with combined -90% between lost holy wars and heretic victorious rebelions). At least Byzantium won it's own holy war and now is fighting to wrestle Adrianopolis back from Serbian clutches (and winning). Sadly new Zikri realm emerged from Mecca and Medina and took most of Jerusalem and now is helping last few Zikri realms in Anatolia to repel Byzantine vassals offensive. The only good outcome from it is that both sides are getting rid of their own rebelion event troops.

    In June we loot our 51st temple. Then our levies are finally sent on route for their next destination. Which sorry sod is it this time? Serbia! Which was just weakened by Byzantines. I will gladly see them fall, so Greeks might take more lands in Balkans. Also our infantry from southern Cumania trounces 1.000 Pecheneg raider contingent in Bolgharia as they pass by. Our emperor goes into meditation (theology event that gives diligent/temperate or gets rid of any vice on top of +100 piety) and passes 9.000 piety mark.
    2SVnaoe.jpg

    Thanks to previous Crusading experience we know the road into Bulgharian khaganate. Should be sweet! Mordva is excellent staging point to sent troops in Balkans.

    Our Raiders go across Khazarian khanate and soon (due to my negligence) we receive news about defeat of our raiders inside Tibet. We encountered 11.000 locals with out 3.900 retinue and lost 3.200 of them. Well that's gonna sting prestige wise. Luckily no retinue unit was lost, so in time they will replenish.

    On 1st of november we receive once again information about local population in Osha county accustoming to our culture. Well that goes well. Just as we received yet another donation mission from monastic society thus are able to convert another county. This time it will be Irghiz in southern Cumania we hold. So next culture conversion event will pop there. I also remember to start feast on that day. Week later our levies reach Serbia - one could say those are first Serbio-Siberian relations ;). We still have around 3.000 troops on route. After they arrive, I will divide and spread out to accelerate pace of raiding. Contrary to previous raiding target, here supplies should be fine even in winter.

    Upon check up on our economic bishoprics, we start building Church Walls II (7 times= Perm + Irtysh). Osha and Irghiz counties will have to wait till they finish their current construction.

    Byzantines conquer Adrianopolis and our reinforcements are almost there. During all that commotion down south, our cavalry retinues in Novgorod keep raiding and sadly even with Winter commander eating small attrition. On last day of year we organise 2nd feast!

    Year 1020
    ======================

    Next year in February, after feasting we finally reach 60% Orthodoxy moral authority with sacking the temple of Soltsy in Novgorod county. Then our Ecclesiarch dies and we don't have anyone as skilled anymore so one of Bishops with 17 learning takes over. That lowers our conversion chance to 17% per year. Also want to point out that our current devotion income is over 500/year so every 2 years we can make some province Orthodox via monastic powers.

    In March as we keep watching our progress in siegeing 3 Serbian counties at the same time, we notice some enemy activity. Serbian empire finds itself under attack from independent greek duke from Hellas. He desires Thesaloniki. Not sure if he will get them as total levies of our current host is 11.000. But currently they are depleted to around 4.000. And greek duke is peasant rebel with 15.000 troops thanks to rebelion event troops within his rank :). So at least there is hope.

    Tranquility is the best word to describe next few months as beside moving my raiders in Novgorod I don't have anything to do. Our spymaster does acquire 50 economic points, stolen from Thrace. Then our 70 years old ruler starts having heretic thoughts.
    73xx2hS.jpg

    Theology focus at it's finest. Good for generating some off-map religions back. But we don't want it. Taking it would force emperor Varaka out of Monastic society and pursuing heresy (as we have around 40% of orthodox provinces in whole world) would mess Byzantines up.

    Upon giving up on such revolutions at old age, we get report from our marshal about another massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar tribe. I wish my steward had anything good to report. Months pass and in August we learn that our wife is once again pregnant. Oh for the love of Lord...

    You know how do you realise your ruler is old? When this event pops up x]:
    LGSJLES.jpg

    Oh yea. Between it and Joan D'arc we haven't had one of these yet. I really like dedication of robbing few wealthy in our realm by hiding in some arctic shrubbery

    Soon another step occurs but more worryingly Bogomilist heresy pops up on it's own in Kazakh duchy. We are somewhat unlucky as our MA isn't low - 53%. Yet we had more isolated heresies appearences than them spreading by adjecency. Well in a year time I can clean it up before it spreads.
    niZeeQp.jpg

    This actually works as Suomenusko religion gets extra archers from tribes and their Lodge special powers revolve around archery. If we were still pagan or in warrior lodge that is ;)

    Event progresses further but there isn't much to say. This is really old event and while back in the day those characters were outstanding, due to Crusader Kings 2 feature creep - no longer are. This makes for nice story for our old Emperor, who recently returned from Pilgrimmage and is now seeing how well the realm was ruled during his absence. Or maybe was it due to legend about Permyakid immense wealth hoarded somewhere in their vaults? Who knows.
    HJFjddH.jpg

    Our Finno-Ugric smallfolk celebrities get married with our blessing. Who knows maybe later I'll even land them after another excommunication cleanup. While Robin does not make for good Marshal for our specific aims, he is more than enough to boost some local levies.

    Year 1021
    ======================

    Took a break before reassuming play session. Was contemplating my current course of action. Mostly whether should I retire my current ruler myself or just ride along. And if decided to continue playing, what should I aim for. One obvious benefit of continuing as Varaka 'the Scholar' is an ability to continue converting provinces in our realm at rapid pace. This does strenghten our realm by getting rid of huge chunk of constant revolt risk, as well as increases levies. Not that we are short on manpower (our call vassals to war is equivalent of nuke button). Yet it does eat on future potential. Still with grandson in place and probably not reaching final prosperity level in next 10-20 years, focusing on siring heir to heir might not be as important now. I doubt we will pass 80 years old, as even without negative health traits we should be rolling for death due to natural causes. So final decision is to keeping playing as Varaka. Now onto what to do. We are currently bogged down in Serbia, utilizing rare occasion of it vulnerable state to diminish one of our economic rivals. It is especially crucial as this realm is currently on road to fracture into 3 upon succession. Making them levy-less seems like a perfect way for Byzantines to re-conquer counties in Europe. Which means that both another administrative cleanup back home, as well as pressing claims for middle east probably won't be done. Well first can be postponed. Second did cost us 100 gold so far but it isn't tall order to get those 2 claims again and quickly too.
    epAZUcZ.jpg

    We are slowly finishing up yet another county. This will come in handy cause it is on the border. The more prestige we spent, the more gold we save (even if with our discounts it costs less)

    On 21st of Janury Burtasy finish final level of Weaponsmith, granting us maximal levy replenishment rate. As we have culture converted county, we can finally start with culture specific building to add extra troops to the mix. During that our northern raiding group moved from Novgorod onto Belo-Ozero right on the border, targeting another temple - this time Suomenusko kind.
    CdTdhxx.jpg

    So far so good. Extra Grace for interaction is really nice. Not expecting any troubles in China for time being

    After deciding what to do with another chinese refugee, feast ends and I investigate situation in Serbia. Some forces did amass, which makes me willing to trounce them to deplete local armies. If they are not present when we sack, they will retain those forces. Things soon complicate. Second son (sickly Kya Permyakid) is born to our ruler. We couldn't prove he is not from our celibate emperor. That's kind of complicates a lot. We do still manage to make our character known as 'Religious Philosopher' from Theology focus - upgrading our lifestyle modifier to +2 Learning. We can't progress further though.

    On 4th of April guards from Middle Kingdom arrive to escort back the escapee. That earns us another 300 devotion, giving us enough for another Scholar-Bureaucrat. So, 30 years old Su Guangfu becomes part of our court. He is Midas Touched, Poet, Erudite but also Gregarious Hedonist. Let's hope he last as long as his predecessor. I also decide to construct additional temple in Tura (east off Osha county). It has 3 holding slots and maybe I can disqualife second son by grantic him Bishopric. That seems like the fastest way to resolve whole problem. Then as all bishoprics finished upgrading their church walls, we invest around 131 gold in 7 of them (Kolva, Pilva, Kudymkar, Udmurts, Tynea, Burtasy, Irtysh). Plan to max what we initially can on economic buildings there + monastic schools, letting vassals invest in rest of levy buidlings. Our levies in Irtysh also replenished from 600 to 2.200 men.

    In Serbian lands I decide to move back and squash some 1200 strong retinue guarding 5 holding county. We easily beat them and kill 700 locals. I also realise that one of Byzantine vassals took another 2 county duchy from Serbians and Athenians are 80% on their way to retake Thesalonikki. Our bad luck continues though as Bogomilists pops up in Shish tribe... Again this is lower chance than spreading from adjecent province event. Argh. I just can't keep up and we are on 52 percent MA.

    Burtasy tribe in last day of June finish their Warrior Gathering Ground I giving us exactly 1800 levies there- 1300 light infantry, 400 archers and 100 heavy infantry. So next upgrade of Heavy infantry it is.
    mEexacs.jpg

    Decided on this, as at least this is some progress into getting rid of non-Orthodox group religions and if it culture converts it will get rid of last Khanty province in game

    I think for now I won't target heretics but focus on getting rid of non-Christians. Soon game helps me with my decision making by displaying this screen:
    gQlmIvd.jpg

    And thus comes to an end unexpectedly long reign.

    After reigning for 39 consecutive years, emperor Varaka 'the Scholar' at the age of 71 passed away. What an exciting reign it was - he lived through fratricide among his brothers after his father sudden death, then spent most of his young life in prison, unexpectedly inherited throne after his 2 older brothers (emperor Irter and emperor Viryay) deaths, took part in victorius Crusade, survived Black Plague, started restoring Permo-Siberia from depopulation, kickstarted Bishopric economy and finally recovered Bones of Saint Peter to store in one of his many Architectural wonders. Most likely will become Saint, as he converted many provinces and worked tirelessly to uphold Orthodoxy.
    49Xa0LO.jpg

    First look on current ruler and few initial decisions regarding his strategy for now. We had him secured for quite some time, but now we once again have to worry about next in line, as Genius genes so far weren't secured.

    Now onto usual succession business. We pick business for focus to upgrade our level 2 education 'Thrifty clerk' into something more and help with writing the book. Ambition will be to see realm prosper, as it works out nicely to be finished few years before another Crusade happens. We also put new emperor's intrigue value to good use in sorting out our (most likely bastard) brother Kya inheritance. Council is rebuilt and I notice that game bamboozled us by killing our Keeper of Tomes automatically... But transfering him before doing that into England meaning all of his funds escaped our grasp even though he had court office and was marked as important character. The same happens to our jewish spymaster, leaving us without one. Ehh. Then we send vassalization offers to 22 break away vassals. Chief of Kazakh won't accept as he is catholic. Will have to clean that up later. Our crown focus is moved to Kudymkar and we at once move our capital there. This will focus our prosperity gain there and I'm happy with capital being there until next century.

    Chancellor was sent to start fabricating the claim on middle east, Steward Baboi of Mena to settle tribe in Irtysh, Patriarch remains on converting duty (for some reason we dropped 3 percent and now are under 50% MA) the same as Marshal who keeps training in Kudymkar. We pick decision to write a book at once. But we get bamboozled again. Can't pick writing about stewardship. Meaning we want to write again later... While praying for another long reign.

    Game cheats me even more because week later it recalculated which characters to cull from court again and get informed again about Aelle death but also about Gundoald death in foreign coart. If I remember correctly both of them had quite a lot of gold... And then our Master Engineer Di Xinyue builds blast furnance in Irghiz AGAIN. Can you please target any other county pretty please?

    By end of September most of realm is rejoined. Our raiders keep raiding and northern group moves from Suomi temple onto Novgorod capital again. Our concubine becomes pregnant but the father turns out to be one of our vassals. Then our Ecclesiarch is attacked by heretics in Illyinsk and suffers a wound. We do rejoin Community of Saint Basil. Also I realise something is missing. Where is my message about blessed passing away? Why did my ruler did not become blessed already while having all 7 virtues, 9k piety, Religious head and none of banning traits? Oh cmon game!

    By November 2 attempts are made on our bastard brother Kya - second being succesful in act, but quickly caught by general public. Thus we became tribal kinslayer. Our old chanellor (chief of Bjarnia with 22 Diplomacy) is replaced and newcomer is sent to get claim on break away catholic county in Kazakh. Then Bogomilists rise up in Kazakhs duchy. With their current numbers (5.500) we need vassal help, as recovering retinue force in Irtysh numbers just 2.900 men. So we call our 88 vassals in.

    In december unexpectedly quickly trade route event fires. We of course take it. We want to level up Kezhay stewardship education to level 3 in case of reaching maximum prosperity anywhere. Thus I'm not a cheapskate and buy regular ships instead of trying to save up. Profits from that event chain are secondary to modifiers we can acquire.

    Year 1022
    ======================


    DFuilev.jpg

    Everything once again goes really smoothly. We get everything we wanted from possible rewards and thus can consider Business focus exhausted already.

    One by one we breeze through trade expedition event chain steppes. This time we travel down to Egypt. Our MA also goes down to 44%. Because some really old temple looted timed out. Ehh - be patient. According to my calculations by 1027 most of negatives should time out and Orthodoxy should soar by around +50%.
    UkxKjib.jpg

    Took quite some time to world to recognize him. Half a year dammit. Still happy he got what he deserved.

    After those good news, we keep manouvering our troops in southern Cumania to try and catch rebels while absorbing further vassal troops. If you wondered how are my retinues in Novgorod doing - they just keep sacking temple after temple. Southern Vladimir is still occupied by several different enemies and those temples are not sackable sadly. Might think about moving that huge retinune force to Bolgharia to go up to 4 raiding armies. Even with constant raiding we are currently at 46% I wish we had better Ecumenical Patriarch as current one even though has decent Diplomacy (Drunkard with 10-12 diplomacy) has issues when gathering piety and after 25+ years gathered only 300 (and it maxes at 1250 for MA bonuses). Still he currently makes for 11% of our MA.

    Abruptly we receive defeat report in Serbia. Seems one of our armies got ganged up and lost 2/3 of it's men. The other is also in fight but it doesn't seems as bad.
    2DbfMOU.jpg

    Enemies unexpectedly for me attacked us. Will we get defeated in detail?

    I stand corrected. Even with mountain bonuses we get smoked in melee by not outrageously bigger forces. Thus our raiding comes to sudden end and I evacuate last remnants of raiders to avoid further losses. Well that costed us half of our raiding expedition but we have around 5.000 men replenished in our demense, so we have more than enough to regain stability. Soon I see why. Serbia managed to marshall over 10.000 troops. But then as they try to catch last army they are too eager and attack us on mountain slopes with just 3.000 troops against our amassed into single flank 4.000 men, who just take revenge and slaughter them. But then 10.000 troops join and reverse the battle in melee. Well that's that folks. At least we ravaged northern half od Wallachian lands.

    Our temple construction in Tura finishes and we assign there 18 stewardship Bishop. We also start building it up. Goddammit game. You got rid of our freshly purchased Scholar-Bureaucrat upon succession =.=. Why? I spot it because costs are significantly higher. But hey - at least Permo-Siberian Robin Hood commanded our forces to put rebels down.

    In July our border raiders in Novgorod found another strange chest. We organize another summer fair as per tradition. First time it will help our top priority province though. Another child from our concubines for whom our character isn't a father and soon another concubine becomes pregnant. Just you wait chief of Mansia. Once peacetime is up I'm gonna exact lawful vengeance x]. Then at least our wife becomes pregnant.
    kzsIhgM.jpg

    We get rid of one heretic province but other slipped into heresy in the meantime >.> Whack a Bogomilist.

    I curse bad luck, as Bogomilist despite our effort retain around 5 provinces in our realm. We won't be able to combat them effectively before 10 more years passes and we acquire the highest rank in Monastic society. I just pray other Orthodox realms or our vassal don't screw things up. We are currently looking at -96% MA between lost holy wars and Victorious Heretic rebelions. Permo-Siberian Patriarch is sent to single Nestorian county within our realm to rout out this religion completely.

    By October our beaten raiders come back. After dismissing them we have 8.000 levies out of 12.000. Well that will put a wrench into our efforts of hitting temples. I spent 300 prestige on Warrior Gathering Ground in Burtasy and 100 on the same in Osha tribe. We were also asked to donate 100g for Monastic Society and we did. Easy devotion!

    With November comes another feast. I also realise Irtysh isn't build up so Warcamp II is started. Then I watch as 2 of my commanders duel each other to death (one being scheming vassal we had for quite some time). But that isn't the end - my last retinue returning from Serbia gets ambushed in Khazarian khaganate and we lose 80% of our forces :). Wow what a year it was!

    Year 1023
    ======================

    After eating some of that "humble pie" and getting trashed I hope to turn Emperor Kezhay fortunes this year. January isn't bad - we get massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar. Not bad for start!

    After securing return of our trashed retinues back to Burtasy tribe now I have plenty of time for less pressing issues. We can start with Technology. It was quite some time, that we looked there and our previous character had quite an income (+6 Economic technology points of income). So now I fill comfortable to spend it and start spreading it across lands. We pushed Construction 2 levels towards level 6, Castle Infrastructure 2 levels towards level 4 and Cities and Temples towards level 4. Then 2 level each into Majesty (moar piety and prestige), Tolerance (less opinion penalty due to different culture/religion + better emancipation laws) and Legalism (better taxation obligations). Then 3 levels into Infantry (reaching lvl 5), 2 levels into Skirmish Technique and Melee Technique, 3 levels into Siege Equipment. This way our mostly infantry armies will benefit a lot and we improve our chances at not rolling generic skirmish. Not having even 2nd level of Siege Equipment hurt a lot while raiding feudal realms.
    YrZwMT5.jpg

    Technology spread overview. Personal demense marked in light green - those are points from which we feed technology to the realm. Now with extra monastic schools it should go little faster.

    Now we can boast beinga technological powerhouse with level of capital county - 24 military / 20 economic / 19 cultural. For comparison: England has around 12 in all categories, Paris has 14-15, Italy around 15, Constantinopole 16-21-19 and Baghdad 14-17-17.

    In February we hold a Grand Tournament to check if it increases prosperity. While we wait to begin it, Kezhevat Permyakid is born - the second son of current Emperor. He did not inherit any traits sadly. As soon as our Warriors start the melee we get informed about construction of Uralic Walls finishing.
    6OHLuFP.jpg

    Not gonna lie I really like how they do look on Arctic background. Never did I ever built 2 wonders at the same time. We are making the plays folks!

    Another funds are spent to progress with further upgrade. This will be mostly it (not counting features) when it comes for funding Great Works in this century. Which means that as long as we acquire 1 holding slot in Kudymkar (our current capital) by year 1073 we are ready to feudalise. In few months also Primal Taiga finishes it's 2nd stage. Leaving us with paying for just 1 Great Construction out of our pockets, which tremendously lowers the financial burden.

    For some reason as tournament is ongoing, we can simultaneously throw a summer fair and we do. We soon acquire Gregarious trait (making it our 6th) from it. Soon tournament is finished and after clicking through ton of notification about wounded and dead, we discover that it does in fact increases prosperity in capital.

    EYeu6VB.jpg

    Wasn't sure if it gives extra prosperity but it sure does.

    During summer another child is born to Permo-Siberian ruler. This time it is daughter! Nyayka Permyakid might come in handy for some alliance. Soon several notification about 'new prosperity treshold reached' arrive. Among them - our capital Kudymkar moves onto 2nd level.

    In September first heretic victory penalty vanishes and our MA at once improves by 5% to 47%. Our infantry retinues managed to replenish up to 1.800 strong, and our northern raiders are still raiding. Vladimir is still occupied and it seems like end for them as even when 3 sons of current king inherit all of them are imprisoned. We throw another feast.

    Sadly we lose Ambitious due to being over the trait limit :/. With that our Learning go down to 19. Not great. Both Irtysh and Burtasy finish their construction but building frenzy stops for now. I have something in mind for next year and need quite some prestige. Also finally our council stopped being angry at us and learned to tolerate our rule. Then on 10th od December we inherit small fortune from our Norse investor that finally died at 75 years old due to Cancer. We get monastic guardian event for ward increasing our oldest daughter Martial and Learning by +2. Then we throw another party day before year ends

    Year 1024
    ======================

    As our emperor keeps feasting with his vassal, our raiders move from Gdov to Pskov tribe. Our kin from Yugra High Chief Kezhay, finally comes out of age. I was eyeing him to make him our designated regent. With him in place we can embark on longer journey. Where to?
    nN4xOKr.jpg

    Last time (and only time to date) we had quite old ruler with not a lot of spare prestige. This time is different and I need to make up for game unjustly getting rid of my previously bought scholar-bureacrat

    With that underway I have to give away single tribe in Nenetsia to some commander, as our regent can't even dream of matching our hyper high demense limit. Also spotted occasion to sack tengri holy site near southern Cumania border so I send our boys there.

    With spring my terrible luck continues and Bogomilism spreads in Khantia east to Tara county. It is already culture converted so I don't pay it much mind. We reached exactly 50% MA recently so finger crossed this won't keep happening.
    oB3oVck.jpg

    Kind of funny that it happened during regency and worse stewardship value.

    During our absence, greedy kin and regent keeps pocketing away funds from treasury. Also our raiders find another key to strange box but the result is middling - just 10 gold. Then as season keep getting warmer, our Marshall dies due to old age. I replace him with Robin (Hood) Tobolid, as he has 20 Martial, which ain't bad.

    In July we finally meet chinese border patrol. We pay them and follow them. Then we keep paying attention to our raiders.

    In August south of our eastern part of realm, our Irtysh retinues manage to sack barony of Syganak. Our MA still hurts (down to 38%), what cheers us up is this proclamation:
    1r1qRx7.jpg

    First Orthodox Saint and bloodline for our dynasty. I like the new nickname more. Bloodline kind of meh - would prefer one of monastic ones. Still it won't hurt if we plan to recapture Jerusalem.

    Given some time I arrange some diplomatic marriages. First our oldest daughter - Styaka is bethrothed to current 29 year old and strong Basileos Porphyrios. Then daughter Nyayka is bethrothed to son&heir of Armenia - 13 years old Prince Trdat. Securing those alliances might come in handy later to have some support against islam. We also bethrot our son&heir Kudym-Osh to our niece from Shahdom of Daylam - Shahdokt Vosgi (our nephew is currently rulling there). Between those 3 realms we have 40.000 extra troops to help us in middle-east, should the opportunity arise.

    For once we don't spam another feasts, as Emperor Kezhay is away.

    Year 1025
    ======================

    I keep waiting for events, as I bestow patient trait upon our 15 year old female ward (eating -2 to all stats for 4-5 years modifier). Then another kowtow event pops up;
    bFfuYgW.jpg

    Not great but still it is slightly better fertility thanks to opinion and extra prestige. I hope it mostly reflects well on us and pushes us toward higher kowtow modifier.

    Book writing pop-up arrives and I take vomiting for raising it's quality. Won't use it anyway but maybe we can gift it to Chinese Emperor. At least I don't roll 1% chance of dying! Then I seek treatment and I get quite a scare in May!
    YePh2pG.jpg

    Well that would be totally not worth it to risk dying for book we don't even really want >.>

    It vanishes in few days and my Court Physician grim diagnosis doesn't come true. Rest of summer is spent on repeating sacking of Novgorodian temples, yet our MA drops to 36%, as some temple sacked modifier time out first :<. I realise we finally acquired few prisoners and ransom 5 of them for 114 ducats. That's something. Then on 10th of July we advance to 2nd rank within Community of Saint Basil. Giving us once again powers of Celibacy at our wish. Also extra +1 learning put's us again at 20 (once we get rid of current "Out of Patience modifier"). Won't take the vows now, cause I still think we can do better that our current heir and acquire one with Genius trait. Then our Ecclesiarch pisses off locals in Ob county (eastern Siberia), resulting in mob chasing him out.
    EYs3gBy.jpg

    Forget winning those pennies. We want maximum grace income from our far eastern neighbour.

    Upon reaching capital of China, we encounter some sport activity that we can either take part in for 65% chance of winning 25 gold / losing 10g, or ignore it for 50% chance at both patient and humble (we have 1st). I go with first option as it might improve our kowtow score. Then Orthodox icon event pops up, offering us extra +1 stewardship (Icon of Saint Peter). I gladly take it.

    In November Ecumenical Patriach Methrophanes II dies and Orthodoxy tumbles down to 27% MA. The new Religious head Maximos II isn't great either as he has only slightly more diplomacy and the same difficulties in being pious =.=. Let's wait and see which focus will he choose.

    December marks death of our 72 years old Sindhi investor. Then our new Ecumenical Patriarch chooses... Scheming. In such dissapointment the year ends. With Orthodoxy MA tumbling down despite our continous efforts.
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXXII (1026-1033)

  • yZV4HkB.jpeg

    Part XXXII (1026-1033)


    Year 1026
    ======================

    New start of yet another playing session - you know the drill and so do I. Some checkup on realm is in order. I spot some dull vassal plotting to kill our Emperor but struggling with finding any accomplices (just 32% plot power). Few more intrigue hobby vassals are marked but because our MA fallen below required level (27% at the moment) we will have to wait. I look up the wide world and spot that Byzantines started picking up on Egypt in Sicily, and Serbia reunited 2 out 3 parts that it splitted into after recent succession. I also do imprison few courtiers that had it coming from long time. Some order must be imposed!
    WjTUMkT.jpeg

    Our journey slowly moves towards it's final stages. Time to make the best impression possible

    I also do replenish our court offices with 5 new people. All of them are clean inheritances and we even have 1 spare. During search I found some Egyptian lowborn marshal with 4.000+ gold but had no way of giving him spouse or inviting him. Still it is at least average haul.
    YuRJhbr.jpeg

    We have to make up for game cheating us out of some previous investors upon succession

    It doesn't take long as in just 2 months our fresh Saxon investors dies, giving us his riches. He was fan of dueling and had rivals to duel with. You know... The usual harmless fun with boys ;) His money were secured though so that one spare will come in handy :). Also one of our vassals becomes beatified upon commiting suicide.

    Not having opportunity to throw Summer Fair for prosperity gain, I do monitor our raiding force. Turns out my hunch was correct - raiding the same temple does not confer another +1% for religion MA. Meaning for years I was under false assumption of helping Orthodoxy by haunting Vladimir kingdom. We did ravaged it completely though. To the point that it is currently in defensive wars against 7 attackers. It slowly trickles down, as each attacked took something which wasn't their war-goal. I suspect upon death of current old Vladimirian King it will split and desintegrate rapidly.
    pNBOYdG.jpeg

    Not much but it is something. We have at least around 15 years ahead of emperor Kezhay, which means +360 grace not counting that +100 we got now. If someone wondered prestige income hit is neglible as currently we get around +290 prestige every year.

    Finally our kowtow ends. We get once again 2nd level of trait. Not bad, not great. We still can start summer fair in June and we do. We also visit some Monastery to check on some gardening feats, but sadly fail 77% roll and get -1 Learning instead of +1 Learning.

    In July we get visited by 2.300 khazarian raiders in southern Mordva. Our men are moving out at once (3.000 men with really great leader - I just hope for no narrow flanks). Upon realising that my cheaating concubine and spymaster is not doing anything productive, I procure Jewish courtier with 26 intrigue, shrewd, diligent, Schemer trait for that office. Then he is sent to Thrake to steal technology. I have great expactations of him alongside our Jewish steward Baboi of Mena.
    wLAXED1.jpeg

    Luckily both Feint tactic and no narrow flanks! Thanks God! We will slaughter those fools!

    Battles proceeds smoothly and we win with 330 men lost for 490 men killed. That should calm them down for next few years ;). Also with advent of September we finish our prosperity ambition, netting us another +1 Stewardship (which currently on Business focus gives us 28) and nickname - "Gentle". The only ambition to pick is now "Groom an heir", which I'm happy to pick due to it's +20% Fertility Bonus. Not only will it offset monastic society -15% fertility but together with Fortune Buildier put us at +15% Fertility total. Kezhay can also change his focus. We could wait for gardening event for some extra reputation and prestige but it is so miniscule that I would rather spent that time on something else. Learning isn't also highly needed (more technology point's are always welcomed but we aredoing fine). Not too keen on losing patient thanks to War focus, and Hunting/Theology can serve us later. I'm mostly deciding between Family, Seducing and Scheming. We still don't have genius heir - let's change that. Seducing it is as we have 3 concubines and our genius ward is perfect target for seduction! Focus itself grants another +25% fertility, which I totally forgot about.
    f8p4oq4.jpeg

    I like that nickname. "The Gentle" tribal kinslayer ;D.

    We start moving our retinues (that came back from raiding), onto few problematic vassals. One of not-excommunicated schemers is pinpointed as slandered thanks to imperial agents. That gives me excuse to deal with him. Monks from Mount Athos ask us for money and we donate 300g in exchange for 100 prestige and piety. Also Uyghurs tried raiding our north-eastern vassals in Cumania, but we chase them off. Finally our descendant of Attila the Hun, Bolgharian Master of the Horse dies, allowing us to inherit his funds. With that treasury reports rising above 21.800 ducats.

    Autumn starts worryingly. We receive information that both Emperor and his daughte are targets of some schemes we are not aware of. Well that's ominous. Our character is both Paranoid and Deceitful though so we have 14 intrigue, which should provide some passive protection. Permo-Siberia can also prepare and send another eunuch to China. Search is arranged for perfect Iranian candidate. Not many great candidates I'm afraid. Two are invited let's see what we will get for them. In the middle of month our Marshal Robin (Hood) initiates another recruitment drive in Kudymkar. Easiest +6 prosperity points :). Few days later our Spymaster generates us +50 military tech points thanks to 'Jewish only" event.

    The feast goes on, some seduction attempts fail and I invest a little into next perfect gift for china but it results in nothing. Seems will have to keep scrolling down that character search tool.

    Year 1027
    ======================

    I was trying to catch Uyghur raiders in North-eastern Cumania for months. Bloody nomads! Finally i catch them after assigning commander that improves movement speed. Then I proceed with extracting those excommunications.
    uCvMdAM.jpeg

    One is weak administrator, one is schemer and one is too big for my liking.

    Meanwhile Kezhay was busy with new plot idea. Found some Afghani Buddhist guru. He would make a fine gift for China, if we can invite him. To do this I sent him our old quality 1 crown putting us high enough to favour invite him. Then we will convert him to avoid penalty for Buddhist that current Chinese emperor dislikes. Great use for old items :). Sadly my 5.500 retinue suffered nasty attrition losing 1/3 of their men, while moving onto Hlynov in winter and before I could react. Was also throwing out some random courtiers that could be a potential plot backer and had no business staying in our capital. Quite a team of Lunatics I had going on!

    Few more seduction attempts are succesful but we get caught. No pregnancy yet. Emperor Kezhay suspects his concubine of infidelity, but lacks proofs. On other hands our courtiers have proof of our own affair. At least our spymaster once again generates us military techpoints thus reminding me we want him to go back for plot detection. In few days my strategy works and we can ship off newly arrived guru off to China for quite a lot of currency
    LavvdsL.jpeg

    Carefully selecting your gifts for emperor allows for muuuch faster grace accumulation.

    By end of April we are done with wars. We can only revoke single county from our biggest vassal, as our glory hungry council doesn' want to weaken him (powerful vassal) too much. All 3 tribes get new rulers with some starting funds. But I'm not done yet. I can imprison one of remaining schemes and luckily fail at that, and I spotted heretic chieftess to whom we send revocation demand as well.

    We send our troops off to deal with schemer, meanwhile seducing our target (acquiring amateur secuder modifier) but no pregnancy yet. On other hand one of our concubines birthed another daughter (this time with Strong trait). Welcome Unzhutka Permyakid!

    It takes up to autumn before I'm done with that traitor. After that only single scheming vassal remains. I do realise there still is quite a few excommunicated rulers. Must have forgotten previous work toward extracting lands in southern Cumania (to speed up culture conversion and technology spread). I also do administer some justice ending plethora of plots.

    Revocations continue and now last few pagan vassals are our targets. I'm done with them at this point and they don't necesarilly provide me with winter specialist via warrior lodge as I hoped. Before december our Norse investors dies, our 10 years old daughter (bethrothed to Byzantine emperor) gets monastic events for maximum +3 Intrigue and Learning (should help in greek court) and we start our plot to extract Turgay county in southern Cumania. It does contain temple, which should help with technology spread tremendously and hey we have plenty of demense limit to spare (10/13).

    Year 1028
    ======================

    We proceed with criminal cleanup at home. Soon what was a list of 20 potential arrests, shrinks to just 5. With further 2 pending to be resolved. This is much better. I also replace my 15 diplomacy feudal chancellor with 24 diplomacy courtier, who likes me better and thus adopts loyalist stance on council voting. He is sent to Tripoli to acquire claim. Sadly as I'm still dealing with 3 vassals, this happens;
    dB0I5vI.jpeg

    Remnants of Karluks and even fewer Nestorians rise up.

    Will have to let vassals deal with that, while our forces deal with Naberezhnye (Bolgharia) + Boqtybay (Turgay in south-western Cumania). They rised up in north-eastern part of our realm. Also if you wondered if finally our MA improved - it didn't. We rised up to 37% but still have 3 heretic revolts for whooping -15%. Also my derpy vassals keep losing holy wars against Vladimir that started recovering despite onslaught. Luckily remaining scheming vassal commits a mistake and we get informed that he is a heresiarch and thus now we have legal reason for arresting him ;). In just a week that reason vanishes though :<. Really quick timer it seems. Decision is made to plot-kill him instead, as we can get up to 340% plot power and we have nothing to lose as we are already known as murderer.

    I set aside my cheating concubine (that developed cancer) to replace her with event spawned Attractive+Quick 16 year old lover. Then I start seducing our old concubine. We get lustful trait that puts Emperor Kezhay "the Gentle" over the soft limit. Then it finally happens. Our seduction pays off, as we receive our first Genius son. Permyakid brilliant rule is thus secured - as long as I deal with 2 older sons.
    Hvf2uhX.jpeg

    This seems like a long reign if I play my cards right. By the time current Emperor becomes old, Setyamka will come out of age.

    When it comes to rest of children, they are educated properly. Soon we lose trait due to having too many and it is... Deceitful. Acceptable I guess. Also previous rumours of our abrupt demise to happen seem to be unfounded, as our spymaster was searching and found nothing. We sent him back to Eastern Romans, while his collegue generates us 50 economic techpoints from the same Ashkenazi source.

    By summer we are done with dissidents. Rebelion is put down and after another drama involving 41 years old cheating concubine, we replace her with previous concubine (that now loves us truly). With that we have 3 lovers as concubines and one more love interest on the side. Gentle Emperor also reached seducer modifier rank, granting him additional +15 sex appeal and +1 Intrigue. We also manage to murder last schemer only to... find another schemer on the other side of empire. We proceed with assasination once again. We are also still within season for summer fair.

    Byzantines won their war and continue with holy warring weak targets nearby. Good. Orthodoxy MA abruptly recovered to 47%. Current Basileus is still young and physically strong - he might do a lot of good for Christianity. On that topic - we receive mission from Community of Saint Basil - penance this time. Nice. Occasion for extra devotion and maybe even Erudite trait for that extra 2 learning. I started buying cheap (80g) favours from my councillors, whose wealth I will inherit later. Need to give away few holdings with blessing of my council. After bribing I can start working - the Bishopric in Veliky-Ustug is granted to Bishop of Perm. Then the county is given away to new chief. We take another county from vassal in Vladimir who is still locked in our dungeons. Sadly he did inherit something in Nenetsia so he still owns 3 counties. With freed demense limit we revoke last county in duchy of Turgay in southern Cumania to culture convert it. That leaves me at 12/13, and will let me pass at least one more bishopric into bishop from our personal demense for future.

    As we try to figure Bible out on our own (60% success chance) our Greek wife seems to have an affair. We leave it in the hands of our lackeys and focus on more Godly matters. Our backers still try killing that scheming vassal but we did not succeed yet, even after 3 attempts. But at least rng smiles on me and soon I see this:
    iz7GFjD.jpeg

    Together with finally getting positive modifier from gardening it puts me at exactly 20 learning. It will also prevail no matter what.

    Thus beside seduction attempt and more penance progression (we got humble trait from previous success) nothing happens. Oh and our MA rised to 49% for moment. Still at -15% penalty from revolts though.

    Year 1029
    ======================

    New year starts with difficulties in overcoming loneliness during penance. We talk with some courtier to relieve our emperor at the cost of progress. I think we will be ok, cause we already had tremendous success and I would rather not roll 50% for stressed now with our current heir situation. Pechenegs do visit us in Bolgharia so it is only proper to meet them in arms.
    UoTKuPP.jpeg

    I usually don't mind rebellion but with how long the travel time is in this part of world it is a pain.

    Well we were due for some time problem with heretics. It just happened as Greeks won their holy war putting us at exactly 50%, which is ironic (there is no connection between those factors). Well retinues from Irtysh tribe are moved out and vassals called. We also have further religious trouble, as we are required to do something about Emperor Kezhay weakness towards women:
    eKSWGyr.jpeg

    Well can't exactly risk failing whole event chain and 40% chance at overcoming vice is not enough. Will take longer but it will still be quicker than not getting devotion from penance upon failure.

    As we show raiding Pechenegs the exit from our lands, on 8th of May 4th daughter (named Ruzava) is born to Emperor Kezhay. Good. More alliances. Right now Permyakid rulling family has 3 sons and 4 daughters. Sadly Byzantine Empire devolved into civil war and it seems like our daughter my not become the wife of fellow Orthodox empire ruler.Also Uglich converts from paganism to christianity
    pSvY4mD.jpeg

    Slowly we progress even though it seems like pointless work with low MA

    As our forces fortify their position against incoming rebel heretics, news from China arrive. Son of heaven died and now instead of Li Xuanzong we have Li Xingzong to make deals with. The new Emperor likes wealth and dislikes Indo-Aryan cultures. We can definetely make use of that preference. I wonder, if now won't be the best time to send them Mjollnir. It is 10.000 grace at base so while doubled it would give us up to 20.000 grace.
    20kVqTu.jpeg

    Notice how different our realm is even in it's southern reaches. We do deal quickly with both dangers.

    After putting effortlesly bogomilists down, our MA reaches 58%, as another "heretic revolt victory penalty" timed out. Finally we are at level that is operable. Then by August we finally finish our penance, putting us at 750 out of 1000 devotion needed for next level within monastic society. As for trait reward we also lost Lustful. That diminishes our fertility and as you might not noticed we were rocking +60% fertility, which now drops to +40%. Still want few more kids and it seems feasible with wife and 3 concubines/lovers.

    By September our "Out of patience" penalty times out, improving our attributes by +2 each. Then new problem is discovered. Because my character is no longer busy, I checked "China screen". Turns out we will get not 20.000 but 15.000 grace. Requesting invasion cost 5.000 instead of 10.000 so while I was working with wrong assumption it isn't tragic. So not too bad so far. The problem is that China only invades realms of kingdom/empire size with 40+ counties. I was planning to use it against Sultanate of Jerusalem, to carve out Orthodox Greek kingdom of Syria+Jerusalem. But now we will need to wait for Zikri Levantines to become bigger, as of now they do not fall within chinese invasion requirements.

    Interestingely it opens up new opportunities. After getting annoyed with religious mess I was planning to not participate in next Crusade that should start next year. Instead of helping christian cousins in the west I wanted to rampage in holy land. But now that this isn't happening I can safely embark with retinues towards west to liberate some material wealth.

    At this point I took a week break and was weighting my decision. Wasn't really liking options presented. After it turned out Chinese invasion won't provide us with really swift conquest of holy lands, I lost my previously picked plan for immediete future.It will result in further problems with heresies and low conversion chances. On other hand embarking on Crusade traumatized me due to problems with vassals that converted to Catholicism making them resistant to being excommunicated by us and possibly secceding upon succession. We still haven't dealt with single county in Kazakh duchy, that refuses being vassalised and we have another Catholic within borders. That said probably should embark on next crusade to keep accumulating wealth.Waiting for middle east to become ripe for the taking seems like the prudent choice. So search for catholic concubine begins.Must also confess to having some mental blockade - whenever I hit 20.000 gold coins in treasury I kind of lose interest in accumulating more. In my defense it wasn't problem so far as I kept spending on Great Works. But will have to brace myself and keep on course to make new records.

    The Catholic concubine is found in the court of our Kazakh break-away vassal. She replaces our Norse 37 y.o. lunatic concubine, which isn't Kezhay's lover and had cheated on him several times. Before I convert I would like to replace my Patriarch to younger and more skilled one, so we can keep converting while crusading. It would be a waste to not utilize favors I purchased some time ago too. So onto reforms we embark.
    nMupiRG.jpeg

    Maybe this will help me with stuffing various offices with more optimal characters. Also would like to think this will make Bogomilist heretics chill out as we granted some of their desires in some capacity

    After that the Patriach is retired with Chichayka - 24 y.o.Scholarly Theologian, Diligent Scholar sporting 21 Learning. Then after moving him from last Nestorian province to heretic province near silkroad his conversion chance rises from 10% to 25%. That's actually nice.Instantly after unpausing he achieves not single but double success - he first converts one courtier and on the same day the whole province of Saur flips as well. Damn that was fast! Down to 5 Bogomilist counties within realm.

    New Concubine - Tundava Rategid arrives. She is 16 years old and is quick, so she will serve beside enabling conversion. Then on 7th of October the monastic ward events fires for oldest prince Kudym-Osh Permyakid. He rolls Stewardship and Learning, which is the best combination. In-game roll results in him getting +3 Stewardship (highest) and +1 Learning (lowest). That's A-ok, because we want him to take over one of our Bishoprics and for that more Stewardship means more money.

    As I hawkishly await 1st November I get pranked by game. Zikri Rebels prepare me feast I wasn't counting on in Ubagan tribe >.>. There is only 2.500 of them but this will prevent me from feasting twice this winter... Gosh darnit!

    So we walk slowly towards Zikri rebels. Emperor converts to Catholicism in December and gets thrown out of Monastic Society. Well that's one cost, that will sting. Mostly hurts because we will miss on monastic ward event.But I can and do find some monks/nuns within realm to take care of it. Soon new court tutor is appointed.

    Year 1030
    ======================

    Orthodoxy (as we leave it) remains stable with 63% MA and biggest number of provinces in the game. Catholicism is also not doing too bad (53%) so now we just await for Sir Pope to announce most holy war. The cooldown ends, but current Pope Caelistinus II isn't too eager at the moment. Having nothing better to do I decide to spent some of my banked prestige to further enlarge our retinues. Then I move my Orthodox Realm priest to convert Bogomilists in Khantia. Still 25% yearly conversion chance! We also re-vassalise that single county in Kazakh. So the whole realm is finally reunited.
    xOvYDUu.jpeg

    At best it will help us in our Crusade in western Europe. At worst it will replenish back home while acting like police force.

    Our retinues from eastern reaches, finally rich Zikri rebels from Ubagan, who moved after conquering it westward.Our prestige income halts but on the bright side it only reaches -0.55/month and we still have 1.223 in the bank. So we will have some room to spare for some reinforcing to replenish losses during crusade. In may we beat Zikris. Forget about feast - we skipped straight into Summer Fair >.>. Also as I moved my forces, raiders arrived where those retinues originally were stationed. Pechenegs from new Karaidid khaganate try something with 1.000 troops in the south Cumania. My 3.900 retinues, that just beat down locals - are literally next door. So let's kill them too!

    Our Empress complains about former ward and lover of our Emperor, but we have intrigue high enough that we can just lie our way out of this predicament. Soon we inherit some tribe in Nenetsia and I almost play myself through muscle memory of generating characters via intrigue menu. I do realise in time and instead use character ledger to not appoint Catholic as ruler.

    Having nothing better to do society-wise I decide to join Champions of Pierun (Slavic Warrior Lodge). We might get at least commander trait in the meantime, assuming Crusade will last 5-7 years. But first we do lose initiation duel with our 32 Personal Combat Score and got wounded. Shouldn't kill us.

    Summer starts with repelling raiders in Irgiz. I also do sort out inherited retinues from Ugra tribe (retaining single hunting and trapper parties, moving them to bulk of respective retinue forces).
    S0XYQNL.jpeg

    That skin color is sick :) Wish we will encounter as many nice looking nomads trying to pillage us to kill boredom.

    Sadly in July our Jewish steward Baboi from Mena dies due to Pneumonia. Oh boy was it dissapointing - he achieved nothing. I also run out of jewish stewards so our Taoist Han takes over (18 stewardship + Ambitious).By end of Summer our wound heals, leaving scar. We still have swollen ankle till march 1031. Beside that nothing happens. Seems like because Pope is involved in defending some Italian duchy against holy wars, it might prevent crusade from firing. Italy is winning slowly 3 out of 4 holy wars so I'm optimistic.

    In October we get issued first lodge mission: to loot one of Suomi provinces across border. No problem. We almost reach our eastern border where 2 nomadic hosts are pillaging our vassals.

    Finally November that we can organise feast. Our Spymaster also steals 50 economic tech points.Sadly raiders scramble. Our Genius Lover and mother of our Genius heir Setyamka informs us that she is pregnant. We finish first feast on 31st of December and thus narrowly are able to held 2nd one.

    Year 1031
    ======================

    Year starts with me recruiting additional retinues to even out the numbers :). As the feast is ongoing, our lover Megurka Megurkid gets a rather interesting nickname - "The Understanding". Never had seen it before. Our Retinues in Irtysh catch one of previous raiders, trying their luck again and kill most of their 500 strong host. There is also other adventuring host that keeps moving through our eastern realm, but as long as they don't bother us I won't bother them. Orthodoxy MA somewhat plummeted to just 53% (and with that our conversion chance from 25% to 19%).

    In March our Levantine Senechal dies, and his gold is passed down to his son (who replaces father in office). Then month later our rival chief of Miass finally dies inside our dungeon.The new tribe leader doesn't hate us, so that issue is resolved. Then we fire yet another summer fair (prosperity ftw!), as our retinues are finally moved towards Finnish tribe target for warrior's lodge sacking mission (I remembered to not move out during severe winter for once ;D).

    One of our councillors asks for our forgivness, using his favour on us. It is A-ok. Better for them to spend it on that, instead of any other use (like forcing me to grant them random county). Emperor Kezhay soon get's rid of one of negative province modifiers in Turgay tribe, Then he accuses his Empress of infidelity, while legitimizing his newest bastard daughter from Megurka. Talk about double standards ;).

    In August our young and talented Patriarch manages to root out heresy in Shish county (Khantia) and is thus moved to root out the same heresy province eastward. Currently just 4 Bogomilists counties.

    During September our Master Engineer Di Xinyue build Paper Mill in our capital. I think it is the first time we got it. Will be of great use to us :)
    sxAcsuA.jpeg

    Extra +6 prosperity and nice technology spread modifier for our capital that is currently leeching from Thrace.

    With start of October we do manage to sack Finnish province and that earns us +90 gold on top of +200 Renown. Renown won't allow us to advance any time soon (our passive gain is abysmal) but at least it is the beggining. We are also eligible once again to change our focus. Seduction isn't needed anymore, so onto Scholarship hobby we go. Soon sad news arrive - our Genius 39 y.o. concubine Nyayka succumbs to Cancer. She was the mother to our daughter Nyayka, who is bethrothed to Armenian prince. May God have mercy on her lunatic soul. Vacant concubine position is filled with Megurka "the Understanding". Our only remaining lover.

    As Autumn arrives, Pechenegs (the regular ones) try raiding Bolghar, so our troops move out to meet them. Preparation for yet another feast are underway. That reminds me - that Paper Mill also added +6 prosperity point in our capital. The same with Spymaster stealing tech. Now that we are on Scholarship focus, our jewish agent is expected to fire those events more often. Soon my prediction come true as on 17th of November spymaster generates 50 military tech point from jewish event. Which also benefits from current focus :).

    Year 1032
    ======================

    Feast finish, feast start. Our ruler gets opportunity to flirt with someone but opts not to. We also figure out who was slandering us with vicious rumours, but at the moment there isn't much we can do about it. Week later daughter from our legal marriage is born - Genius named Oshama Permyakid. Sadly - Catholic but we will make it work somehow.
    tY7b3Zv.jpeg

    Original Pechenegs from Pecheneg Khaganate remind us of themself. Inter-Pecheneg rivalry for coolest nomad on the steppe ;)?

    At last possible moment, we catch besieging Pecheneg force. We roll Feint tactic but one of enemy flanks secured chokepoint, which might be a serious issue if after dealing with opposing center our center attacks them. And it exactly that happens. Turns out that their numbers weren't big enough to win even with that advantage. Still we lose few hundred troops more than was needed. Win is a win and it forces hostiles out.

    Soon - raiders act up on eastern border. Adventuring host 1.600 men in strenght arrives in Saur. Wisely my stationed retinues in Irtysh can intervene immedietely to prevent any lasting damages to prosperity. On topic which - our Tynea county reached 2nd level. We also did finish observatory (+1 Learning). Our steward also wants to suprise us with monument (and we let him).

    Before summer - adventurers are halved in size and sent packing. Our newest retinues reinforced towards 2.000 out of 3.000 maximum size but there is no news on Crusade. After some consideration I spend 500 prestige on Warrior Gathering IV in Burtasy and Warrior Gathering I in Irgiz.
    fcwWhbh.jpeg

    Buildup outside Perm duchy continues. Those border provinces become harder to crack with every troops increasing building.

    As I surveil my lands I realise that last Khanty culture province assimilated into Komi. Nice! Next on the chopping block is either Mordvin, Kirghiz or Karluk as each of those cultures have 1 province as well. Then year ends calmly with another feast, Orthodox MA holding around 53% and Emperor Kezhay choosing culture event chain route for observatory. We probably won't get much in the ways of Monasticism so +5 Learning from Necronomicon will be really great. I also want Mystic trait but what for - I will explain later.

    Year 1033
    ======================

    We start the year with starting feature construction in Hagia Epimoni.
    alSMr8e.jpeg

    Extra levy won't hurt, but won't much either. Better than most other modifiers I suppose.

    In February not small Uyghur adventure host arrives in recently sacked tribe of Zaysan. There are 2.500 of them, so I make a detour to not fight them while suffering river crossing penalty. Soon disease outbreak culls 100 of them. Then bandits cull another 100 but their reinforce to max anyway with monthly tick. During all that time our Emperor proceeds to next step in scholarship event chain and it makes me realise that he isn't diligent. But we get that trait now. Granting us our 8th trait (Patient, Humble, Temperate, Diligent, Paranoid, Greagrious, Lustful). Well expect Kezhay to lose something. We also get offered (but decline) mission to duel fledgling from other Warrior Lodge. Won't risk dying.

    Our steward finishes his monument, providing me with another 200 prestige. Decide to spent it on Warcamp III in Irtysh. Then as Spring approaches I get ready to organise another Summer Fair. Our chancellor reports getting claim for which we are happy to pay, and move him onto other catholic vassal within our realm.
    6VcnsAq.jpeg

    What's up with that recent rise in adventurer activity among nomads? We will trash them asap to avoid further complications.

    We swiftly deal with that army, and reduce it down to 960 men. There is still no news on Crusade. On the plus side our forces are ready. Have around 27.000 warriors to throw at whatever the target will be. The immortality event also fires. I'm not sure what to do at first. I don't plan on this character and prolonging his live. On other hand can't decline as it will give us "content" messing our trait limit even further. I will accept for now but then bail out.
    hq3aoTX.jpeg

    Huh. Already 2nd time it fired in this playthrough. Shame that I still have to collect some books and they are limited per life.

    Also our oldest daughter - Styaka is finally married off to Basileus Porphyrios (which I realised hails from the same dynasty holding Trade Republic of Amalfi to which Empress belongs), thus cementing our alliance. Byzantines are in the middle of civil war that was ongoing for quite few years but Strong 38 y.o. Basileus was winning. At least until this moment, when 2 more small revolts fired. I hope he finishes the bigger one first. That pull us into war but it more than desired - if we help Basileus put down rebels it will cement his rule in empire and allow him to focus on conquering fragmenting Serbia to strenghten our religion :). So our 8.500 retinues are moving into Anatolia via Caucasus. First time we use that avenue.

    In August our spymaster steals another 50 economic point :). Means another +6 Prosperity in capital. Then we lose patient due to being over the soft trait limit. While it sucks at least it wasn't diligent (that counts for prosperity events) and we are still at higher than enough stewardship (28) and learning (26).

    In November as we are in war we can't feast. Instead we get informed that our Marshal fired massive recruitment drive in Kudymkar (so it is kind of feast for prosperity reasons). Earth Hillfort I finishes in Turgay (which is located on border) to be followed with War Camps II.
    FCZFZdN.jpeg

    Seems they didn't apprecieated our gesture in increasing women rights. Bloody heretics!

    December starts with Orthodoxy plummeting down to 38% and Bogomilists appearing in Thisageta (Ural). Oh boy... Didn't take them long, did it? I think some responsibility is on our derpy vassals that kept holy warring weak Vladimirian kingdom and losing. It is dangerously close to our core demense, which is not great :/. That's why I wasn't happy with inability to conquer middle east - it will most likely force us into this cycle of having to keep fixing Orthodoxy after each crusade (during which, Orthodoxy becomes garbage), Well but that will be for another parts.
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXXIII (1034-1042)

  • gA1ecle.jpg

    Part XXXIII (1034-1042)


    Year 1034
    ======================

    Our work continues. First order of business - we raise levies in duchy of Perm to oppose Uralic Bogomilists. Local forces numbering over 8.000 will be more than enough to stop rebelion. Especially when our vassal levies are buying us time by getting ambushed (but fighting with Hills advantage).

    Our quest for Immortality gets an update. Our Patriarch struggles to find anything in holy scriptures and suggest hiring him more scribes. I refuse - he is more than capable enough to do this on his own :). And I don't want to be immortal to be honest so this is a perfect way out (I think). Funny enough this topic will continue in different way later in this playthrough but everything in time.

    Finally on 13th of January Pope proclames preparation for Crusade. And the target is France. Uh wow! I like this boldness. France is quite big, so we will make difference. The worst that would happen would be to fight for some few counties to only lose that weak country after few years. But securing France will change power balance in Europe.
    rpdfsjP.jpg

    Pope knew who to ask first. We alone make for 150% target strenght:)

    Soon we get another Crusade related event in which our Emperor is so excited to fight infidels in France that he gets Zealous. It is his 7th trait though... Probably something will fall off. Given low Orthodox MA I decide to swap task our Patriarch is occupied with - he will try to raise zealots (48% chance yearly). I will gladly accept event troops as reinforcements for Crusade. I also replace our Chinese steward with another jewish expert that I fished out. He will be raising warriors too :).

    Sadly soon I get expelled from Slavic Warrior Lodge. And we were so close to reaching 2nd rank there! Well shame! Before we get thrown out, we manage to participate in the last event that ends in success netting us another +100 prestige. Rest of winter is spent on managing logistic of various armies (retinues marching through Caucasus mountain into Anatolia, levies in Perm moving while avoiding winter attrition and eastern border patrol on long march to Burtasy tribe before setting off towards France).

    On 15 of April Burtasy finish last level of Warrior's Gathering Ground, just as our close to 9.000 levies locked onto Uralic heretics.For once I remember and check on our mercenary band. They are fine and accumulated almost 10.000 gold coins. Captain needs replacement, but they can keep going for the time being. Soon our 12.000 warrior fall on 4.000 rebels and it is a slaughter. By mid May whole rebelion is a thing of a past. But there is another campaign that needs my attention.
    2XPJbFM.jpg

    Our troops arrived. Time to help our brother-in-law. Republic of Amalfi is doing it's part in squashing Italian rebels, and we should quickly conclude this war.

    Immortal event chains comes to an expected end (uff!). One worry less on my mind. More important - prosperity did increase in Irgiz, Udmurts (both reached level 2) and our capital - Kudymkar (max level meaning we are eligible for prosperity events). Finally no more summer fair's and feast to spam each year. Out of curiosity let's calculate our MTTH for those events.
    ===================================
    Modifiers:
    ===================================

    0.9x - Fortune Builder,
    0.9x - Genius
    0.9x - Diligent
    0.729x - 18+ Stewardship
    0.729x - 18+ Learning

    = 0,387420489x

    Basic MTTH:
    Empty Holding Slot - 65 years
    Province modifier - 45 years

    Current Emperor Kezhay "the Gentle" MTTH:
    New Holding Slot - 25,18 years
    Province Modifier - 17,43 years

    ===================================

    Not too bad! I only lack lifestyle trait but it will do. By Summer our expeditionary forces in Anatolia reach enemy capital and start besieging. It goes slowly (6% per tick) and mountainous terrain isn't exactly welcoming for attacking superior quality enemy troops. We risk getting narrow flanked into oblivion. I do set up a trap by leaving 3.300 host province above Seleukia, but AI (probably due to having vision) doesn't bite. Well then we will besiege with 8.000 troops. On the positive note Basileus squashed other pretender that rised up and peasant rebels reducing amount of his enemies from 3 to 1. Meaning soon we probably will be able to expect his assistance, while we hold the front..

    There are still 220 days till Crusade but I started moving newest retinues toward Italy as staging point. Sadly our old ally probably won't participate as they have a regency council for young Queen Valentina. Emperor Kezhay decides to visit some hermit in order to acquire Necronomicon. Maybe it will contain secrets of Immortality ;)?

    In Autumn I raise my levies to start marching them. Soon they are joined by event troops created by my Steward. Wow. Did not expect 6.000 of them in one go. Most of them (4.000) is light infantry but there is good chunk of Archers (1000+) and the rest is split among Heavy Infantry and Light Cavalry.
    lc4Y7rI.jpg

    Nothing better for technological progress that good old Necronomicon (+5 Learning). Don't tell the Pope ;)

    Till the end of year we look at Seleukia slowly ticking down. We also do acquire Necronomicon! That boost Emperor's Learning up to 31! Did not realise it didn't even used book slot, so we can keep all other good books :).It gives us tremendous technology point gain especially in economic category (cause we have 28 stewardship + 31 learning). I also decide to spent some of accumulated technology points on Siege Equipment V (+12.5% siege speed might be handy in Crusade), Cities and Temples V (+5% taxes for both and some buildings) and Majesty V (mostly for +6.2% prestige/piety gain, which we can turn into buildings).

    Year 1035
    ======================


    Few days after end of year 1034 we take over castle in enemy capital. It did not give us much war score though. So it is time to move out against enemies, that kept taking attrition and now number slightly over 2.800 men, I think we can take them with almost 9.000 troops after assigning commanders and meddling with flank composition (infantry in center and cavalry on flanks). Soon rebels are on the run.

    At the start of February our Catholic concubine Tundava dies of dysyntery. Few days later unexpectedly this pops up:
    cIPlfw3.jpg

    Last Holding slot that I really wanted before feudalising. Each following is saucy extra!

    We hunt down escaping Greek rebels and they lead us into most defensive terrain they can find (river+mountain). They also cheekily reinforce before we move onto them so now it is 9.000 vs 5.000 troops. Might be tricky.
    BS3YtI8.jpg

    Last act of support we can offer to Greeks with impending Crusade.

    Battle goes far better than expected. Feudals lack skirmishing power so we wrap it up nicely before melee. We lose only 250 troops but kill 1.600. That should do it. It is high time to start moving those troops now towards Italy and further France. Crusade starts in 16 days. I moved out too late and only first contingent of 3.000 light infantries and cavalry is nearby. I have close to 16.000 troops just moving out od southern Volga-Ural and another 4.000 just passing Perm itself.

    Our oldest son - Kudym-Osh comes out of age. He is nice - Midas Touched, Shrewd, Patient. High Stewardship (20) but meddling Learning (11). He is bethrothed to our Armenian Miaphysite niece with claim on Daylam Shahdom. Maybe he will sire some children before we order him to take vows. Also both our Marshal and Spymaster report successes meaning +50 military techpoints and some prosperity. Now that I think about it I can use Marshal for something different. Organizing Army isn't too bad - it will maybe improve some of our commanders while cutting retinue reinforcing cost by -20%. Useful with Crusade fighting soon to happen.

    On 6th of May Crusade for France begins. Child heretic king stands alone. Let's hope our side doesn't wrap it up before we can arrive in force. Also if you wonder what we are fighting for - there is 7.100 gold in crusade war chest as well as 14 artifacts. Whole war starts by Knights Templars going straight for Paris with 10.000 troops. French consolidate their 16-17.000 troops nearby. Good to know Holy Orders are on our side as I didn't check that before.
    9hBVsj7.jpg

    Seems I didn't have to worry about Catholic manpower. We are more than enough to match defender advantage.

    I watch as big Crusader armies start the onslaught but French suprisingly wisely start tackling them. First they attack one 16.000 Crusader stack and upon reinforcing it win first battle. Knight Templars are in hot pursuit to avoid defeated brethren.

    Battle of manouvering commences but soon locals run out of luck. They get themself embroiled in bad battle in Amiens against numerically superior Catholic troops. This seems to be it. And we still haven't entered France. Their army gets trashed and now there is nothing preventing crusaders from taking kingdom apart (23% warscore so far). For all purposes - France has been cracked open.

    In the meantime we decide to not delve deeper into Necronomicon, arrest one scheming vassal (was risky because it was only 70% arrest chance but paid off!) and get another +50 military techpoints from spymaster. Oh and there is ongoing drama that our lover is suspected of infidelity but I think it is just paranoid Emperor speaking. We also get another son - Mosheg Permyakid that came into this world last month.

    Year 1036
    ======================


    By February occupant of Apostolic capital changes. Pope Eugenius will continue our most holy efforts started by retired Caelestinius II. Our troops start pouring into north-eastern France. I need to take control of as many sieges as possible to get anything from that expedition.
    c0KfT47.jpg

    Late to Crusade. Let's hope I can somehow recover and not make this terrible time investment after all.

    At the start of spring we take over first holding in Troyes. Luckily AI likes to deathball so we get opportunity to spread ourself to begin besieging many counties at once. Only problem being there is still 11.000 strong defenders roaming. Let's hope other Crusading armies will deal with them. But at the moment we take up whole 1% of war contributions, so we have to hurry up and change that by any means neccessary. Of course as I emptied my lands, nomads sniffed blood in the water. We have first raiders on our vassal's tribes and nothing to remedy it. At least our character finished writing his book and here are the results:
    YEeekR4.jpg

    Wasn't on the topic we wanted but at least we can trade it with China for 375 grace. I doubt this emperor will live long enough to write second.

    We manage to besiege 5 counties while rest of crusading armies combined sieges just 3. We are at 60% warscore but 13.000 French Waldensians keep deleting smaller armies in Southern France, thus making space for our contribution to grow. We are currently at 3% so it is rising.

    By Summer I manage to push single army onto Paris and give Crusader to every single commander and vassal in Perm (it is nice that Orthodox vassals get it without any problem). That will make our realm stronger for some time, even though it was time consuming with our 86 vassals (but not everyone was able to get it). Still that's an old habit and hey +10% realm levies thanks to extra +2 Martial doesn't stink. Byzantine revolt ended (without our Basileus winning), our daughter is close to giving birth and Kudym-Osh became a father (for dumb son but well...).

    French army came back and pushed us out of Paris - they catched us but I instantly run thus getting still war contribution but lowering warscore from 72% to 68%. We are actively getting contribution (up to 15% currently). The longer it takes the better. After that enemies retake their capital, which works for me as I wasn't the one to capture it.

    Then they move out and I sneak to recapture capital for plenty of war contributions. Meanwhile heretics push onto one of my armies. After assaulting several Paris holdings we are up to 98% warscore and 24% Permo-Siberian contribution. Now it is time to end it with one big battle thus I move all of my troops to squash heretics.
    z5UKGSN.jpg

    And thus Crusade concludes. Our numbers when we combine everyone are impressive.

    I didn't catch how much contribution we ended with as I was furiously assaulting at the end. We got at least 3.000 gold and 1 new artifact. As I previously checked we had over 24% contribution and we were 2nd biggest participant. We lost to some Occitan rebel king (with close to 40% contribution). Yet he decided to let Pope decide what to do with Kingdom of France, which resulted in this:
    bnTMQg7.jpg

    Well that will give Catholics and Pope especially fighting chance x] I suspect from now on Catholicism will start rolling over Europe.

    Time to pack things up. First I disband levies (we still will retain half of them. Then I map out 2 routes for our retinues to return home. I also convert back to Orthodoxy only to be welcomed with 6% MA thanks to -66% from lost holy wars. Gosh darn it I left them for less than 7 years x]. We also rejoin Community of Saint Basil (mostly for becoming celibate at this point).
    lG09cBx.jpg

    First time in this playthrough - not Scholar option!

    During last month of year we conclude culture variant of scholarship event route with Mystic lifestyle trait (+2 Learning, +1 Stewardship).

    Year 1037
    ======================


    After week break I sit again to this AAR. After refreshing my memory, I commit to building another feature in our 'Primal Taiga' (Magnificent Gardens). That's what I needed Mystic trait for, because we build Fountain of Youth. It will allow us to de-age our character with decision every 10 years for -2 years. That's theoretically 20% longer reign at best. Might come in handy, given how often I'm stressed that we might not live long enough to finish some crucial task (book writing, sorting out succession etc). It is also best moment, as our current Emperor won't be ruling for long, we just regained max prosperity levels so no much of event MTTH loss either due to lack of Scholar (we have Mystic trait).
    bpXWZxp.jpg

    Somehow this character continues his search for immortality! It works for me as we might make great use of that unique feature.

    After that as I'm still waiting for our retinues to come back from Crusade some pondering on "what to do" is in order. We have the ability to change Kezhay's focus (currently Scholarship). Both Stewardship and Learning are high enough (29 and 33), we have diligent, did trade expedition, have way more than enough heirs (4 sons and 6 daughters). We ideally want to live for another 8 years maximum to pass the torch to our chosen heir. Minimum 3 years so second oldest son comes out of age. So I think we can remain on our focus for now and if situation demands we then make our change, without commiting prematurely.

    More problematic is total garbage that is current Orthodoxy MA. With that we can't use excommunications. Which are needed to arrange succession. So we will embark on "Strenghten the Orthodox religion" ambition. If we manage to fulfill 3 special tasks, we will get another +2% for another 50 years. Those task most likely for us will be Holy Wars. So 3 Holy wars will give us +9% for 20 years. That's +11% with ambition. And I can still raid temples. So reaching 40%+ to unlock excommunications again seems doable within few years.

    It is also time to spend some of our newly earned prestige.Burtasy tribe gets 2nd level of Training Ground, Turgay Practise Range II, Irghiz War Camp III, Boqtybay Practise Range II, Osha Practise Range IV and Irtysh War Camp IV. That's cost us 1.700 prestige total and leaves with 4.410 left.
    5BFvQNt.jpg

    The more prestige we spent now, the less it will cost us after conversion. During editing I realised 1 tribe is missed from screenshots

    After unpausing our spymaster steals +50 military techpoints.Time passes and our MA once again hits rock bottom (0%). Seems like I'm being forced into conquering my neighbourhood to prevent my vassals from kamikazing into other realms :/. I see no other way to avoid this degeneracy that is taking place.

    By Summer my retinues are in Slovakia/Croatia respectively. We have been visited by 2 raiding armies, so I at least gather my demense levies to repeal one of them. I also bribe my spymaster for support in Voting on final level of Church taxation (+70% Tax, -100% Levies) and with that at least Temples are optimised.
    YoHiUYO.jpg

    Thus our temple taxes are done. We really are well optimised for non-feudalised realm :)

    I notice that Papal France is already in civil war with Pope+Catholics on one side and non-catholics on other :)". I wish them God speed.
    As month turns into August, Turgay tribe (on the southern Cumania frontier) already finished Practise Range so War Camp III to bolster garrison follows. Our Spymaster steals technology again (+50 economic tech points). That's lucky - twice in single year :).

    Syrt Tribe in Bolgharia get's sacked in September (our warriors didn't reach it in time). Month starts with Saint burial site flavor event. Many pilgrims visit Kolva and we get opportunity to utilize it somewhat. I can make 100g donation for 50 piety (thanks to Zealous trait), ask them for gold (50 gold for -10 piety) or talk with them (+10 piety and 50% for Greagarious). I already have Gregarious so I will gladly ask for their money ;).

    Another prosperity update arrives - both Pilva and Irtysh tribes reach 2nd level, 3rd Raiding host (Pechenegs) arrive in Yaik high chiefdom. Our retinues still haven't returned (they travel through Polish kingdom of Galicia-Volhynia). It is somewhat bad, as I just started building up our own tribes closeby so now we risk losing prestige and buildings there as those garrisons (500 strong) won't stop 1.250 Pechenegs :/.

    Finally in November my warriors catch raiders that moved onto Burtasy from Bolgharia. I did split my troops at least into 2 columns to avoid being memed with "Narrow Flank" but luckily no such modifier occured for enemies. So it is a stomp!
    JCPBH40.jpg

    Time to clean up the home from nomadic looters. Order will be restored.

    We repel at least some nuisance on this side of Ural mountains. Nothing else than to start marching those levies east to maybe get Pechenegs. I doubt I will arrive in time to prevent sacking of my eastern border. Distance is just too great and well - that's the cost of participating in Crusades with all our forces.

    In December few more buildings finish up but I only order another level of Training Ground (III) in Burtasy. Rest of places aren't safe and while we have plenty of prestige it would be a waste to just instantly lose it. Our victorious Crusaders also enter Permo-Siberian borders :). I start reorganizing them and sending single 3.000 strong army consisting Light Infantry and Light Cavalry towards our eastern border.

    Year 1038
    ======================


    Our Mosad agent is on fire - he completes the hat trick by stealing 50 cultural techpoints. With such luck we really make ways in technological area. All of our retinues are also back home (they still need to replenish as currently we have 2/3 of them - 6.000+). My Levies also keep replenishing and we reach 9.000 out of 15.000.

    February starts with us losing Zealous trait. Such a shame that we got it in the first place (as it catapulted us out of Warrior's Lodge). Down to 6 traits. Still a lot. Orthodox MA suprisingly jumps to 14%, yet heresy spreads in Ural from Thisageta south to Bashkiria.

    Spymaster keeps working hard, netting us another 50 cultural techpoints by mid March.

    Pechenegs start to run after besieging another tribe in Yaik, not going straight into my tribes. But we have different problem - Bogomilist rised up in Thisageta so I have to direct my levies (that were marching to greet Pechenegs) back towards Ural. There is 7.250 of them so this ain't nothing. Luckily almost all my forces are on this side of Empire. Also Hagia Epimoni finishes 'Watchtower Network' feature. At once another feature begins.
    kdGBmRv.jpg

    We need extra features but it isn't important what kind of bonus they do confer anymore, as there is nothing really great among Great Temple unique options.

    But with all that another round of construction can start: Practise Range II in Boqtybay, Warcamp IV in Irgiz and Training Ground II in Irtysh. Soon our forces join together and 11.000 in strenght start the pursuit of Bogomilist. My Chancellor dies and I replace him with the best local candidate, making use of our new Gender laws - Chieftess Sezhay of Katun has 17 Diplomacy and is a loyalist :). She continues working on Kremenchuk Tribe (catholic vassal) with 11.71% yearly chance of generating claim.

    We learn that our Greek Empress Kyra is cheating on us with our Vassal Chief Uchva of Vasyugan (in Khantia). We can and do punish this with arrest and... succeed. Well not bad but if that chief rised up, we could confiscate his titles. By end of May another Bogomilist center appears in Annuy county. Ugh :/...

    With summer arrives mission from Community of Saint Basil - penance. Not great, as I already have Erudite trait, but sure. At least it doesn't demands us to change our focus.Nothing to do anyway as we still pursue heretics that keep escaping towards northern Ural.
    JhKlvOE.jpg

    Getting Feint proves more and more difficult.

    Heresiarch Pyera career ends, as his troops get trounced by our forces. It wasn't even close as we were dealing them twice to three times as many casualties in skirmish. Then they broke and we ended with 300 losses for 3.000 heretics. Another +1% MA. Then I realise I can't select "Strenghten religion" ambition as I no longer have Zealous. Was waiting to not be spammed with "special occasions". And missed it in result. Well I forgot about that requirement. Lesson learned. But beside that - our retinues parked in Vladimir duchy are set on "Raid ON" and start visiting temples of rulers that we will conquer soon.
    KJ1gzv3.jpg

    Hoping to repeat what we did previously with sacking of Vladimir. We really need to strenghten Orthodoxy.

    In September our 10 years old Setyamka gets monastic ward event - rolls +2 Stewardship and +2 Learning. Nice. That's the minimum. Let's hope it fires again :).He has already 11 of both stats. Then I raise all of my personal demense levies and move them towards our eastern border, as one of hosting armies belonged to adventurer and balooned in size to around 3.700 men. Which is too much for my retinues that march there to deal without assistance.

    By October Osha tribe finished Practise Range building chain, so continues upgrading Warcamp II and Turgay tribe starts Warcamp III. Some update on our penance - after succeeding in bible interpretation once again we fail 65% roll to deal with Lustful vice >.>. That's twice in a row...

    We routed defender retinues in Rostov and started siegeing to get to temple located there and also move another force south to start opening provinces there. This time I won't waste time on additional sackings of temples that we already sacked within 20 years time frame. Sadly there are some local wars between pagans, so we might not be able to sack everything we want. Also Pechenegs reappear in Yaik county.

    December gives me interaction with 2nd son Kezhevat Permyakid, while doing penance. I decide to show him the Bible which result in him becoming Idolizer (but not Shrewd sadly). He is already Zealous so he can become Erudite. That would make his planned career in clergy smoother :). We also get event success that grants us Charitable.

    Year 1039
    ======================


    By end of January we finish penance with enough devotion to rank up in Monastic Society next month. Nice. Most of our warriors travel through Siberia to deal with 2 adventurer hosts that raid us in eastern Siberia. Our Mercenary company passed 10.000 gold in their pockets, and one of our retinues accidentally attacked Tverian army in Vladimir. We won despite lower numbers. One wing got damaged though.

    In February society removes Lustful from our character (leaving us at 7 traits with probably Paranoid and Gregarious that we can still lose) and turns out while I do have society currency we still are barred from ranking up due to 3 years in society requirement (will happen in December of this year). On the flipside - for some reason I can select "Strenghten the Orthodox religion" ambition so I do! Our retinues that were traveling east also take a detour and catch those 1.250 Pechenegs that I mentioned earlier.
    7XJbD2o.jpeg

    We slowly restore order and remind our less civilised neighbours who is the top dog in the vicinity.

    Swiftly order is restored for the price of 70 men lost but 300 nomads killed. We get offered ambition opportunity to liberate some Orthodox inside some nomadic realm but I decline - they are most likely very weak and will only generate us further losses in religion authority department.

    On 13th of March Kezhay's concubine Megurka "the Understanding" Megurkid dies of Cancer. She was the mother of our Genius heir. May she rest in peace. Week later Boqtybay tribe finishes Practise Range II so we order basic Earth Hillfort. I also need to swap 2 raiding armies, as tribe of Tver is really well build up and has 2.900 defenders thus our forces damaged by local retinues can't start the siege (they number 2,790/3.000 men). If you wondered at the moment we are looking at +3% from temples looted and 14.8% MA overall. And siegeing 3 counties with temples (Torzhok, Tver, Pronsk).

    By June I can order the last prestige building in Burtasy Tribe. Leaving me with 1.669 prestige. How quickly it was spent ;). At least now even withing levies, the remaining garrison numbers 1250 men so it should be enough to offset whatever anyone close can arrive with to raid. Our cavalry retinues also split in Irgiz tribe after dealing with Pechenegs: 2.700 of them will remain here while 3.000 will travel to guard the eastern border. Border on which I'm still amassing troops (we have over 7.200 men in Saur). Want to deal those adventurers hideous losses.

    By Autumn our daughter Nyayka is married off to Prince Trdat of Armenia (heir to Kingdom of Armenia). I also notice, that our daughter that we married off to Byzantines has 2 children (all born in Purple) with Porphyrios "the Missionary" - Prince Leon and Princess Georgia. Greeks are winning defensive holy war so soon they might start picking on Serbia and other kingdoms that it splitted into. On other hand - Pope is sitting at 100% warscore in civil war against Duke of Champagne. Good sign of things to come :). Once he replaces heretic vassals with Catholics we are into some serious business.

    We make steady progress on sacking Vladimir kingdom but I have to assault 0 fortification temple in Tver, because huge 7.000 strong Vladimir host is coming. Can't run away but correctly suspected that AI didn't take into consideration that attached armies from their conquest war against Tver won't join them so we fight near-pear 3.000 vs 2.760 with river advantage. I also consolidated all light infantrymen and archers into center under 22 Martial Light Foot Leader, Aggresive Leader commander. Sadly we miss Feint (62.9% chance) and roll with Volley (23.5%) but still win easily. Also our Fountain of Youth in Primal Taiga finishes
    qKvsNtQ.jpeg

    First time I use this decision. Funny that finally our Emperor attained some form of "immortality".

    Want to start building 'Herb Garden" feature at once, as it gives bonuses to health but can't. For some reason game thinks we are not member of Monastic Society. Maybe it requires at least 2nd rank? Will check it in December and January (after recalc). I also decide to use our new feature - 2 extra years lowers risk of sudden death and give me little more time to restore religion so we can start excommunicating again. Also after a while I do realise my mistake - it is Hermetic not Monastic society that is needed for that. So scrap that idea for now - we build Hanging Gardens (+0.1 prestige/month, +5 Gardener opinion).

    Meanwhile my levies in the East started moving to repel some small 700 strong regular nomads. Can't attack adventurers yet cause they parked in Mountains. Giving them Narrow flank with Mountain modifier is recipee for costly battle. Not that it matters what I plan.
    kOnid1y.jpeg

    Uprising again :I. Well at least I'm well positioned to deal with that nonsense.

    With Octobers comes another Bogomilist uprising. This time in Bashkiria - 13.700 men strong oO. Will have to quickly recall those Permian levies. Gosh dangit! Cautiously also pause feature in Hagia Epimoni as there are 4 months left and I don't want to miss the timing for extra holding slot.

    In November Boqtybay finishes another building but I don't order anything yet. Have only 1.370 prestige and I want to spend it somewhere else. Also some savings might be needed. Our 11.000 strong force catches and kills every single one of 750 nomads that were rampaging. Now I can disband and re-raise them back home (saving us precious time on marching). That's over 8.500 troops to defend Perm itself. Vassals should reinforce us in time.

    In December we succesfuly rank up and take vows of Celibacy (thus finally ending potential unexpected heirs). We are also looking at 17.2% Moral authority with 7% from Temples looted, as one of our forces is preparing to defend against some 2.700 raiders from south.

    Year 1040
    ======================


    Year start with father of one of our investors (Hasan Hasan) being pushed out of windows. Thus his fortune (over 3.000 gold) falls into pockets of his son and our Keeper of the Swan :). Wonders of gravity! Our raiders in Serpukhov tribe repel relief force easily (it was tribal army - not nomadic as I feared) so the "missionary" work continues on our western border.

    Takes me up to March to catch Bogomilist "doom stack" in Bolgharia with 11.700 of our troops. They will have river crossing to their advantage but we have Heavy infantry so it should be fine. I do consolidate into 2 columns.
    Njyx2uA.jpeg

    Unlucky roll on center - 4.9% chance at Gen. Skirm >.>.

    The battle goes not well. We take not unsubstantial losses (100 men per day). Till we reach Melee that takes time. We win and kill 5.400 of them thanks to melee phase but lose 2.300 of our own warriors. From our personal demense that stings :/. Another +1% to MA I guess. We didn't get even "crushed major revolt" modifier. I was quietly expecting it cause that was quite a lot heretics to deal with. At least the extra rebelion risk timed out in Bashkiria. But it is stil lthere in Belaya and Thisageta.

    During May I decide to reasumme construction of features in Hagia Epimoni. Four months left - if another rebelion pops up within first 3 months I can always stop it again. As most of Vladimir is occupied I move my retinues onto Novgorod to continue sacking. We managed to reach 21% MA with 11% from temples. So slowly it rises. Also Irgiz finishes latest construction so Warrior Gathering Ground II is ordered (for additional Heavy Infantry there). Turgay get's Weaponsmith I for 100 prestige. Also realise I did mess up and by accident clicked in Hagia Epimoni to start constructing 3rd stage of that wonder so few thousand gold coins were spent. After realization I stopped it to not lose monthly upkeep atm. We can reasume it later. We just paid for it in advance I guess.

    Unexpectedly my forces in Luka get defeated but not by locals but by Novgorodians that are also raided in province next to this army. I move relief at once but don't arrive in time thus one of my retinues gets cut down to 1.700 men. We swiftly arrive to take revenge on battered Novgorodians under their Romuvans Warrior Lodge Hero.

    We safely finish feature in Hagia Epimoni on beggining of September. Without any nuisances! Now I'm not sure if I just needed 2 features or one more but we can wait a little. The event should arrive soon. Most important is to finish feature while in peace. And surely we manage just that does.
    pvRgz4O.jpeg

    Turns out even if you mess up 2nd feature to get this event, you can remedy it on each following feature.

    After rumble in Novgorod confusion ensues. We don't get prohibited from raiding bigger Novgorod but smaller Luki. Works for me as instead of 3-4 temples, we get barred from just 1.Still need to evacuate that damaged army (1.500) cause it won't help with sieges for some time.

    In December our Master Enginer Di Xinyue construct administrative outpost in... Irgiz again! It grants +1 Economy/Culture technology points, so Irgiz once again has +1 of every type of technology income purely from Chinese province modifiers.

    Year 1041
    ======================


    Year starts with heresy appearing in Kol'va tribe - the burial site of Saint Varaka :/. I dislike that it happens once we are on the rise with MA - not when we were at bottom. Well not much I can do about it I suppose. Soon Osha tribe also reaches 2nd level of prosperity. In the middle of January previously seen adventurers re-apper in Saur. They must got trounced by Tibetan empire as there is less of them. So we move against them with retinues as we hold numerical superiority. Then our spymaster steals another 50 cultural point from Byzantines.

    During next month I spend 200 prestige on Weaponsmith II in Irtysh (to speed up replenishment if needed) and 100 on Training Grounds in Osha Tribe. Then another 100 hype points on Boqtybay Weaponsmith I. Then our retinues handily deals with adventurers - killing another 400 of them (droping them down to 1.100 raiders).

    With spring Warrior Gathering Grounds I ends in Irgiz, which result in total of 1.470 men, if levies are not raised. Enough to resist any sacking :). Slowly but surely we do fortify our borders. Meanwhile my remaining 6.000 raiders in Novgorod slowly finishes work there. We have just single province to open there, currently at 26% MA with 15% coming from looted temples. Then Burtasy tribe reports finishing last prestige building (giving us close to 1.400 garrison withou levies).

    On the 1st of June Hanging Gardens finish in Primal Taiga (Pilva county). That's our 2nd feature there. In 17-teen years it should result in "town is born" event popping off.

    With August we are done sacking for now. As we no longer have to be aware of being in war, we can start some wars of our own. Time to Holy War Orthodoxy towards victory. But first I must return raiders from Novgorod. But given my current council (bunch of glory hounds that want to fight strong realms + bunch of Pragmatist that want to fight weak realms 1 by 1) we have to start already due to being limited to 1 war at the time. Time to get Rostov into the fold.
    zEyMMEE.jpeg

    Objective of this offensive is to secure as much easy wins as possible and give some territorial consistency to lands we will give away. Probably should also make future marcher lords strong enough to not keep losing.

    Assault goes without any problem as we just sacked this county not so long ago. Then in December our Master Engineer Di Xinyue dies out of old age. She was 60 years old. Before year ends, we conclude first holy war (getting 1/3 task for ambition), getting another +3% MA for 20 years and start holy war for whole duchy of Murom with Ryazan (who just won other county in the war against Vladimir).

    Year 1042
    ======================


    The onslaught continues. With our siege technology we siege tribes with 41.2% of progress per tick. So we conclude occupation within month.Our emperor buys some trinket for his empress and soon Investor Hormoz let's us inherit his riches. We bump up to 19.900 gold from 18.800 (we were at above 22.000 before unfortunate click on Hagia Epimoni).

    Heresy appearing out of nowhere really likes me in this playthrough. By late February Saur county experiences this phenomenon. It is already culture converted so it is low priority but still :(. Eight heretic province in realm. Ouch!
    heoqetv.jpeg

    We proceed to spread the word of Christ at steady pace :) Marked duchy in question with yellow border.

    Our war goes swiftly - we reach up to 74% warscore before enemies decide to give us a battle. We time their arrival with our reinforcements on their capital. And soon we defeat them quickly, thus reaching 100% warscore before end of May. Then the usual administration follows of appointing high stewardship characters there. Retinues are hurried up north to prepare them for another 2 holy wars against last northern 1 province nomad and Suomi Kingdom (to clean up the borders).

    As I have a moment this is a good moment to mention something I was delaying till this point. At the start of this part I did found a fantastic investor with over 3.000 gold. He is old and hates us but we can and do procure his only son to join our court :).
    51MMbU6.jpeg

    Another personal win when it comes to monetary gain :) Will take some time but it is worth to wait.

    By Autumn I do buy council support from our spymaster to start 2nd war against Suomi for single missing province of Rostov (Belo Ozero). This will add some territorial integrity to future kingdom of Nenetsia with lands in Vladimir. Our spymaster not only takes bribes but also is busy stealing. Since beggining of this year he stole greek technology twice (both times military) :). If only my steward would have a modicum of spymaster succes in his own mission.

    Our invasion goes nicely. We will have to wait on Novgorodian county because of ongoing civil war but if we do - we can generate another holy war quickly. As our heir Setyamka grows up, we finally get to decide on our intervention trait. I also must explain why I'm fighting for Veps and not that last Nomadic county. I thought they were a vassal but they are only a tributary. Well will correct that mistake in next part. As this comes to a close with Emperor Kezhay ranking up again in Monastic Society :).
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XXXIV (1043-1050)

  • Uj7VEpE.jpg

    Part XXXIV (1043-1050)


    Year 1043
    ======================

    Coming back to our trans-syberian realm, I spend some time on administrative checkup. To my suprise things are suprisingly good despite our lack of ability to excomunicate. We have like 2-3 Scheming vassals to cull and 2 vassals of wrong religion (1 Catholic and 1 Nestorian) among 100 vassals. There is huge portion of adolescent rulers so it might change. It works currently, as I have excommunications to order for Emperor Kezhay's own family (pressing matter of sorting the heirs out). We are rapidly encroaching this possibility as Orthodoxy stands at 29% Moral Authority with 2 ongoing holy wars, which will fullfill ambition of "Strenghtening the Religion" for extra +2%. To sum it up - soon it should rise up to 37%. Some mistake from previous part was recognised - the last northern khaganate isn't part of Khazarian khaganate to the south - they are only tributary. So they will be Permian next target as we can delete that 1 county realm and conclude the war without ever fighting more numerous nomads. Investor search to replenish emperor's court is also underway. Soon I find several candidates as well as some spares (I have few old investors, so for ease of use I prefer to have them bookmarked already).

    019pxEn.jpg

    Over 2.500 gold in 3 appointed court officials.Another 1.750 in spares. We are looking at good financial near-future as more and more funds are secured.

    Coming back to topic of war. Both holy war targets are already secured, but because our enemies are in the middle of huge clusterf*ck of civil wars, the score trickles slowly. One hostile army moves into Vladimir so one of my armies is recalled there to chase them off. Rest is holding the line in Rostov and Veps. Sooner or later we will get them.

    Few days into February we get confirmation of advancing rank within Monastic Society. Soon Celibacy is picked and thus we prevent any unforseen problems from arising in the future. More local co-religionist join kingdom of Suomi in their attempt to withstand our onslaught. It doesn't change the unavoidable outcome, as we outnumber enemies heavily (no matter how many realms of that religion will they throw at us). Our Finnish adversaries press onto one of allied armies north of Rostov with 7.000 strong host so I reinforce defending 3.000 with extra 10,000 warriors on top of terrain advantage.

    17bwh9E.jpg

    AI to my suprise decides to retreat from fight, leaving mostly intact. Second fight soon follows. Notice that both armies employ some more advanced mounted troops.

    Well we damaged their morale at least. I also spot that Pomorye to the north has 5.000 event troops locked into another 3.300 allied forces. So we move there to reinforce as well. I have time - those just routed enemies will take a while to regain combat readiness. Using that I decide to press with attack onto remains of northern Khaganate in quick holy war for single county. It helps that my levies are still unraised (we are fighting with retinues) and some of council members are still bribed. Battle with Pomorye's forces goes through (probably by AI banking on their limited heavy cavalry to win the day). The melee ensues and the day is won with 1.300 men lost and 3.500 enemies killed. That takes care of around 40% of enemy heavy cavalry, There is no time to lose as we once again have to move south to reinforce previously routed enemies (who really reorganized quickly). In the meantime we do get call to war from Greeks in their holy war for... Ascalon. Which is nice. If Byzantines would take over most of Levant that would not only help with moral authority, but also enable them to create and vassalise Orthodox Holy Order - Brotherhood of Holy Sepulchre. This works for me just perfectly, as they would remain for exclusive Byzantine use and would not help my Vassals in expanding too much. The only problem being that Greeks with their armies besieging Levant suffer currently not small (33.000 strong) Paulician uprising in Adrianopolis. I do call in my vassals and will help them later. Week later Basileus complains about some Komi petty nobles there so I have to eat 100 prestige penalty to upheld our alliance.

    Halfway through march our spymaster steals yet another 50 cultural technology points. Our northern retinues catch up with Suomi main force that crashed against our vassal armies. Our chiefs did turn things around by reinforcing each other thus it soon devolved into 5.000 Finn against 8.000 Komi (before we joined thus turning it into lopsided 3.200 vs 15.000 :)"). It diminishes them from 4.000 to 2.000 warriors. Our Spymaster notifies us about succesfully using his jewish contacts to generate another 50 military technology points. Emperor himself finally finds time to convert his youngest son religion from Catholicism to Orthodoxy. This will help as we probably will push onto him Kingdom of Nenetsia. That would finally streamline whole inheritance.

    By 9th of June we conclude annihilation of last nomad in the neighborhood. There wasn't much opposition, county already had tribe (= wasn't fully nomadic) so we also do not have "nomadic agitation" penalty to deal with. New administrator is generated(Orthodox Komi with 17 Stewardship to speed up culture conversion to conquest flag), funded with 30 gold and assigned there. End of this holy war marks also the 3rd required task performed to strenghten our religion. We fulfill our ruler personal ambition, getting Religious Champion modifier for 30 years (confering +10 opinion from co-religionist) and extra +2% of Moral Authority. Which put's Orthodoxy at 31.2%. With ongoing 2 Komi holy wars and 1 Byzantine one, which we can support we are looking at just above 40% we desire. Not bad!

    During rest of summer Kezhay "the Gentle" losses Gregarious trait due to being over the trait limit (7/6), which doesn't affect us much. Some Novgorodian rebels come back to liberate the county we captured so our forces move first to crush them and then to move onto some of their holdies further west that just were liberated.

    EiatBF9.jpg

    We rapidly break enemies and conclude yet another war :).

    From one victory to another I press onto main Novgorod army. We also do declare yet another holy war (this time on Novgorod itself) for last county in Veps (nice way to create extra holy wars for more MA is to attack realms that split due to civil wars). Gotta use that bribed council as much as I can. Almost forgot but I did replace one of advisors, who just died of old age. I do get confused while giving orders and advance with only half my retinues so soon have to fix that mistake. And well my other 3.000 infantry retinues north get catched by bigger Suomi force. I do micromanage a little - we will be defending in Forest so I change commader with bonuses to leading center flank to one with terrain advantage as well as some extra defensive one.

    WO0WG33.jpg

    While risky, operating with just 3.000 strong armies speeds things considerably. We also do snatch a nice victory with some clever commander choice

    Fight with Novgorodians goes smoothly even with half our forces. I'm more concerned with Suomi, as with 99% warscore it can seal the deal. We do get narrow flank but unlucky roll of 23.5% for volley instead of 62.7% for Feint means it could be better. Our center does rapidly route enemy center. But then we can't tear through another segment of hostile army and battle proceeds into melee. Just as war reaches 100%. As enemy rolls with charge making use of their remaining heavy cavalry I decide to stop the fighting by enforcing demands. We are not winning that battle and will only sustain more casualties. Not even mentioning it will prolong the war. So we take the victory at once :).

    Meanwhile in Levant, our Greek son-in-law managed to push the war up to 94% of warscore before deciding to move back to deal with heretics. Defenders don't have obvious way out, so it only prolongs the inevitable and I surely wouldn't want another MA penalty (especially as heretic victories are associated with huge -5% swings :( ). Our oldest son (Kudym-Osh) suffers Dysyntery but our Court Physician succesfully treats his sickness. Was wondering if I should let him die, but this would be bad decision - he has son, who we won't be able to disinherit for another 8-9 years.

    Year 1044
    ======================

    Someone Orthodox, somewhere managed to lose holy war, which sets us back down to 32% MA :/. Meaning we won't reach 40% with just finishing ongoing holy wars. At least our friendly Basileus takes over duchy of Ascalon :). Let's hope he continues taking into holy lands. We also quickly (despite minor annoyance in shape of winter) conclude our last holy war by middle of February. Kept assigining new chiefs to newly acquired lands, so we are in the clear. By the end of month we get informed that heretics in Thisageta tribe (Ural high chiefdom) were converted away.

    jQ2ciBQ.jpg

    All in all, we expanded in nice clean way. Finally I won't have to keep highlighting the borders in problematic way. Also it does eliminates some risk from nomads in the north.

    My retinues are called back and set on raiding stance. And booy will I need to raid a lot as just in few days another -3% from lost holy wars arrives. Turns out it was Orthodox Pecheneg realm in Transoxiana that kept attacking everyone around while having sub 1.000 troops itself =.=. We are looking at -66% from Holy Wars and just 45% from won wars...So we are still around 7-9% away from getting excommunications back. I can raid both Finland and Polish Galicia-Volhynia, if I need to.

    By March our Genius son Setyamka finishes his education, but turns out mediocre - just Thrifty Clerk (2nd level of stewardship education). While it is still fixable it is dissapointing. We do also catch up with raiding Pechenegs, that were returning after sacking some tribe in Bolgharia last year. Weird story - they arrived on the end of June and the same day they were 80% done with the siege, while their progress was only around 12% per tick. Maybe some other force was besieging and the game didn't inform me? Well at least we squashed them.

    8iEszrN.jpg

    It's the third time we provoke this same vassal to rebel, to get legal claim on his lands. And won't be last as he has 3 titles.

    Bad Luck continues because Greek heretics win, which drops Orthodoxy MA once again below 30%... Ehh! Meanwhile I proceed with what I can do to tackle some too big for my liking vassal. 4 retinues are also raiding temples. On 3rd of July our firstborn dies out of Dysyntery. Which puts his younger brother (Kezhevat) claim to the front and our grandson just ahead of Setyamka. We can and do start plotting to get rid of dumb grandson, because it seriously blocks our ability to let Setyamka inherit. Still have to deal with lack of excommunication and our leader is already 53 years old. I decide to pick Theology focus for extra health and fulfilling Monastic Society mission. Who knows - maybe we will reach final rank in this society during Kezhay reign. He is getting +294 devotion/year, currently has 600 and needs 2.000. That's around 5 years of passive income. Probably will get at least 1 more mission during that time. So more likely we can reach final rank within 4 years. Not that it is my important objective but at this point I will take anything to make current ordeal less annoying.

    Some investors died and I replace them, leaving me with just 1 spare. And 20.934 gold in treasury. Soon our plot to kill grandson Nuyaksha fires (it was 1090% plot power so...) and he is swiftly removed (probably not the wiser to why, as he was well.. dumb). We once again get associated with this murder but Kezhay already was Tribal Kinslayer so nothing changed. Now it only remains to force our current heir to take the vows and we will have clean succession.

    Our civil war is ongoing but as you expect leaving it in the hands of vassal AI leaves much to be desired. Then the locals rise up against our traitorous chief. Those are Kazhar Sunni rebels. If they take over Vladimir I will be able to holy war them to clean whole duchy at once. We will lose MA though as lost infidel uprising is -5% but won holy war is just +3%. So much for that idea I guess. Scrap that!

    By the autumn as I keep monitoring Orthodoxy the MA value changed rapidly as some older Holy wars penalties time out. Once again we are looking at 39% when just few in-game days ago it was 27%. Quite the rollercoster! We also get ability to seclude our ruler (theology focus) and with no single reason to not use it we take that opportunity. Sadly it does not gives me chance for Temperate only +100 piety.

    Year 1045
    ======================

    With coming of new year we finally do grind down the Vladimirian Khazarian rebels. I rushed them with small force and vassals kept reinforcing. As it reached melee phase and we had some heavy infantry, we just were lucky enough to keep battle going until Sunni's lost. We also rapidly kept getting warscore on our vassal thus enforced our demands sooner. We then strip our vassal 2 out of 3 titles, starting another 10 year peace (we probably won't survive till the end of it). Both Vladimir and Suzdal are granted to our youngest son - Mosheg. I want our dynasty future rulers of Nenetsia to have strong demense far from danger. Vladimir duchy does have 5 counties so with little patience it can make for stable foundation of power.

    Soon our last remaining great work construction reaches 2nd stage. Uralic Walls are ready and so the timer for extra holding slot keeps ticking away. Should be ready by year 1075. I also do manage and move around raiding retinues in the Novgorod further west towards Estonia. We keep fluctuating with MA still (currently 38%).

    1REGZFC.jpg

    Well at least Great Works are done for this century. More and more of preparations for Feudalising are done.

    Event pop-up - Emperor figures out some new passage in bible (+100 piety). Upon checking on military tab we find out our retinue limit allows for huge expansion of such forces. We were at only 20.000 out 26.000 of our limit. So 20x Trapper Parties are ordered for exactly 1.000 prestige, which upon replenishment will provide further 2.000 light infantry and 1.000 archers. Decided on it, as Feint is still fantastic force multiplier for tribal armies and I want to give that tactic to our numerous levies. We still have room for another 10 of such retinues, but for now let's preserve some of that prestige.

    Thanks to previous succeess in seclusion event chain we get another virtue - Chaste. This improves our devotion gain up to +308/year. Then on 3rd of April our religion MA finally breaks through 40% treshold and I instantly request our Patriarch to excommunicates Kezhevat Permyakid. After setting Marshal on "Supress Revolts" to increase our arrest chance by +17% I take my 100% success rate chance shot.

    GnKHqvS.jpg

    Thus our succession is resolved relatively cleanly.

    There is only one issue - Setyamka suffers chest pains, and my court physician never tried to treat it. I also did not have option on it. The only thing that I can and do is to transfer any +health artifact I have onto him. Thus Holy Prepuce is gifted to our heir to improve his health and reduce old Emperor remaining lifespan. Soon our Gentle ruler finds in himself to teach his 2nd youngest daughter (Tokshayka) something from the Bible and it goes so well that she gains trait "Idolizer" and Shrewd :).

    We do continue to administer our lands. One scheming vassal is imprisoned and thrown into oubliette, other chieftess that also likes skulldaggery too much rises up. There is also fellow crusader that became heretic, is possesed theologian that claims to hear "Voice of Jesus", seeing Holy Comet and is suspected of being Werewolf. Can't have that going on :D".

    R8nR3Ev.jpg

    That Bogomilist vassal has great chance of becoming Heretic saint. If Bogomilists can even have one (probably not, cause they lack Religion Head)

    As we move towards Permo-Nenetsian border in the north, news from our Greek extended family arrives. They want us to help with attacking Tengri Serbia in another holy war. I would rather they start with cleaning those Paulicians in Adrianopolis but hey - expansion is expansion! Also much happier with Byzantine Empire that fields 35.000 strong army rather than 20.000.

    Soon our penance mission finishes, we get Patient virtue and another 200 devotion (putting us at over 1.100/2000). Our passive gain is currently +336/year. Never had I so many successes in single event chain. We even became friends with our youngest son - Mosheg! Good luck doesn't seem to leave us just yet - we also get one of those most desirable events:

    lICB1YO.jpg

    Did not expected another one of those but hey I will take it :). We are behind overall as for huge period of time after Black Death we were not making progress with holding slots.

    After we assembled our mighty demense army (over 15.000 from Perm alone!) and embarked on long march towards Anatolia, the holy wars against Serbs ends abruptly. They converted to Catholicism! Well maybe at least it will make Byzantines deal with another 30.000 Paulician uprising.

    We continue rest of cleanup until autumn and the last scheming enthusiast lands in our dungeon cell. As I keep raiding with retinues (3 counties at the time) our MA keeps slowly rising (48% atm). Now that I have seen to most urgent matters I can start less important schemes. For example executing that big Vladimir vassal (still excommunicated thus no tyranny), for his son to take over. This removes truce and we can excommunicate him too to redo whole extraction process. Seems AI knows what's going on as it instantly declares holy war against Tengri Russian kingdom next door. But we will try to outrun them and completely wipe them out before they give themself some breathing room.

    Year 1046
    ======================

    This year doesn't seem to be lucky. Just look at this pop-up

    rkA9gkK.jpg

    PLEASE GOD NO. NO. NO. NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!

    So now we should start a business of taking bets if it will arrive to us. I hope not. We just recovered from previous Black death not too long ago. I like my rolls for prosperity events to occur. We also conclude extraction of last county of targeted chief in Vladimir to pass it onto Mosheq. Now I can start working on getting him another 2 tribes belonging to duchy of Vladimir :). Then we start our pilgrimmage as we were just tasked with going onto one by Community of Saint Basil. Before our Emperor leaves his home, he orders the assasination of single Nestorian vassal in north-eastern Sibieria to avoid any problems with seccession. His son is Orthodox so it will solve everything.

    On April as Emperor starts his traveling, Bogomilist rise up in Snopa (Northern Nenetsia; heresy spread from adjecent province). Talk about good timing :).We will let our vassals deal with it, as it is only a 5.000 strong rebel army. Back to our pilgrimmage. It is a brief one. We only get 2 popups - one allowing us to risk crossing old bridge for chance of wounded (that I welcome as it could help us hasten succession) and other with chance at permament +1 Martial/Learning. Then one more - this time chance for permament +1 Intrigue/Learning. Matters not as I miss every roll. But hey - whole travel to Constantinopole took only 45 days! And provided us with Pilgrim trait and +300 devotion (putting us at 1.700/2000).

    In July our chancellor gets murdered while fabricating claim on catholic chief of Kremenchuk tribe. We pick another skilled vassal and send him there again. I also utilize this brief period of peace to pass some legal reform as we have many loyalist in council.

    RoEltGh.jpg

    Thus last of our obligation machinations is made :). Who needs vassal levies anyway x]

    Another uprising is provoked in Vladimir high chiefdom. Our border patrol in south-western Cumania has to greet brown Pechenegs once again in Yaik and does so way before defenders run out of time. Soon our steward finally succeeds in his task and culture converts border tribe of Turgay, thus increasing local garrison.

    ndyGIn6.jpg

    Had to count new empire size after recent conquest :/. Will have to again after giving independence to Nenetsia.

    On other (religious) front we have less luck. Bogomilists are popping off left, right and center. They appear out of nowhere in Bolghar tribe and Kerzhenets. And just as we slowly built up MA up to 53%. In the last few years we climbed from +16% Looted temples to +31% Looted Temples modifier. We slowly snake around Baltic coast, ruining any encountered temple. The more MA the higher our conversion chance (especially above 50% mark). Our Patriarch currently rocks 8.5% chance to convert. And we need as good chance as it gets as heretics have at the moment 11 counties in their power.

    Till the end of year I observe as my vassal swarm slowly overtakes rebel with occasional pause for moving raiding retinues around. Emperor embarks on yet another of his medidation session for another +100 piety (he sits at 6.727 - still won't become Saint due to "Tribal Kinslayer" trait).

    Year 1047
    ======================

    After concluding yet another internal war and gifting new lands to our youngest son, I do check on black plague development. Seems so far it only spread to coastal counties on western side of Italy. I hope it won't go through whole map again. One of our investors died and last spare character is used to fill vacant position at court.

    By end of Winter we do rank up in monastic society towards final rank. Now every 3 years we should be able to use society power to instantly convert some county to Orthodoxy (at the cost of increased rebelion risk for few years). Not that it is our aim - more of consolation price for not dying. I do continue extraction and consolidation of Vladimir duchy under our son.

    Which we finish in May, making our son High Chief with 5 out of 6 counties under his direct control. Our plan is coming together :). What is not planned is yet another Bogomilist uprising (while we are fluctuating around 60% MA). I decided to move my realm priest from converting muslims in Irtysh to dealing with heretics. It increased conversion chances from 8.5% to 19%. Probably due to both same culture and some religion group modifiers. Not bad! Might be worth it to combat spread of heresy, as it seems faster than converting different religious group provinces.

    Kstrxok.jpg

    I don't know why do rebelion sizes vary so much. Probably some RNG is at hand. Still this is one BIG uprising!

    Situation becomes more complicated at the beginning of September, when another mob of heretics rises up in Kerzhenets. Another 23.000 of them. Well that's a number! Just as I was talking about it, my Patriarch converted heretics inside Perm.

    9K8ODVe.jpg

    The Burial site of Saint Varaka goes back into Orthodox fold. Also funny how every single heresy that pops up is Bogomilist, while Paulicianism and Iconoclasm are also possible.

    Our levies finally merge into 18.000 strong fighting force and set out to hunt rebels. While we are numerically inferior, remember that we have heavy infantry, while enemies have not. By December we catch first 9.000 strong rebel army. They are not concentrating their forces so it seems Permo-Siberians loyalist will have even easier time picking them off.

    But our Celibate Emperor learns that his concubine is pregnant. Eeeeh!

    Year 1048
    ======================

    As investigation into suspicious pregnancy starts, our warriors chase main rebel army across river. Thanks to sacrifice of some vassals to hold enemies in the place, we finally catch them

    aIU16BS.jpg

    Great engagment. Even if others heretic armies decide to help, they will march right into our melee meatgrinder :).

    We win big battle and the last thing left to do is to wait for last enemy army to lock movement onto Kremenchuk tribe to catch them there. This way another rebelion is dismantled :). But I might have commited mistake - during all that warring the situation with concubine resolved - she was cheating. But without thinking much picked option to remain silent and now I'm not sure if the child won't be assigned to our ruler. Which might prove bad.

    Before end of winter some interesting news from wide world arrive. Poland converted from Slavic to Paulicianism (Orthodox heresy). Most likely from Bohemia, that is the only big realm in the vicinity of that christian denomination. Even more curious is that one spreading up to Baltic Sea Bohemia was contracting in the last decade. Not the best advertisement for their religion.

    With advent of April we get another penance request. We are making some progress - we finally get Malnourished trait :). That should help in dying quicker. Ah nevermind! It only has penalty for fertility. Reminded myself to move Patriarch onto different county for converting and decide on bogomilist population in Annuy. It is next to last Nestorian province and I would hate if after society converting it, flip to heresy would occur (as it is eligible) thus wasting our devotion for nothing.

    We once again go through penance event chain, picking the same options and hoping for the same results. Our raiders advanced all the way up to Polish Baltic coast and one of our Vassal priests converted one of pagan tribes in Perm towards Orthodoxy :). Upon checking MA and conversion chances I think it might be quite common in the near future - with near 70% MA and 33% conversion chances per year of heretic Komi provinces.

    By Summer sad news arrive - Basileus Porphyrios dies due to Black Plague and our alliance with Greek is severed. He did a lot of good for Orthodoxy so I was hoping he would reign few more years. He was 53 years old, so 4 years younger than our Emperor Kezhay. Sadly our 11 years old grandson did not inherit other Orthodox empire. I checked out epidemics and Black Plague did not reach Constantinopole. Most likely due to some courtiers from Italian lands under Greek rule spreading the sickness, our ally croaked. The new Basileus Germanos is 42 years old, has plenty of Martial prowess but sadly not many holdings. Let's hope he does not screw us. It also goes without saying but we no longer are allied with Greeks.

    Concubine issue resolves itself. Not only she births daughter but the game assigns her real father dynasty, not ours. Thus we do not get additional complications in the old ripe age of 57 :).

    In August news from our Chinese friends arrive

    t2UMxdt.jpg

    Humm. I hope they prevail over nomads. I have quite a lot of grace banked and I need China to be in Golden Age in the next 50 years ideally.

    Soon we get informed that our Jewish steward dies due to old age. So I spend 130g to bribe and favor-invite some jewish courtier from mercenary band - he has 22 stewardship, so he will do. With being just 32 years old he also should be able to work for quite a while.

    Another nomadic incursion occurs in Bolgharia.This time it is Arsalan clan under Chernigov Khaganate. Whole 1.500 raiders. I move my 2.000 infantry retinues from capital (bolstered by many allies) to deal with them.

    Rest of year is spent on another land extraction. This time I target Tura county in the middle of our eastern realm. It is next to our county with temple, and it has temple on it's own. Want to take over it to speed up technology spread :).So once again we excommunicate local chief, keep imprisoning and releasing him until we fail and thus we provoke another uprising. With that I move one of eastern border patrols to start siegeing.

    Year 1049
    ======================

    As our retinues march to chase off nomads, we conclude another penance. Thanks to having "Modest Measures" book we get better option for dealing with vice (70% success). We do and finally prevail. It offers us getting "Temperate" again, which we lost just few months ago. We don't get it on 50% chance, but after that due to success in event chain, game gives us it anyway x]. Probably because it was the last virtue we were lacking on top of having no sins. So once again our character has exactly 30 Stewardship and 37 Learning. Well that's definetely a high values for those!

    BSsSCAT.jpg

    Even with river penalty we convincingly defeat intruders :) Thus order is restored and no prosperity is lost

    By the start of Spring we do conclude recent provoked vassal uprising. I carefully keep raiders in Poland on the move, thus achieving 43% Infidel Temple looted bonus for 71% Orthodox MA total :D. Those numbers are more like things I would love to see. Soon after flavourless penance updates about doing steady progress, our Society head informs us that he is happy with our results (gifting further 200 devotion). That means now I can county convert something. I decide to get rid of last Nestorian province within our borders (while Patriarch works on adjecent heretic province). Also due to having most if not all currency giving traits, Kezhay earns 481 devotion/year putting him at 2.5 years per county conversion power usage :).

    tbm2P55.jpg

    Well every time heresy pops up or spread the county gets a rather nasty +revolt risk modifier. Which all of sudden results in what you see above.

    So we once again marshal our warriors to deal with yet another armed uprising. On the flip side - another vassal province (Ishim) converted from Sunni to Orthodoxy. Unfortunetely our newest retinues get caught as they were just traveling back around heretic hot spot. I tried to back them towards Burtasy but 12.000 red troops were trailing them. We also have rather nasty fight in Poland as locals mustered just enough troops for near-peer battle. Luckily I noticed it in time and send reinforcements. We won but one of our 3.000 strong armies suffered 800 casualties.

    In August another rebelion occured - this time peasant one in Chuvash. That's extra 6.000 troops. Let's hope they won't assist heretics as they are under Orthodox leadership. Then month later in September we can drink from Fountain of Youth again. I opt not to. Instead I change focus from Theology to Rulership to lose +1 Health bonus and maybe get either stressed/depressed to retire current character faster.

    Sadly in meantime our troops get trounced once again in Burtasy, This time I order them on long retreat to not repeat this whole ordeal. Hope this is the last setback as our main force is closing on enemies already

    OYPjSBt.jpg

    Somehow we baited them into attacking bigger force across river and then defeated them in detail :).

    In first battle we get a jump on enemies by entering directly into melee. The fight goes for so long that other 18.000 enemies lock onto us. But we finish moping up their friends just after they locked up movement. So we will defend with river penalty advantage :) Enemies also enter the battle as two armies within 5 days of each other. That's enough to seriously damage the first 9.000 rebels. We end with around 3.000 losses having inflicted 8.000 casualties onto enemy. Good thing all those rebelions do not depopulate our realm, as otherwise this AAR would be night impossible x]. On other hands we would be done with heretic problem already.

    At the begginign of December both rebelions are over. Not gonna lie - those constant fights kind off eat into our levies as we are now on 12.000 out of 16.000 max levies. Beside that - Emperor Kezhay was developing symptoms as the battle was ongoing: fever, diarhea, abdominal pains. Dysyntery perhaps? But before our medic can tell us (he also fails treating most symptoms) our chancellor procures us claim on Kremenchuk. So now we can clean up that last vestige of Catholicism within Permo-Siberia for clean succession.

    After relieving our Catholic vassal of burden associated with rulership I press on with another excommunication for schemer in Bjarmia. Simultaneously our 3 raiding armies move from central Poland south. Orthodoxy MA kept falling a little, as some of won holy wars started timing out. But our "Infidel Temples looted" contribution kept steadily climbing up to 43%. Not raiding the same temple really makes the difference.

    Year 1050
    ======================

    Start of new year is spent on some more ambitious administrative project. Given our Emperor advanced age I arrived at conclusion, that it won't hurt to start preparing youngest son inheritance. Thus he is gifted Kingdom of Nenetsia and then I start transfering vassalge to him for nice and clean divide between Perm and Nenetsia. After landing him in rich Vladimir duchy, he is granted all of our recent conquest on the western border. Really hoping that all of Nenetsia with huge chunk of de jure Kingdom of Vladimir and Novgorod will give our dynasty just enough steam to not only preserve their borders but maybe even help us with upholding Orthodox authority. Not everhing goes smoothly. Some vassals acquired extra tribes outside their de jure duchies so I will have to work a little to transfer High Chiefdom of Vologda, single Kerzhenets tribe in Nenetsia and last Rostov tribe to Mosheq Permyakid. It should just be enough as our adolescent son has currently 28/30 vassal limit as king.

    49nOkbI.jpg

    That seriously lowers our over the vassal limit. In Orange few counties that I have still transfer under Nenetsia Kingdom.

    We start by plotting to revoke high chiefdom of Mari from our kin in Yaroslavl. Then we will excommunicate chief of Kerzhenets and plot to kill current ruler of Vologda High chiefdom, so vassal under Mosheq inherits it. And what do you know. Just after starting this endeavour, our sickness is diagnosed as "Slow Fever" (-3 Health) with "Bedridden" intensity (-2 health). Time to speed things up! We throw excommunication and after checking plot power turns out we are little short (73%/80% required to send the demands).

    Our Court Physician performs per Emperor wish regular treatment that ends in success (conferring +2 Health, which offsets Bedridden modifier), while we still can and do provoke Kerzhenets rebelion. I recall our Spymaster to "Build Spy Network" in Mari for extra +11.5% plot power in Mari. But for it to apply I need to release our vassal kin from dungeon. As soon as every part is in it's place we send the demand for high chiefdom of Mari.

    Thanks to all of those machinations we start spring with 2 internal wars. Our Retinues sadly get barely beaten by Kerzhenets troops but soon our vassals relieve us. Then this happens

    SsdVqEP.jpg

    Not exactly what I had in mind...

    Well this removes problem of suddenly dying. But still I would like to not prolong this reign too much. Well at least we will clean the internal borders up. Not without any hiccup as on 1st of June county of Bolghar get's Bogomilist uprising - 9 thousand of them. Not as easy as you might think because during recent regency our demense levies got slashed down to 7.000 (as no one has as amazing stewardship that grants him 14 personal holdings limit). At least 2 weeks later Kerzhenets tribe itself is captured by our forces. Also the Black Plague vanished, not spreading much further. Not sure whether it was due to limited outbreak or it being blocked by outbreak of Slow Fever on other side of Italian penninsula. Either way the danger dissapeared for now.

    As Mosheq grows, our character get's opportunity to influence him. I really like option to make him diligent (thus improving his chances at good education) by getting stressed trait on Emperor Kezhay (-1 Health). Works both ways :). Week later we get assigned another Monastic mission (penance again). It should put us at just enough currency to county convert again but I need to sort out current situation first.

    In August we catch smaller heretic army in Bilyar. There is only 1.400 of them and more is moving to reinforce, which is perfect. If the fight turns tough it will definetely reach melee thus securing our victory. Everything goes even better than planned because we beat initial army before other arrives (but is locked into attacking us). Soon we conclude war with vassal from Mari. We get his high chiefdom title and request his last tribe for being filthy traitor. It also allows us to scheme again - this time to kill young chief of Vologda. In the meantime Eccumenical Patriach Maximos II dies (he was murdered at 54 years old) and our religion MA plummets, as he was personally contributing a lot (8 Diplomacy, 17 Learning and around 700 piety). New Patriarch in Constantinopole has only 7 diplomacy and learning but on the plus side he is young and is focusing on theology (which will in time give him few virtues and well piety). For now we plummeted from 68% to 58.5%. At least we get Temperate trait back thanks to this (because we lost in in the meantime again):

    Zkft90n.jpg

    Flavour Saintly event! Nice to have it, especially after we cleaned up Emperor's father resting place off heretics.

    Soon our wars are concluded and all of Nenetsia is united under Mosheq rule. Not long later plot claims another life and High Chiefdom of Vologda changes ownership. But Mosheq vassal becomes our vassal, thus escaping from under Nenetsia. Can't transfer him. Seems I will have to put more work. Well for now it is excommunication time and provoking him. At least I can revoke Vologda high chiefdom and grant it to Mosheq. Crude but quick. With that I can send our Emperor on penance duty.

    So as we once again marshall our warriors, this part has come to an end. But at least there is another Economic Report to follow!
     
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions: